官方社群在线客服官方频道防骗查询货币工具
WhatsApp 商业号 API
LIKE.TG出海推荐|最好用的Whatsapp拓客云控系统,通过WhatsApp账号购买与拓客变现,实现营销新突破?
LIKE.TG出海推荐|最好用的Whatsapp拓客云控系统,通过WhatsApp账号购买与拓客变现,实现营销新突破?
一、WhatsApp账号购买的核心价值在当今数字化营销的时代,WhatsApp作为全球用户最多的即时通讯工具,已经成为了企业和品牌与客户沟通的主要渠道之一。WhatsApp账号购买的优势在于能够帮助企业快速搭建沟通平台,提升客户互动效率,实现精准营销。购买专业的WhatsApp账号,不仅能够减少运营时间,还能确保账号质量和稳定性。通过这些账号,企业能够以更加便捷的方式与客户建立联系,并进一步扩展市场影响力。对于希望快速进入WhatsApp营销的企业来说,账号购买无疑是一个高效、直接的解决方案。如果您也有兴趣了解如何通过WhatsApp账号购买提升业务效益,或者购买Whatsapp账号请访问以下链接:WhatsApp账号购买 | 工具推荐 | 最新资讯二. WhatsApp云控系统——企业拓客的理想选择WhatsApp作为全球领先的通讯平台,其庞大的用户群体和丰富的功能,使其成为企业拓展客户关系的理想选择。相比传统的营销方式,WhatsApp拓客变现具备以下独特优势:快速触达客户:通过即时消息的形式,企业能够迅速与客户建立联系,减少信息传递的时延。高度互动性:WhatsApp提供的实时聊天功能,能够增强客户的信任感,从而提高转化率。多样化的沟通形式:除了文字消息,WhatsApp还支持图片、音视频消息等多种形式,帮助企业更好地展示产品和服务。通过购买高质量的WhatsApp账号(WhatsApp账号购买)并合理利用这些功能,企业能够在短时间内实现客户积累和业务增长。如果您想了解更多关于WhatsApp拓客变现的技巧,请点击下方链接:WhatsApp拓客变现 | 更多信息三. 如何顺利进行WhatsApp账号购买?要顺利进行WhatsApp账号购买,企业需要按照一定的流程和步骤,以确保购买到稳定、高质量的账号。一般来说,WhatsApp账号购买的流程如下:明确需求:根据营销目标选择合适类型的账号(如地区账号、企业账号等)。选择服务平台:选择一个信誉好且经验丰富的账号购买平台,确保账号来源合法。下单并支付:在平台上进行购买操作,并按流程完成支付。账号激活及管理:购买完成后,根据需求激活账号,并利用相关工具进行管理和运营。通过这一流程,企业能够在短时间内拥有多个高质量的WhatsApp账号,快速启动营销活动。若您想进一步了解购买流程或选择合适的账号服务,欢迎联系: WhatsApp账号购买 | 工具推荐 | 最新资讯四. WhatsApp拓客变现的有效策略要通过WhatsApp拓客变现获得成功,企业需要运用一些有效的营销策略。以下是一些常见的成功做法:1.批量群发信息通过智能消息群发工具,企业可以高效地将活动信息、产品更新等内容发送给潜在客户,增强客户的参与度。通过精确的群发目标,确保营销信息能够准确触及到更多的客户群体。2.构建互动型客户群通过创建高质量的客户互动群,企业可以集中讨论产品、解答疑问、收集反馈等。通过这种方式,能够显著提升客户粘性,同时为后续的转化率提供保障。3.利用自动化客户服务借助智能客服系统,企业能够为客户提供实时、专业的咨询服务,提升用户体验并加速转化进程。通过自动化回复和智能对话,企业能够有效提高客服效率。以上策略结合优质的WhatsApp账号购买,能够帮助企业快速实现WhatsApp拓客变现,提升客户满意度和转化率。如果您需要更多操作技巧和策略支持,可以通过以下链接获取更多信息:WhatsApp拓客变现 | 账号购买指南 | 相关资讯LIKE.TG作为行业领先的智能营销工具,致力于为企业提供一站式的WhatsApp营销解决方案。通过LIKE.TG,企业能够快速进行WhatsApp账号购买,并通过强大的功能实现WhatsApp拓客变现。五、LIKE.TG WhatsApp智能云控系统主要功能1. 批量超链群发支持文本、图片、语音及超链接的批量群发,搭配智能回复筛选客户功能。系统支持自定义群发任务,同时生成任务完成的详细数据报告,帮助企业精准触达目标客户。2. 批量协议拉群通过WhatsApp的官方协议支持批量拉群功能,可设置多个群链接及自定义群人数,系统自动过滤已添加用户,确保操作的高效性和群组的优质活跃度。3. 社媒聚合营销整合多个社交媒体账号至一个席位,实时查看多平台的互动情况。支持在线翻译、保护隐私聊天信息,便捷管理WhatsApp及其他平台的客户对话,提升跨渠道沟通效率。4. 批量上号养号支持WhatsApp账号批量上号及智能养号功能,提升账号活跃度和质量。通过数据优化,增加账号的展示机会和吸引力,提高客户转化率。5. 坐席数据可视化提供支持粉丝增长监控、流量来源追踪、自动化标签及风险监控管理的功能。自动生成可视化数据报告,为企业提供更深度的营销数据分析,助力精准化客户运营。6. 好友添加计数+添加分流批量添加目标好友,支持自动分流功能,让好友添加流程更有序。帮助企业更快扩大客户群体,为未来的营销活动提供坚实基础。7. 账号资料继承和员工子账号支持账号资料的继承操作,保护客户资产安全;可根据不同任务开通员工账号,提升团队操作效率,简化账号的管理流程,确保企业资源共享与权限控制的灵活性。六、LIKE.TG WhatsApp智能云控系统优势高效精准用户采集 :系统支持通过全球定位精准采集WhatsApp活跃用户,从群组或好友中筛选高质量目标客户,为企业提供精准获客支持。多设备群控管理 :通过网页端实现多账号群控操作,无需额外设备。多用户协作,帮助团队轻松管理WhatsApp业务。智能化自动回复 :利用AI技术,根据用户信息和互动状态,发送定制化的预设消息,显著提升客户沟通效率和转化率。批量操作效率提升:从好友添加、群发消息到养号等操作,系统一键完成,节省企业运营成本,优化流程效率。在竞争激烈的市场中,企业需要创新营销策略,不断探索高效的客户拓展方式。通过WhatsApp账号购买与精准的营销策略,企业能够快速实现WhatsApp拓客变现,提升品牌的市场竞争力。如果您正在寻找专业的WhatsApp营销工具和账号服务,LIKE.TG无疑是您最值得信赖的合作伙伴。WhatsApp智能营销之旅:WhatsApp账号购买 营销工具推荐 行业动态免费使用LIKE.TG官方:各平台云控,住宅代理IP,翻译器,计数器,号段筛选等出海工具;请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel想要了解更多,还可以加入LIKE.TG官方社群 LIKE.TG生态链-全球资源互联社区/联系客服进行咨询领取官方福利哦!
How to Get Sponsored on Instagram [What 500+ Social Media Marketers Are Looking For]
How to Get Sponsored on Instagram [What 500+ Social Media Marketers Are Looking For]
It's no surprise you want to become a paid Instagram influencer, but the idea of getting your posts sponsored might seem laughable if you’re just posting pictures of your brunch instead of skydiving pictures in Australia.But you’re probably more marketable than you think — as Instagram is a popular channel for influencers to partner with all kinds of businesses to post all kinds of content across topic areas for all types of influencers, from micro-influencers to viral celebrities.I‘ve put this guide together to show you how to get brand deals on Instagram. Read on for actionable tips that’ll help you get your first deal.What's a Sponsored Instagram Post?There are two main types of sponsored Instagram posts: a brand that creates a post and pays Instagram for access to a custom audience, and a brand that pays an influencer or creator to share content that features the brand/business in some way.Here's more detail on each type of sponsored post.Promoted Posts AdsJust like X (formerly Twitter), LinkedIn, and Facebook, Instagram comes with a native ad management platform.Advertisers can use this tool to customize a target audience — using attributes like age, sex, location, and interests — and invest a specific amount of money to get their post in front of Instagrammers who identify with this audience.The thing I’d like to note here is that the advertiser is making and publishing the post. They're paying Instagram for the audience they want access to, but the post is theirs to create.Paid SponsorshipsConversely, paid sponsorships happen between a brand and an influencer on Instagram. The creator will have a brand and an audience relevant to the business.I like to think of it as social media product placement. Just like a business might pay a TV show to have its brand of soda on the countertop in the series finale, it can also pay a person on Instagram to hold that same soda in a picture on their Instagram feed.With the basics out of the way, let me walk you through how to start getting sponsorships.How to Get Sponsored on InstagramDefine your brand.Know your audience.Post consistently.Use hashtags and geotags.Tag brands in your posts.Include contact information in your bio.Pitch paid sponsorships.Know your worth.1. Define your brand.A niche determines the subject matter around which your content revolves. Do you want to post food and health-related content or focus on fashion? Whatever the case, it's an important step in establishing your brand.In addition to the type of content you post, branding has a lot to do with your overall aesthetic. How do you want to style your posts? What's your messaging? To further solidify your brand, you might want to consider creating a cohesive feed theme (use these feeds for inspiration).Beyond that, consistency is key. A good influencer's posts are distinguishable and unique — a user flipping through their feed should be able to recognize the content as belonging to one influencer. After all, trust builds as a user continues to see the same type of content on an influencer’s profile.Anthony Miyazaki, marketing consultant and professor of marketing at Florida International University, considers consistency one of the most important factors when assessing influencers for his clients.Miyazaki often recommends his clients “seek out influencers who have maintained the same personality, vibe, tone, and style for at least 18 months.”To further enhance the consistency of your brand, I recommend you connect your Instagram brand with any other online presence.Creating a website with a similar aesthetic and messaging is a good way to do this. The more you unify your social media accounts, the easier it will be for brands to distinguish how you can help them.Pro tip: If you have a website or other social media accounts, consider using Linktree to provide a menu of links to your other accounts. This way, you only have to share one link that provides users access to all your different accounts online. (Linktree offers a free and paid plan.)2. Know your audience.Up to 34% of social media marketers pick an influencer based on how much their audience engages with the content they post. The truth? You can only get the most engagement by understanding and fulfilling your audience's needs.If you understand your audience, you can also correctly identify which brands will succeed most from sponsoring you.When I spoke to Rahul Vij, CEO of WebSpero Solutions, he stated a good connection between influencers and their audience is crucial for brands because "they want to partner with influencers who feel genuine and relatable to their target audience.”As an example, Vij mentioned a campaign in which a fashion brand partnered with a micro-influencer focused on sustainable clothing.He noted that the brand found them appealing because despite “not being a huge celebrity, the influencer had a super-engaged audience who loved their fashion hacks and commitment to eco-friendly practices."So, to strengthen your understanding of your audience, I recommend you start by gathering the basics:What's the gender, age, and geographical location of your core demographic?Which of your posts do they like the best?What times of day do they respond best to content, and what can you infer from this?With this demographic information, you can start pitching partnerships to brands. After all, brands want to know who they can reach if they work with you.And a proposal stating something akin to “You'll be reaching thirty-something, working women, primarily from New York, who often use Instagram first thing in the morning and prefer fitness content” will undoubtedly hit harder than just saying, “You'll be reaching women.”Pro tip: You can tell what kind of content your audience likes by keeping an eye on how they engage with your posts. For instance, if a post has lots of likes, saves (bookmarks), and shares, it might mean they like that type of content.3. Post consistently.How frequently you post on social media will depend on several factors: how the platform works and the ecosystem on each platform you choose.Posting frequently on Instagram is important to getting a brand sponsorship because it shows you maintain a presence on the platform.That said, Instagram is algorithm-based, so a high frequency isn’t as defining a factor as sharing quality content, especially since the algorithm ensures that users don’t see too many posts from one single author at once.Adam Mosseri, head of Instagram, suggests sharing a couple of in-feed posts per week and a couple of stories per day.Pro tip: The best times to post on Instagram range from early afternoon to mid to late evening, specifically from 12 PM to 3 PM, 3 PM to 6 PM, and 6 PM to 9 PM. The best day to post is Saturday, and the worst is Monday.However, I urge you to also look at your profile analytics and see when you get the most interactions and overall engagement to determine the best Instagram posting schedule for you.4. Use hashtags and geotags.Instagram hashtags make your content discoverable, so they're necessary for growing your following. You can use up to 30 hashtags per post, but we recommend using an average of seven hashtags per post.I also find it’s best to use hashtags that are as relevant to your content as possible and ensure they aren’t broken or banned.Moreover, it‘s critical you choose hashtags that aren’t too broad. #Healthyliving, for instance, has over 20,000,000 posts, while #Healthylivingtips only has around 465,000. The less competition, the easier it will be for your content to get discovered.When you peruse a hashtag's page, you can also get a deeper sense of what types of content your post will be up against. #Healthylivingtips typically features posts with food recipes, so if your post is about cycling, using this hashtag might not be a good idea.Location tags are equally important but for a different reason. Geotags can help people find you if they're interested in a specific location. This helps you gain more followers and appeal to brands interested in reaching a particular demographic.For instance, a boutique may see you often post fashion tips from the California area, and they‘re looking to appeal to people in that region — it’s a win-win.Pro tip: I've found that using banned hashtags prevents your content from being shown to your audience. To avoid this pitfall, search for the hashtag you want to use on the explore page and open it. If there is a note about a community guideline violation, avoid it.I also suggest using tools like MetaHashtags to check and remove banned hashtags from your hashtag list.5. Tag brands in your posts.Okay, now you‘re officially ready to begin reaching out to brands. You’ve defined your brand and audience and have created quality, authentic posts. Now, you should have a pretty good idea of what types of businesses would benefit from a partnership with you.It‘s important to start small. If you’re interested in skincare, don‘t go straight for Estée Lauder. Instead, try tagging small skincare start-ups you’ve seen across Instagram in your posts.When customers ask questions like “Where can I get one?” or “How much?” tag the brand. They will soon see you've proven yourself a suitable sales partner and may reach out.Pro tip: You can tag brands in the photo/video, caption, or comments. My favorite method is using the comment section to repeatedly tag a brand while answering follower questions.And with 28% of marketers stating that brand mentions are a key metric for measuring the effectiveness of an influencer campaign, you definitely want to get as many of those as you can.Also, I suggest leveraging the power of hashtags while tagging brands to cast a wide net. Hashtags increase your content's visibility to a new audience, which might help you get more brand mentions.6. Include contact information in your bio.Consider your bio a chance to signal your interest in becoming an influencer. Include an email or website so they can reach you, and include a media kit if possible.For instance, @brittany_broski adds a Linktree link and includes her email in her bio.Furthermore, you should use a website or blog to expand on your brand and demonstrate your versatility. For instance, consider adding a press page to your website so brands can take a look at your services.And once you start getting sponsored by brands, you can add them to this page so brands can see you have experience as an influencer.Pro tip: I also recommend using your Story Highlights to convey any information you’d like sponsors to see about yourself. Whether it’s past brand collaborations or your rates, it’ll help potential sponsors decide faster.7. Pitch paid sponsorships.There's nothing wrong with reaching out to brands and offering your services. In fact, this approach to getting sponsorships is my favorite. With the right pitch, you might be able to land some gigs without waiting for brands to find you.Look for brands that clearly invest time and money into their Instagram presence. You can start by researching brands that are already sponsoring influencers in your niche or industry. And remember — it's okay to start small. Working with smaller brands will allow you to build a portfolio.Once you‘ve curated a list of brands that might want to partner with you, send them an email. In your pitch, clearly and briefly outline who you are, what you do, and any achievements you have in the field that make you an expert.Then, explain why you’re a good fit for the brand and include data such as follower count and average engagement rate.Alternatively, you might consider sending a brand a DM straight from Instagram. It‘s certainly more relevant to the job you’re vying for, but it might get lost if a brand receives hundreds of DMs a day.Pro tip: Tiffany Knighten, founder of Brand Curators, says that DMs and email aren't the only ways you can pitch to brands: “LinkedIn can be a great resource to find contacts who work directly for a brand. You can reach out to people in PR, marketing, or partnerships within the brand and send them a brief pitch along with your media kit.”In addition to reaching out to brands on different channels, I recommend customizing your pitches to each brand's individual needs. Doing this shows initiative and willingness to do the work that moves the needle for the brand.8. Know your worth.Make sure you know how much you'll charge when brands contact you or before you pitch your platform. Marketers typically pay between $501 and $10K for nano, micro, and macro influencers, with $10K+ budgets reserved for mostly mega influencers.While you‘ll want to have a minimum set, you can negotiate to encourage brands to pay more. Perhaps for $300, you’ll throw in five Instagram Story posts and a link in your bio to their website for 24 hours. You can use other Instagram features to sweeten the deal. As you grow, you'll be able to charge more.Pro tip: There's no doubt knowing your worth is essential. However, fixating on money can have downsides.Amelia Munday, marketing specialist at Custom Neon, explains that “being overly aggressive on compensation without considering the partnership’s collaborative nature can also sour deals. Influencers should approach negotiations as a mutual partnership rather than a one-sided benefit.”How to Get Brand Deals on InstagramActivate your creator account. Optimize your profile for discovery. Set up a portfolio. Keep an eye on the partnership messaging inbox. Browse projects.With 52% of businesses leveraging Instagram marketing, there are plenty of opportunities for you to get sponsorships. And this is especially true if you consider that you now have access to tools like the Instagram Creator Marketplace.Initially rolled out in 2022, the Creator Marketplace’s explicit purpose is connecting influencers and brands on Instagram. That means the platform puts the spotlight on you, so all you have to do is prepare to make the best of it.Here’s how.1. Activate your creator account.The Creator Marketplace is a public tool, meaning you and I can access it as long as we have Instagram accounts. But it's still being rolled out, so you must meet the following eligibility criteria to join for now:Be at least 18 years old.Be in a region where the marketplace is available (refer to the eligibility criteria for regional information).Be compliant with Instagram’s Community Guidelines and Monetization Policies.Adhere to the Branded Content Policies and Partner Monetization Policies.Convert your account from a personal to a professional account.2. Optimize your profile for discovery.After activating your account, you can start optimizing your profile to make it more discoverable by brands.My suggestion? Be as thorough as humanly possible. The more details and labels you provide for what you do, the higher the chances that brands will find you.Here’s how brands may search for influencers like you while using the discovery feature:Using keywords or hashtags. By searching “fashion” or “#designer,” brands can see posts from influencers in the fashion industry. Therefore, if I wanted to appear in these searches, I'd use more keywords and hashtags specific to that niche.Using filters. Brands can also refine their results using filters such as age, gender, location, interests, and follower count. This is where having a solid idea of who your Instagram followers are comes in handy.Following recommendations. Instagram recommends influencers to brands based on how relevant their content is to them. It analyzes factors like the content type you post, your interests, and the brands you work with.Browsing categories. Sometimes, brands will simply want to find all the creators in a specific category. So, make sure to choose the right category when switching to a professional account.3. Set up a portfolio.Up to 25% of social media marketers believe that working with influencers will become more important in 2024. For me, this is enough reason to package myself well so that when brands come knocking, they'll find me ready to unleash my creativity on their businesses.The portfolio feature does a great job of showing off your experience. I use it to show potential partners who I am, what I've worked on, and my previous partnerships. That way, I can let brands know that I’m capable of meeting their expectations.4. Keep an eye on the Partnership Messaging inbox.Once you get discovered, brands can invite you to take part in their projects. Projects allow brands to specify their needs (e.g., the kinds of content they expect from creators, posting frequency, and when they expect you to post).When brands send these projects directly to you, they land in your partnership inbox — a separate folder in your primary inbox dedicated to communication with brands.I personally think this feature is a great time-saver if you, like me, have experienced dozens to hundreds of DMs from your followers daily. Not to mention, it helps you avoid the risk of losing business by missing the message in the first place.That said, I would keep an eye out for brand invitations to projects because they usually have expiration dates and can also work on a first-come-first-serve basis. So, when an invitation comes through, make sure to respond promptly to create a great first impression and capitalize on limited opportunities.5. Browse projects.We‘ve talked about how brands can create projects and send them directly to creators they wish to work with. But there’s more to it. Brands can also make those projects publicly available to any creator on the marketplace.As the creator, you can browse projects and indicate interest in the ones you‘d like to work on by tapping the "I’m interested" button. So you don't have to sit and wait for brands to approach you.What‘s more, you can show interest in joining multiple projects simultaneously. This feature is particularly useful for creators who are just starting out to find their first deal — I’d be scrolling and smashing that "I’m interested" button, personally.Using #ad and #spon HashtagsBrands have come under fire in the past for working with influencers but not making it clear that the influencers were paid to share content.Department store Lord Taylor, for instance, settled charges with the FTC in 2016 after paying 50 influencers to wear a dress in their posts without hashtagging #sponsorship or #ad.Instagram prefers that influencers mark paid sponsorships as paid partnerships so their audiences know the intention behind the post. It‘s critical your followers know if you’re getting paid to promote a product. Ethics aside, it could destroy your account‘s credibility if you’re caught, and you could lose everything you've worked hard to build — namely, an authentic, trusting community.In 2017, Instagram released a paid partnership feature to combat this issue. If you tag a brand in a post and the brand confirms the relationship, the ad will be marked at the top with a “paid partnership” label. This also helps the brand gather data regarding how well the campaign is performing.If you truly don't want to post #ad or #spon, there are some ways around it. For instance, Airbnb created the hashtag #Airbnb_partner to signal a paid partnership without using the word “ad.”When in doubt, adhere to Instagram‘s policies. You can read Instagram’s branded content policies in full here.How to Disclose Paid Partnerships on InstagramIt’s a best practice to disclose paid partnerships to followers so they know that you and your partner will profit from the engagement you bring them.Here’s how you can easily disclose partnerships with brands for Feed, Stories, Live, Reels, and videos.Note: This feature is only available for business and creator accounts, and the steps are the same for desktop and mobile devices.Add a Paid Partnership Label to Instagram Feed PostsUpload your content and add your preferred caption and any filters or effects, then tap “Next.”Tap “Advanced settings.”Toggle the “Add paid partnership label” option underneath Branded content.Tap “Add brand partners” to search for the brand and add them to your post. You can add up to two brands.Optional: If your agreement with the brand allows them to use your content to run ads, toggle “Allow brand partner to promote” on.Tap “Done” to post your content.Add a Paid Partnership Label to Instagram StoriesOnce you’ve uploaded the story and added elements like text or a filter, tap the tag icon at the top of the screen.Tap “Add paid partnership label.”Tap “Add brand partners” and search for the brand you’re working with. You can add up to two brands.Optional: If your agreement with the brand allows them to use your content to run ads, toggle “Allow brand partners to promote” on.Tap “Done” to post your Story.Add a Paid Partnership Label to Instagram ReelsAfter you’ve uploaded your Reel and edited it to your choosing, tap “Next.”Tap “Advanced Settings.”Toggle “Add paid partnership label” into the on position.Tap “Add brand partners” and search for the brand you’re working with. You can add up to two brands.Tap “Done” to post your Reel.The post below shows the Paid Partnership label in a sponsored Reel from Yes Williamsburg.Add a Paid Partnership Label to Instagram LiveNote: When you’re Live, you can only tag brands you have approval fromWhen you go live, tap “Details.”Tap “Add brand partners” and search for the brand you’re working with to add a tag to your Live.Things to Consider Before Accepting an Instagram SponsorshipCongrats on getting to this stage! Now that you have one or more brands lined up, I suggest you consider the following before accepting the deal(s):1. The brand's audience.The most important thing to do is make sure your connection to the brand is there, which is why working with brands in your niche is important.For example, if you’re a fitness influencer, it would make sense to partner with athletic wear companies or local fitness studios, but it wouldn’t make much sense to partner with a travel agency.So, research the brand and look at its Instagram presence, the type of content shared, and the audience that engages with its content to see if it aligns with your brand and interests.Pro tip: Sponsor's goals aside, Munday says, “Instagram influencers should consider whether the brand fits their personal brand and ethos. They must think about the preferences of their audience and whether or not their followers will gain from the partnership.”Your followers make you who you are, so it's only fair to prioritize their needs before accepting an Instagram sponsorship. I recommend leaving deals that misalign with their interests or needs on the table.2. A brand's partnership eligibility requirements.Brands have eligibility requirements when they partner with influencers, so you should always review their criteria to ensure you meet their qualifications and that their capabilities don’t have unrealistic expectations for you and your processes.3. The fine print of your contracts.Protecting your content and ensuring the brand won’t misuse it is essential. You can read the fine print of your contract and partnership to see exactly how brands will use your content, and you can register for a DCMA account to make sure it's protected by copyright law and can’t be misused.Pro tip: According to Rex Huxford, director of demand generation at MD Clarity, one of the most common mistakes that green influencers make when they're getting started is not setting an end date for their content usage.Huxford recommends “setting a contract in writing outlining how long brands can use your content, where they can use it, and how they can repurpose it. You might not want them to have access to the content indefinitely, especially if your following blows up later.”4. Instagram’s partner monetization policies and guidelines.To use Instagram’s Monetization and Promotional tools on Instagram, you have to meet a few specific requirements. You must:Reside in a country where monetization and promotional tools are available.Adhere to and comply with all community guidelines.Comply with content monetization policies.Refrain from sharing misinformation.Only monetize authentic engagement (you can’t monetize artificial views or engagement).Comply with payment terms.Must have an authentic presence.You should also be familiar with rules and laws created by the Federal Trade Commission (or the equivalent in your country). Not complying with requirements and being transparent can cause significant legal issues and may make it harder for you to engage in partnerships in the future.5. The type of content you can monetize.All content that helps creators and publishers earn must follow specific rules:You can’t monetize static videos, static image polls, slideshows of images, looping videos, text montages, or embedded ads.You can’t monetize engagement bait, where you incentivize people to click a link or respond to a post through likes or comments, soliciting engagement.You can’t monetize content that is misinformation, misleading medical information, unoriginal content, or drugs.6. Payment amount and payment terms.It’s always important to evaluate the offers to make sure you’re compensated fairly and in alignment with your rate, partnership requirements (like how much content you share), and the effort you put in to create the content.If payment doesn’t align with your level of work, you have the right to negotiate a rate that matches what you’ll have to do, or you can step away if they don’t compensate you against your rate.Pros and Cons of Instagram SponsorshipsProsBuilding trust. Working with reputable brands can build your credibility with your viewers and audience because you work with a source they know, and the trust builds even higher if you recommend a product or service they purchase that positively impacts their life.Expanding your reach. Partnering with a brand expands your reach to your partners' audience, helping you grow your awareness and draw in new followers eager to hear from you.Monetization. Partnering with brands can help you monetize your platform and get paid for the posts or campaigns you run and are already an expert at creating.ConsLoss of authenticity. Sponsored content can feel inauthentic to viewers, especially if the content seems too sales-y. Since consumers usually prefer authentic content over all else, they may be skeptical of your ads.Legal issues. If you don’t comply with legal requirements and Instagram’s content monetization and sponsorship requirements, you risk non-compliance and losing the ability to use the Instagram feature or even the platform.Time-consuming. Sponsored partnerships can require a lot of time and effort to coordinate and create content, which can detract from your other content creation efforts.Over to YouGetting sponsored on Instagram can be challenging — it takes time, effort, and perseverance. But if you work hard to differentiate yourself in the industry and connect on a personal level with your followers, it can be extraordinarily rewarding.Editor's note: This post was originally published in July 2023 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.

                    The 2021 Guide to Instagram Ad Costs
The 2021 Guide to Instagram Ad Costs
Do you remember in 2012 when Mark Zuckerberg bought Instagram for $1 billion? It was a gamble. At the time of the acquisition, the platform was valued at half the purchase price, had 30 million users, and wasn’t generating revenue. Six years after the acquisition, Bloomberg estimated Instagram at 100 times that. Today, the platform has over 1 billion active users worldwide with diverse demographics, behaviors, interests, and habits — making it prime territory for targeted advertising. Instagram advertising is a fascinating process that involves competition, calculation, capital, and strategy. Let’s discuss how these factors influence costs, so you can decide how to implement Instagram advertising into your overall budget spend this year. How much do Instagram ads cost?The cost for Instagram ads hovers between $0.70 to $1 per click on average. That being said, costs tend to vary based on a variety of factors, such as industry, location, and ad placement. More competitive industries and demographics generally have higher advertising costs. In some cases, Instagram ads can exceed $5 per click. Advertising on Instagram can be an accurate and effective way of reaching the right prospects at various stages in their buyer’s journeys. If done right, your business can leverage the platform to generate interest in your products or services and turn users into customers. But, how should you approach placing ads on the platform? What should your budget look like? And who should you be targeting? You’ll need to answer those questions before launching your campaign. But before you approach any of them, you have to understand how the platform calculates advertising costs. How are Instagram ad costs determined? Instagram ads are bought on an auction bidding system that ultimately dictates their prices. An advertiser starts by establishing their campaign budget and submitting a bid. Budgets are exactly what they sound like — the total amount of money a company is willing to allocate for an entire campaign. A budget is structured either on a daily basis or by the total cost of a campaign lifecycle. Bids are the maximum amount of money a company is willing to spend on each user that completes the ad objective. That objective could include anything from viewing a video to clicking on a website link to downloading a mobile application. Ultimately, objectives always revolve around improving brand awareness, driving consideration, or converting potential leads. In an auction, Instagram determines which advertisement will create the most value for its users and selects a winner on that basis. That value is established by three primary factors: The advertiser’s bid amount How likely a user is to complete the specific action the ad is optimized for, otherwise known as estimated action rates How likely a user is to be interested in the ad itself, otherwise known as ad quality and relevance As the winner, you get to place your ad in the space your competitors were vying for. You are charged on a cost-per-click (CPC) basis, and your ads remain live until your budget runs out. During your campaign, you can track your campaign performance using an analytics tool, like LIKE.TG’s Ads Software tool. The amount of money it takes to win that auction will depend on the demographics you’re targeting, time constraints, and strategic placement within the app. More on that in the following section. What can make Instagram ad costs vary? Age Range It’s no secret that Generation Z’ers, millennials, and boomers probably will engage with your ads in completely different ways. A clothing brand selling pleated khakis and golf shirts will likely perform better with mature prospects watching PGA Tour videos than 13-year-olds scrolling through SpongeBob memes. Additionally, users in different age brackets have varying online behaviors, with some spending much more time than others on social media. This means that certain age ranges will be more lucrative and, in turn, more competitive for Instagram ad placements. Timeframe Instagram ad prices fluctuate based on the time of day, day of the week, and time of year. When posting on the timeline or on stories, brands take into account the days and times, as that has an impact on how the content performs. Unsurprisingly, advertising prices also consider user activity and fluctuate prices based on this. Cost-per-click can also shift as the year progresses. With each season comes different spending habits along with the rise and fall of certain brands’ popularity. For instance, air conditioning companies likely garner more interest in the summer months than they do in the dead of winter. On that same token, it may cost more to advertise in the weeks leading up to Christmas and Black Friday compared to other weeks in the year. Consumer interests and habits change with the seasons — and Instagram ad costs typically follow suit. Gender As of 2021, 50.8 % of Instagram users identify as female, while 49.2% identify as male. Though that difference may seem unremarkable, it can have some meaningful implications on how much Instagram ads cost. Remember — over a billion people use the application, so a 1.6% discrepancy isn’t trivial. That difference — among other factors – can account for slight cost discrepancies between Instagram ads targeting women and those targeting men. Though the gap in cost-per-click for men and women might be as small as a few cents, that can add up to dollars quickly. Ad Placement The placement and advertisement type within the platform impact your ad’s cost-per-click. Ads in Instagram stories tend to be less expensive than feed placements. However, some experts — including LIKE.TG Senior Marketing Manager Jillian Hope — suggest designing unique ads for both stories and feed placements to get the most efficient results for your budget. Ultimately, paying fair prices to reach your targeted users takes some finesse. There’s no definitive answer to how much Instagram ads cost, as multiple elements play a role. So while you’ll never know exactly how much your Instagram ads will cost, you should understand the factors that could shape the way you advertise and build your advertising strategy around them.

                    The Ultimate Guide to IGTV
The Ultimate Guide to IGTV
In recent years, we've seen the power of video on the internet — Facebook alone gets eight billion average daily views, and YouTube's video platform has enabled young teens to become national superstars (Justin Bieber, anyone?). Also, a Cisco report estimates that, by 2022, watching video will account for 82% of internet traffic. There are various channels for marketers to consider when sharing videos, like the above-mentioned YouTube and TikTok or Snapchat. There’s also Instagram TV (IGTV) which, launched in 2018, is different from Instagram Stories. What is IGTV?IGTV is Instagram’s video feature that allows creators to make and share long-form video content with their audience. Additionally, IGTV is primarily meant for smartphones, as the videos are vertical, and users don’t need to rotate their devices to watch. If you're interested in testing out the app for your own business or simply want to know which brands to follow on the app, you're in luck — here, we've compiled all the tips and information you need to get started with IGTV. How do you download IGTV?You can access IGTV directly within the native Instagram app. Simply launch your profile, navigate to the Explore tab, and select IGTV from the carousel menu. There is also a standalone IGTV app that you can download from the app store. To get it, simply go to the App Store or Google Play, search for IGTV, and click Get or Install. IGTV Video Length Anyone with an Instagram account can upload an IGTV video. Unlike Instagram Stories' 15-second video limit, IGTV videos can be up to 15 minutes long when uploaded from a mobile device and 60 minutes when uploaded from the web. How do you make an IGTV channel?To make an IGTV channel, you need to download the IGTV app and sign in with your Instagram account login info. Next, select the Settings gear icon (next to your account profile photo), and click Create Channel. How To Make IGTV Videos To upload and edit your IGTV video title and description, follow these steps: 1.Open the IGTV app and click on your profile icon. Then, click Upload Video. If you haven’t yet given permission, you will be asked to allow IGTV access to your video library. 2. Select the video you want to upload. 3. Click Next in the top right-hand corner. 4. Add your preferred video title and description, and edit the cover image, which users will see before the video begins playing. 5. Click Post to publish your video. You can also upload a video to IGTV from the native Instagram app. Here are the steps: 1. Navigate to your profile and select the plus sign icon on the top right-hand side of the screen. 2. When the Create menu pops up, select IGTV video. 3. Select the video you want to upload, choose your preferred cover, and add a title and description. 4. Click Post to IGTV. IGTV Analytics IGTV provides the following in-app analytic insights for your videos: views, likes, comments, average percentage watched, reach, saves, and interactions. To get these insights, open your IGTV app and click on one of your published videos. Then, follow these steps: 1. Open your video, and then click the "..." icon at the bottom. 2. Select View Insights. 3. The IGTV Video Insights menu should appear and contain your audience analytics info. As this video is just a test, there is no analytics data for the video. How To Find Videos and Channels On IGTVWhen you open the IGTV app, you can use the search bar to find videos and channels.If you’re unsure what you’re looking for, you can scroll through suggested videos based on accounts you’re following, popular videos, or videos recommended for you based on your account activity. In the Instagram app, you can find someone's IGTV by navigating to their profile page. Above their image gallery, you should see the IGTV icon. If you click it, it will bring you to the person or brand’s IGTV channel. The image below displays the IGTV channel preview from popular internet show The Daily Show. Watching Videos on IGTV As soon as you open the IGTV app, a video will immediately start playing — presumably with the hope that users will become immersed in the content. To watch a video, simply click on it. If you're not interested in watching it anymore, you can scroll up to see other options. There are four video categories: For You, Following, Popular, and Continue Watching. You can scroll left and right to view your options and select the one you want to watch. As mentioned above, you can also use the search bar to search for channels you’re already familiar with or to see if someone you’re interested in has a channel. To watch an IGTV video within the Instagram app, navigate to a user’s profile, select the IGTV icon, and pick the video you want to watch. Best IGTV Channels and Brands to Follow There are hundreds of brands and channels that create impressive and unique IGTV content. If your business is starting from scratch and looking for inspiration, here are a few channels and brands you’ll want to check out: Netflix View this post on Instagram NAACP View this post on Instagram The Daily Show View this post on Instagram National Geographic View this post on Instagram Food Network View this post on Instagram Top Influencers on IGTV While IGTV doesn’t have the same audience reach as Instagram or YouTube, it is still a worthwhile platform to use to reach your audience members, especially if they don’t use other video sharing apps you’re on like TikTok, Snapchat, or YouTube. Below is a list of IGTV content creators using the platform to create content that appeals to their specific niche. LaBeautyologist View this post on Instagram Hannah Stocking View this post on Instagram AskDrJess View this post on Instagram Huda Kattan View this post on Instagram David Chang View this post on Instagram How to Share an IGTV VideoSelect a video, and swipe down on the video preview image to make the browse menu disappear.If you want to share within Instagram, click the paper airplane icon at the bottom of the video. Type a name (or create a group) into the search box, click the username, and press Send. You can also add your own message before sending the video.If you want to share the IGTV video outside of Instagram, press the three-dot icon at the bottom of the video. Then, select Copy Link. Now you can paste the link in a text or email to send to friends. Ultimately, it's up to you to decide whether IGTV offers valuable benefits for your business. It's critical you consider your audience's preferences when deciding — would they prefer to watch your brand on IGTV, or are they consuming content elsewhere? If you feel your brand does well in relatively unmarked territory, perhaps you want to give IGTV a try. Get out your camera, record some unedited behind-the-scenes looks at your company, and press Post. Your audience insights will tell you soon enough whether it's an avenue worth pursuing.

                    Scheduling Instagram Posts: Absolutely Everything You Need to Know
Scheduling Instagram Posts: Absolutely Everything You Need to Know
Posting Instagram content when your audience is most active on the app increases chances of engagement, brand awareness, referral traffic, and conversions. However, it's not always efficient to hover over your phone or laptop to post on Instagram at the perfect moment — so you'll need a way to schedule Instagram posts ahead of time. This is where Instagram scheduling software comes into play. Can you schedule Instagram posts? Why You Should Schedule Your Instagram Posts Instagram Scheduling Best Practices Best Way to Schedule Instagram Posts Tools for Scheduling Instagram Posts LIKE.TG Social Media Management Software Later Tailwind Buffer Sked Social Sprout Social Loomly How to Schedule Instagram Posts Schedule Your Instagram PostsCan you schedule Instagram posts? Yes! If you're a content creator or business owner with access to Meta's Creator Studio, you can connect your Instagram account to Creator Studio to schedule posts. If you don't have Creator Studio, Instagram's API lets users of marketing tools like LIKE.TG schedule Instagram posts in advance. It's also worth mentioning that Instagram is testing a new in-app tool to schedule posts and Reels. In October 2022, a Meta spokesperson said, "We are testing the ability to schedule content with a percentage of our global community." That same month, Twitter user @WFBrother posted a screenshot showing how the tool works. Now you can schedule posts on the Instagram app! ✨You can schedule posts and reels by going to Advanced settings when creating new content. #[email protected]/yJykq108wK— ㆅ (@WFBrother) October 18, 2022 However, the tool is still in the testing stage, so you'll need to rely on either Meta's Creator Studio or third-party social media scheduling software to schedule your content. Why You Should Schedule Your Instagram Posts There are many reasons you should get in the habit of scheduling your Instagram posts. One reason is that it saves valuable time and gives you the opportunity to plan and execute a comprehensive marketing strategy. Think about it — instead of scrambling to post content at the perfect time, you're able to schedule a string of compelling posts that include stories, Reels, carousels, polls, and more in advance. You'll also have more time to interact with followers and reply to comments, which can build lasting relationships with customers and generate leads.Instagram Scheduling Best Practices Here are some best practices to keep in mind when scheduling posts to Instagram. 1. Schedule posts to go live when your audience is the most active. Track how your posts perform at different times, and use that information to optimize your posting schedule. To get you started, here are some great posting times, according to Search Engine Journal: Monday: 6 a.m., 11 a.m., 1 p.m. Tuesday: 8-10 a.m., 2 p.m. Wednesday: 9-11 a.m. Thursday: 11 a.m. - 2 p.m., 7 p.m. Friday: 10 a.m. - 12 p.m., 2-4 p.m. Saturday: 8-11 a.m. Sunday: 6-8 p.m. 2. Craft your captions with care. If you're scheduling content ahead of time, there's no need to rush writing your caption. Take the time to figure out the right hashtag to use, the right accounts to tag (if any), and a compelling call to action. 3. Engage with your audience. The time you save by scheduling posts can be used to connect with your audience, Block off time to reply to comments, and host polls. If your audience tags you in a story, post that story to your account. Best Way to Schedule Instagram Posts The simplest way to schedule Instagram posts will be via Meta's Creator Studio if you have access to it. To schedule posts via Creator Studio, do the following: Connect your Instagram account to Creator Studio. Click "Create Post." If you have more than one Instagram account connected to the studio, click the account you want to post to. Add a caption. Click "Add Content" to select the video or photos you want to post. Click "From File Upload" to upload new content, or "From Facebook Page" to post content you already shared to Facebook. Click the arrow next to "Publish." Select "Schedule." Choose the date and time you want your content to post on Instagram. Click "Schedule." If you don't have Creator Studio, you can use plenty of excellent, user-friendly scheduling software. Here are some of your best options.1. LIKE.TG Social Media Management Software Price: $0/month (Free), $45/month (Starter), $800/month (Professional), $3,600/month (Enterprise) With LIKE.TG's Social Media tool, which is part of LIKE.TG Marketing Hub, you can schedule and publish social posts to Instagram, Facebook, Twitter, and LinkedIn. From within LIKE.TG, you can edit your post, schedule it, and add @mentions to tag other accounts and users. Upload the image you want to share on Instagram to LIKE.TG, then drag and drop it into the post you're scheduling. You can preview the final post before it goes live to see what your visitors will see. After you choose the date and time, your Instagram post will be shared and previewed. Tag it with a relevant LIKE.TG campaign, so all your social posts associated with a marketing campaign you're already running are organized. Once you schedule your post, you can select "Schedule another" to plan another social post. There's an option to auto-copy and paste content from the post you just scheduled so you can plan similar posts for different dates, times, and platforms. Lastly, if you're using LIKE.TG's social tool to schedule and publish across other platforms, target specific audience groups (for instance, you can target specific countries or languages on Facebook). Get LIKE.TG's Social Media Management Software to help you focus more on connecting with your customers and target audience by using time-saving publishing and scheduling tools that prioritize social interactions. 2. Later Price: Free, $18/mo (Starter), $40 (Growth), $80 (Advanced) Later is a social media post scheduler dedicated to Instagram. The platform includes a full social content calendar, drag-and-drop post planning, and the ability to publish automatically to your Instagram Business profile. In addition, the service's Linkin.bio feature allows you to link individual posts to specific product pages.3. Tailwind Price: Free, $12.99/mo (Pro), $19.99 (Advanced), $39.99 (Max) Tailwind is a social media scheduler and innovative assistant platform specifically for Instagram and Pinterest. Using smart features like bulk image uploading and the built-in Hashtag Finder, the tool allows small businesses to personalize their Instagram posts and get them scheduled quickly. The tool also allows you to visually plan and preview your Instagram post schedule and grid via a single dashboard your audience will see before posting.4. Buffer Price: Free, $6/mo (Pro), $65/mo (Essentials), $12/mo (Team), $120/mo (Agency) Buffer allows you to schedule social media posts across six social networks: Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, LinkedIn, Pinterest, and Google+. Buffer for Instagram makes it easy to manage and schedule your posts via a single dashboard. There's an option to include hashtags in your Instagram post in the Comments section versus in the caption (to keep the post and caption as simple as possible). Using Buffer's social media analytics feature, you can also analyze your Instagram posts to determine what worked among your target audience. In addition to a mobile app for iOS and Android, Buffer also offers an extension for your internet browser.5. Sked Social Price: $25/mo (Fundamentals), $75/mo (Essentials), $135/mo (Professional) Sked Social offers an Instagram scheduling and auto-posting tool for Instagram posts and stories. Using the tool, you can plan to post your stories automatically, whether photo or video, so you never have to intervene or receive reminders to click "Post" again. You can also schedule your Instagram posts via iOS or Android to upload content directly from your mobile device's camera roll.6. Sprout Social Price: $249/mo (Standard), $399/mo (Professional), $499/mo (Advanced) Sprout Social is a social media management platform that's clear with six major social networks, including Instagram. It has a social media content calendar allowing you to schedule your social posts and measure engagements once live. Easily upload the image you want to post on Instagram, add the caption and other Instagram post details (e.g., location), and then schedule it to go out at the date and time of your choosing. The tool's social listening abilities also help you identify unique trends across your Instagram content and then apply these trends to the rest of your Instagram marketing strategy.7. Loomly Price: $26/mo (Base), $59/mo (Standard), $129/mo (Advanced), $269/mo (Premium), Request Quote (Enterprise) Loomly is a brand success platform with content management and social media publishing and scheduling features. Schedule your social media posts in advance — there are automated scheduling and publishing options for various social platforms incl,uding Instagram, Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, and Google. Loomly also offers automated Instagram Ad (and Facebook Ad) publishing. With the platform, you easily manage your organic and paid social media content — you can also get notifications (via email, Slack, and more) whenever one of your team members works on a piece of social content to make for easy team-wide collaboration. The tool provides social media post recommendations based on trends, events, holidays, and social platform best practices. Next, let's dive into how to schedule Instagram posts for an Instagram Business page — for the sake of this post, we'll use LIKE.TG as our scheduling and publishing tool. 1. Ensure you have admin access to your Facebook Business Page. Instagram and Facebook might be separate accounts to you personally, but businesses that want to automate their Instagram posting schedule will need to tether both accounts together. So, you'll need the username and password of your business's Facebook account to do this — in other words, head over to the Instagram Business landing page to set up your account if you don't already have one. 2. Switch to your Business profile on the Instagram mobile app and connect this account to Facebook. If you have a personal Instagram account, you probably know you can manage more than one profile from the app — and the other profile is your business account (keep in mind you'll need an Instagram Business account to schedule Instagram posts in LIKE.TG). To switch to your Instagram Business page from your page, navigate to your profile on your mobile device and tap the three dots in the upper-right corner of your screen. Then, in the next screen, select "Switch to Business Profile," as shown below: Under "Settings," select "Linked Accounts." Here's where you can choose Facebook and link your two accounts together. You might be asked to "Log in With Facebook," at which point you'll enter your business account's username and password. Otherwise, select "Continue as [yourself]." 3. Open LIKE.TG and integrate your Instagram profile with the "Social" tool. Now that your Instagram profile is anchored to Facebook, you can integrate it with your post scheduler. As mentioned, we will use LIKE.TG's Social tool for our purposes. Open LIKE.TG, select "Settings" > "Marketing" > "Social" > "Connect Account" > "Facebook and Instagram." Click the first option, "Facebook Instagram," and follow the prompts to complete this step (which are listed here in greater detail). 4. Create your first social post for your Instagram account. Once your Instagram account is integrated into LIKE.TG, you'll see an option to "Create social post" in your LIKE.TG dashboard. Click it, and you'll see icons for which social network you want to start with. Select the Instagram icon to compose your first post for your Instagram account. 5. Compose a message with your desired visual assets, captions, and hashtags. Customize your Instagram post and upload an image using the landscape icons on the bottom-lefthand corner of the white text field that appears. Then, caption your image with the text, hashtags, and user mentions you'd like to post your photo with, as they should appear on Instagram. 6. Set the date and time of your Instagram post. Above the photo you're posting, you'll see a field where you can add the date and time the date and time that your post will be scheduled to go live. Use this field to automatically set the date and time you want your post to go live on your Instagram profile. 7. Preview your post to make sure it looks right. Any grammatical errors? Are all your intended hashtags included? Is the image successfully uploaded? Check to make sure, and you'll be ready to schedule. 8. Click "Schedule message." Got any more Instagram posts planned? Draft them now and schedule all of them simultaneously — with LIKE.TG, you can schedule your social posts in bulk. Once every post you want to schedule has been loaded into LIKE.TG, you can hit the "Schedule" button on the page.Schedule Your Instagram Posts Start scheduling your Instagram posts to make your workflow more efficient and to ensure the content you need to get in front of your audience does so in a timely fashion. Editor's note: This post was originally published in August 2018 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.

                    100+ Instagram Stats You Need to Know in 2024
100+ Instagram Stats You Need to Know in 2024
It feels like Instagram, more than any other social media platform, is evolving at a dizzying pace. It can take a lot of work to keep up as it continues to roll out new features, updates, and algorithm changes. That‘s where the Instagram stats come in. There’s a lot of research about Instagram — everything from its users' demographics, brand adoption stats, and all the difference between micro and nano influencers. I use this data to inform my marketing strategies and benchmark my efforts. Read on to uncover more social media stats to help you get ideas and improve your Instagram posting strategy. 80+ Instagram Stats Click on a category below to jump to the stats for that category: Instagram's Growth Instagram User Demographics Brand Adoption Instagram Post Content Instagram Posting Strategy Instagram Influencer Marketing Statistics Instagram's Growth Usage 1. Instagram is expected to reach 1.44 billion users by 2025. (Statista) 2. The Instagram app currently has over 1.4 billion monthly active users. (Statista) 3. U.S. adults spend an average of 33.1 minutes per day on Instagram in 2024, a 3-minute increase from the year before. (Sprout Social) 4. Instagram ad revenue is anticipated to reach $59.61 billion in 2024. (Oberlo) 5. Instagram’s Threads has over 15 Million monthly active users. (eMarketer) 6. 53.7% of marketers plan to use Instagram reels for influencer marketing in 2024. (eMarketer) 7. 71% of marketers say Instagram is the platform they want to learn about most. (Skillademia) 8. There are an estimated 158.4 million Instagram users in the United States in 2024. (DemandSage) 9. As of January 2024, India has 362.9 million Instagram users, the largest Instagram audience in the world. (Statista) 10. As of January 2024, Instagram is the fourth most popular social media platform globally based on monthly active users. Facebook is first. YouTube and WhatsApp rank second and third. (Statista) https://youtu.be/EyHV8aZFWqg 11. Over 400 million Instagram users use the Stories feature daily. (Keyhole) 12. As of April 2024, the most-liked post on Instagram remains a carousel of Argentine footballer Lionel Messi and his teammates celebrating the 2022 FIFA World Cup win. (FIFA) 13. The fastest-growing content creator on Instagram in 2024 is influencer Danchmerk, who grew from 16k to 1.6 Million followers in 8 months. (Instagram) 14. The most-followed Instagram account as of March 2024 is professional soccer player Cristiano Ronaldo, with 672 million followers. (Forbes) 15. As of April 2024, Instagram’s own account has 627 million followers. (Instagram) Instagram User Demographics 16. Over half of the global Instagram population is 34 or younger. (Statista) 17. As of January 2024, almost 17% of global active Instagram users were men between 18 and 24. (Statista) 18. Instagram’s largest demographics are Millennials and Gen Z, comprising 61.8% of users in 2024. (MixBloom) 19. Instagram is Gen Z’s second most popular social media platform, with 75% of respondents claiming usage of the platform, after YouTube at 80%. (Later) 20. 37.74% of the world’s 5.3 billion active internet users regularly access Instagram. (Backlinko) 21. In January 2024, 55% of Instagram users in the United States were women, and 44% were men. (Statista) 22. Only 7% of Instagram users in the U.S. belong to the 13 to 17-year age group. (Statista) 23. Only 5.7% of Instagram users in the U.S. are 65+ as of 2024. (Statista) 24. Only 0.2% of Instagram users are unique to the platform. Most use Instagram alongside Facebook (80.8%), YouTube (77.4%), and TikTok (52.8%). (Sprout Social) 25. Instagram users lean slightly into higher tax brackets, with 47% claiming household income over $75,000. (Hootsuite) 26. Instagram users worldwide on Android devices spend an average of 29.7 minutes per day (14 hours 50 minutes per month) on the app. (Backlinko) 27. 73% of U.S. teens say Instagram is the best way for brands to reach them. (eMarketer) 28. 500 million+ accounts use Instagram Stories every day. (Facebook) 29. 35% of music listeners in the U.S. who follow artists on Facebook and Instagram do so to connect with other fans or feel like part of a community. (Facebook) 30. The average Instagram user spends 33 minutes a day on the app. (Oberlo) 31. 45% of people in urban areas use Instagram, while only 25% of people in rural areas use the app. (Backlinko) 32. Approximately 85% of Instagram’s user base is under the age of 45. (Statista) 33. As of January 2024, the largest age group on Instagram is 18-24 at 32%, followed by 30.6% between ages 25-34. (Statista) 34. Globally, the platform is nearly split down the middle in terms of gender, with 51.8% male and 48.2% female users. (Phyllo) 35. The numbers differ slightly in the U.S., with 56% of users aged 13+ being female and 44% male. (Backlinko) 36. As of January 2024, Instagram is most prevalent in India, with 358.55 million users, followed by the United States (158.45 million), Brazil (122.9 million), Indonesia (104.8 million), and Turkey (56.7 million). (Backlinko) 37. 49% of Instagram users are college graduates. (Hootsuite) 38. Over 1.628 Billion Instagram users are reachable via advertising. (DataReportal) 39. As of January 2024, 20.3% of people on Earth use Instagram. (DataReportal) Brand Adoption 40. Instagram is the top platform for influencer marketing, with 80.8% of marketers planning to use it in 2024. (Sprout Social) 41. 29% of marketers plan to invest the most in Instagram out of any social media platform in 2023. (Statista) 42. Regarding brand safety, 86% of marketers feel comfortable advertising on Instagram. (Upbeat Agency) 43. 24% of marketers plan to invest in Instagram, the most out of all social media platforms, in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 44. 70% of shopping enthusiasts turn to Instagram for product discovery. (Omnicore Agency) 45. Marketers saw the highest engagement rates on Instagram from any other platform in 2024. (Hootsuite) 46. 29% of marketers say Instagram is the easiest platform for working with influencers and creators. (Statista) 47. 68% of marketers reported that Instagram generates high levels of ROI. (LIKE.TG) 48. 21% of marketers reported that Instagram yielded the most significant ROI in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 49. 52% of marketers plan to increase their investment in Instagram in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 50. In 2024, 42% of marketers felt “very comfortable” advertising on Instagram, and 40% responded “somewhat comfortable.” (LIKE.TG) 51. Only 6% of marketers plan to decrease their investment in Instagram in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 52. 39% of marketers plan to leverage Instagram for the first time in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 53. 90% of people on Instagram follow at least one business. (Instagram) 54. 50% of Instagram users are more interested in a brand when they see ads for it on Instagram. (Instagram) 55. 18% of marketers believe that Instagram has the highest growth potential of all social apps in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 56. 1 in 4 marketers say Instagram provides the highest quality leads from any social media platform. (LIKE.TG) 57. Nearly a quarter of marketers (23%) say that Instagram results in the highest engagement levels for their brand compared to other platforms. (LIKE.TG) 58. 46% of marketers leverage Instagram Shops. Of the marketers who leverage Instagram Shops, 50% report high ROI. (LIKE.TG) 59. 41% of marketers leverage Instagram Live Shopping. Of the marketers who leverage Instagram Live Shopping, 51% report high ROI. (LIKE.TG) 60. Education and Health and Wellness industries experience the highest engagement rates. (Hootsuite) 61. 67% of users surveyed have “swiped up” on the links of branded Stories. (LIKE.TG) 62. 130 million Instagram accounts tap on a shopping post to learn more about products every month. (Omnicore Agency) Instagram Post Content 63. Engagement for static photos has decreased by 44% since 2019, when Reels debuted. (Later) 64. The average engagement rate for photo posts is .059%. (Social Pilot) 65. The average engagement rate for carousel posts is 1.26% (Social Pilot) 66. The average engagement rate for Reel posts is 1.23% (Social Pilot) 67. Marketers rank Instagram as the platform with the best in-app search capabilities. (LIKE.TG) 68. The most popular Instagram Reel is from Samsung and has over 1 billion views. (Lifestyle Asia) 69. Marketers rank Instagram as the platform with the most accurate algorithm, followed by Facebook. (LIKE.TG) 70. A third of marketers say Instagram offers the most significant ROI when selling products directly within the app. (LIKE.TG) 71. Instagram Reels with the highest engagement rates come from accounts with fewer than 5000 followers, with an average engagement rate of 3.79%. (Social Pilot) 72. A third of marketers say Instagram offers the best tools for selling products directly within the app. (LIKE.TG) 73. Over 100 million people watch Instagram Live every day. (Social Pilot) 74. 70% of users watch Instagram stories daily. (Social Pilot) 75. 50% of people prefer funny Instagram content, followed by creative and informative posts. (Statista) 76. Instagram Reels are the most popular post format for sharing via DMs. (Instagram) 77. 40% of Instagram users post stories daily. (Social Pilot) 78. An average image on Instagram gets 23% more engagement than one published on Facebook. (Business of Apps) 79. The most geo-tagged city in the world is Los Angeles, California, and the tagged location with the highest engagement is Coachella, California. (LIKE.TG) Instagram Posting Strategy 80. The best time to post on Instagram is between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m. on weekdays. (Social Pilot) 81. Posts with a tagged location result in 79% higher engagement than posts without a tagged location. (Social Pilot) 82. 20% of users surveyed post to Instagram Stories on their business account more than once a week. (LIKE.TG) 83. 44% of users surveyed use Instagram Stories to promote products or services. (LIKE.TG) 84. One-third of the most viewed Stories come from businesses. (LIKE.TG) 85. More than 25 million businesses use Instagram to reach and engage with audiences. (Omnicore Agency) 86. 69% of U.S. marketers plan to spend most of their influencer budget on Instagram. (Omnicore Agency) 87. The industry that had the highest cooperation efficiency with Instagram influencers was healthcare, where influencer posts were 4.2x more efficient than brand posts. (Emplifi) 88. Instagram is now the most popular social platform for following brands. (Marketing Charts) Instagram Influencer Marketing Statistics 89. Instagram is the top platform for influencer marketing, with 80.8% of marketers planning to use the platform for such purposes in 2024 (Oberlo) 90. Nano-influencers (1,000 to 10,000 followers) comprise most of Instagram’s influencer population, at 65.4%. (Statista) 91. Micro-influencers (10,000 to 50,000 followers) account for 27.73% (Socially Powerful) 92. Mid-tier influencers (50,000 to 500,000 followers) account for 6.38% (Socially Powerful) 93. Nano-influencers (1,000 to 10,000 followers) have the highest engagement rate at 5.6% (EmbedSocial) 94. Mega-influencers and celebrities with more than 1 million followers account for 0.23%. (EmbedSocial) 95. 77% of Instagram influencers are women. (WPBeginner) 96. 30% of markers say that Instagram is their top channel for ROI in influencer marketing (Socially Powerful) 97. 25% of sponsored posts on Instagram are related to fashion (Socially Powerful) 98. The size of the Instagram influencer marketing industry is expected to reach $22.2 billion by 2025. (Socially Powerful) 99. On average, Instagram influencers charge $418 for a sponsored post in 2024, approximately 15.17%​​​​​​​ higher than in 2023. (Collabstr) 100. Nano-influencers charge between $10-$100 per Instagram post. (ClearVoice) 101. Celebrities and macro influencers charge anywhere from $10,000 to over $1 million for a single Instagram post in 2024. (Shopify) 102. Brands can expect to earn $4.12 of earned media value for each $1 spent on Instagram influencer marketing. (Shopify) The landscape of Instagram is vast and ever-expanding. However, understanding these key statistics will ensure your Instagram strategy is well-guided and your marketing dollars are allocated for maximum ROI. There’s more than just Instagram out there, of course. So, download the free guide below for the latest Instagram and Social Media trends.

                    When Is the Best Time to Post on Instagram in 2024? [Cheat Sheet]
When Is the Best Time to Post on Instagram in 2024? [Cheat Sheet]
If you want to find the best time to post on Instagram, you're probably trying to get the highest engagement. Whatever your specific goal (likes, followers), posting when your content will get the most eyes can only benefit your marketing, so I’m glad you’re here.If you're new to social media, you may think you should just start posting at different times of day and document your performance post-by-post — but that’s pretty labor-intensive and unnecessarily time-consuming.There’s gotta be an easier way to figure out when to post on Instagram.That‘s where we come in. In this post, you’ll find everything you need to start posting at the best times on the popular social media platform, all backed by our 2024 Social Trends Report and other new LIKE.TG research.What are the best times to post on Instagram?The best time to post on Instagram is from 12-3PM or 6-9PM. Friday is considered the best day for engagement, followed closely by Saturday and Sunday. The evening 6 PM-8:59 PM is frequently noted as having high engagement levels.The times above are for Instagram engagement in local time — meaning that your audience is in the same time zone as you are when you post.So, if you live in Los Angeles and your primary audience is also in Los Angeles, you would post at the times above. However, if you live in Los Angeles and your target audience is in New York, you’ll want to shift these posting times three hours forward.Keep this in mind when updating your social media content calendar.Worst Time to Post on InstagramSo, now that we‘ve established when the sweet spot for posting on Instagram is, let’s take a closer look at when it isn't. The LIKE.TG Blog recently asked 697 global Instagram marketers across B2B and B2C industries about the best (and not-so-best) times and days to post on the channel.According to those findings, the worst time to post on Instagram is between the hours of 6 AM and 8:59 AM and the worst days are Mondays and Tuesdays. This was across B2B and B2C verticals and consistent with results from 2023.In this chart, you can see the lowest Instagram engagement rates were actually between 6 and 9 AM globally at that time, which isn't surprising.No matter where they are, most people are likely just waking up, eating breakfast, commuting, or getting their days started at this time — and you can't hit “like” in the shower or in between bites of toast.So night owls, you can rest assured. There’s no need to wake up early to post that Instagram collaboration.(While social media management software and Instagram itself enable you to schedule posts in advance, this marketer is still waiting for them to support the collaboration feature. Sigh.)Best Time to Post to Instagram CheatsheetHow We Found the Best Instagram Posting TimesThe data in this article comes from three sources.First is LIKE.TG's 2023 Instagram Engagement report. This extensive report reviewed 110M posts across 1M Instagram users. The report also has several sections specific to English-speaking countries. They analyzed data from close to 85M posts from North America alone.This post also contains more original 2024 research from the LIKE.TG Blog team. We surveyed 697 professionals across B2B and B2C about their preferred days and times to post on Instagram.We also included some data from our 2024 Social Trends Report — where we asked 1,460 social media marketers from across the globe about their biggest trends, goals, challenges, and strategies going into 2024.Why post on Instagram at a certain time?I know for many marketers, social media posting is just one more thing to do on a busy day. It can be tempting to post whenever it‘s convenient or seems logical, even if there isn’t any data to back it up.Here are a few reasons why it's important to post to Instagram at specific and consistent times.Increasing ReachAccording to eMarketer, US adults spend at least 33 minutes a day on Instagram. That's about 15 hours a month. So, posting when your top users are online will make a difference.It will be more likely your content gets seen, increasing its reach to existing followers — but also new folks. This graphic from a machine learning engineer outlines some of the factors in helping new users discover your posts.One of those factors is engagement. Posting content when your followers are active can boost engagement (more on that next) which, in turn, increases the chances that new users will discover your account and posts on the platform.Check out this post for more tips on how to grow your reach on Instagram. This post from the Instagram blog also outlines how important fresh and recent content is.Increasing EngagementAccording to LIKE.TG's research, the global average Instagram engagement rate was 6% in 2023, a slight increase from the year prior.Instagram engagement has a ripple effect, like throwing a rock in a still pool. The first ripple is obvious — if you get immediate likes, comments, and saves after posting, your post will likely appear in more feeds.The next ripples come from other Instagram features like Favorites, Shopping, and Search Explore. Each feature has an independent algorithm and weighs engagement differently.For example, becoming a “Favorite” for your followers means your posts show at the top of their feeds every time they log in.On the other hand, engagement rates and behavior factor into which posts get bumped to the top of Explore pages. Posting at the right time doesn’t just mean more comments, messages, and saves. It creates more opportunities for engagement.Building a Loyal AudienceLoyalty takes time and effort to build. It's especially tough for small businesses that have to compete with big brands on social media. Fortunately, posting during peak times on Instagram helps you reach more of your audience and start building that relationship.Building loyalty is more than great products and customer service, however. It’s also about reliability. Posting at peak times helps establish a consistent presence in your followers' lives and sets expectations of when they can hear from you.For example, say you run your media business in the Pacific time zone, but a third of your customers are in the Australian Eastern time zone.If you post all your content from 9 AM - 5 PM PST, those posts will appear between 3-11 AM for your Australian customers and many won’t see them.And what if an unhappy customer in Australia posts a story about your brand that you miss? That one miss could shape that entire audience's perception of your business.Understanding when your audience is online can be key to meeting them where they are and fostering brand loyalty.Testing New AlgorithmsLike most online tools, Instagram launches regular updates to improve its user experience. As a business, your team needs to quickly understand how each update could impact your users and adapt your strategy. This is especially true of algorithm updates.Algorithms are complex. Instagram leaders say that each part of the app uses an independent algorithm, and they aren’t always transparent about what they entail.If you’re lucky, social media analysts will do the research and share them online quickly, but if not, you can do your own by monitoring your post performance.What do you need to run reliable and useful tests to help you understand which content your users see after an update? Number one is a consistent posting schedule. The fewer variables your test has, the more trustworthy your results will be.Posting at the best times for your audience on Instagram will get you in front of the largest audience and give you more data to work off of.Understanding New FeaturesYour posting schedule can also help you understand new Instagram features. Carousels, Stories, and Reels are all unique parts of Instagram, and depending on your content and industry, they'll have different rates of engagement.When Instagram releases new features like these, it can take time to understand:What the new feature doesWhen users see new featuresHow they interact with each new featureResources needed for feature contentThe sooner you understand a new feature, the more likely it is that you'll make the most of that feature before your competitors. For example, this post on the Instagram blog tells users how to see more of what they want on their feeds.Like testing an algorithm update, knowing the top posting times for your niche can help you test them for your users faster. Social testing is most useful when you know your test audience, which makes posting time important.Streamlining Your Posting ScheduleKnowing the best times for your audience can make it much easier to schedule your posts.Many social media and marketing managers take advantage of social scheduling tools. While these tools can make the process of social media posting much easier, it can be tough to get results if you're not posting at the right times.It's all about creating the right content at the right time for your audience — and set posting times can also help you create a more personalized social media calendar for your buyer personas.Here are a few more ways that choosing the best posting times for Instagram can help you simplify your posting schedule:Creates focused times for content planning and trackingLimits the need for “always on” social media managementOffers opportunities to batch-create targeted post contentFinding Your Best CustomersInstagram allows users to make direct purchases, but it’s also an invaluable lead generation and brand awareness tool that can lead to sales.But how can the best posting times help you find prospective shoppers? By meeting them when they’re active and paying attention.If you are new to your industry, the industry-specific posting times below can help you understand when your users are online to actually see your content.For example, people in financial services are easiest to reach on Instagram on Sunday nights. This is just before the next work week begins. It may be a way to wind down the weekend and prepare for what the next week will bring.Workers in agriculture are easier to reach on Saturday mornings and mostly skip Instagram during the week. These professionals might be in spots with limited service during the week. Safety is also a concern, so it may be difficult for them to use mobile devices while on the job.You can also block out these times on your schedule to engage with users who follow your business. Comment on posts, ask authentic questions, and watch videos from your target audience.These times are when the biggest pool of your users is active online, so it's the best time to start a conversation.It‘s easy to send a message on Instagram, but not every message gets a response. If you can be there to engage in real-time, you’ll get much more value from the time you spend on the platform. You'll also have a better chance of connecting with top customers.Is there really a “best time” to post to Instagram?It‘s clear that posting time matters on Instagram. But is there really a best time to post to get the results you’re looking for? To answer this question, let's hear from some members of the LIKE.TG social media team.Content QualityIt can be tempting to churn out content to meet ambitious deadlines in the hopes that the right customers see your posts. But content quality is what creates the most value for your audience.Brand Social Media Manager at Guild and Former LIKE.TGter Mathew Cruz says,“It sounds obvious, but making your content as engaging and optimized as possible for the platform it’s being published on is key. ”So, begin each post with the best possible content, then optimize to make sure that followers get to feel the impact of your efforts.“Start with your target audience, and what types of content and information is most useful to them. What kind of content might they save for later? What might they share with a friend? What might incentivize them to comment on your content? Start with these questions and work backwards in order to improve your reach and performance.”- Annabelle Nyst, Principle Social Media Content Manager, G-PYou can also get some inspiration from top influencers and brands on the platform.Top Instagram influencersBest brands on InstagramAnother way to create quality content is to line up with recent trends and news. But this strategy isn't the right fit for everyone. Here’s more useful advice from Annabelle Nyst:“When it comes to posting around tentpole moments, events, and trending conversations, you should ask yourself: Does this make sense for my brand to be a part of this conversation? Are we adding value here?”Instagram’s AlgorithmThe best posting time isn‘t really about when you post, it’s about when you want users to see your content. But that's up to the algorithms that are unique to each part of Instagram.So, the care you put into posting time is only one part of a more complex system that delivers your content to people on the platform.According to Mathew Cruz: “Instagram’s algorithm and UX changes have made an impact on the effectiveness of posting at specific times. Unless your users are consuming their content in the 'following' view, the time your audience will see your content can vary.”To optimize the chances that people will see and engage with your content, check out these tips:"Look at what the Instagram algorithm appears to be prioritizing at any given moment – for example, Reels. We know that Instagram has been leaning into Reels as a format in order to compete with TikTok, so how can you incorporate Reels into your strategy?The more you adhere to what Instagram wants to see, the more the algorithm will favor you. Also, always optimize for value and engagement first." - Annabelle Nyst"With Instagram, understanding the UX and algorithm changes can be more effective in strategizing content publishing rather than simply timing.For example, with Instagram’s shift to pushing video over images, the types of content you choose to create and publish may impact the chances of it being pushed out to users.Additionally, feeding the algorithm with what your content is about helps it know where it should go. For example, adding relevant captions, hashtags, and sounds can help increase chances of it appearing on the feeds of users that enjoy specific types of content." - Mathew CruzContent ConsistencySocial Strategy and Analytics Marketing Manager Erin McCool says: “Quality and consistency of content is more important than timing.”Consistency is key to taking advantage of social media opportunities. Whether you're amplifying your stories at the same time each week or posting with branded hashtags, a steady schedule is essential.If you don‘t have a clear brand voice on Instagram, you won’t reach a wider audience — it‘s as simple as that. Without consistency, it’s unlikely that users will recognize and connect your content to your brand no matter how many times they see it.So, don't just post at the best times. Use the best times to post as a guide for a consistent posting schedule. This strategy can help you reach the right audience at the right time with the right content.Best Time to Post on Instagram by Time Zone/RegionYour location can heavily influence the success of your social media marketing strategy. Audiences behave differently depending on where they are in the world, and you can benefit from knowing when they’re most active on Instagram.You know that evenings tend to be the best time to post to Instagram for engagement. But how do you make that happen if your audience lives in multiple time zones?This is where you need to decide the best posting times on Instagram for your audience. To help you make these choices, here's more compelling data from the 2023 Instagram Engagement Report and our recent research.North AmericaAccording to LIKE.TG research, the best time to post on Instagram in North America is between 6 to 9 PM, as those were the hours with the highest engagement.It’s no surprise: People tend to be winding down in the evenings, so naturally, they usually access their Instagram apps at around this time.As you can see, though, the engagement rate is between 7% to 8% for most hours — you really can’t go wrong with your posting time, so long as you make an effort to study your audience and learn when they’re specifically online.The hours you might want to avoid specifically are between 6 and 9 AM.UK and IrelandThe best time to post in the UK and Ireland is from 9 AM to 3 PM to generate high engagement. That’s quite a jump from 2023 when we found 10 PM to 2 AM to be most popular.You’ll want to avoid the morning hours from 9:00PM to 12:00AM.Asia-Indian Standard TimeIn Asia (specifically India), the best time to post on Instagram is between 6:00 and 9:00 PM. During our research in this region, we saw huge peaks in engagement at those hours.Indian Standard Time (IST) engagement rates are more volatile. You’ll specifically want to avoid posting between 6 and 9 AM, as those were the times with the lowest engagement.Best Time Each Day to Post on InstagramEvery day of the week is a good day to post on Instagram, but you're likely to get the best engagement on weekends.The chart below shows the average engagement of each day of the week. As you can see, even though weekends are when you'll see the most engagements, the data is pretty steady throughout the week.This means that you'll want to do deeper research to figure out which days are best for you to post. This is where industry-specific data can help.For example, if your followers work at a desk job with regular hours, they might be taking a lunch break around noon. This would mean that they could be more likely to scroll through Instagram during that time to catch up on the latest from their friends, favorite brands, and influencers.But what if they work in an industry with a less consistent schedule? For example, real estate agents often work around their clients' schedules, showing homes on the weekend or after work hours.This means that their scrolling time will be different from other users. You'll want to track their behavior or use industry benchmarks to find the best day to post.Best Time to Post on Instagram by IndustryGeneral data about optimal post timing is a great starting point. But if you want to get more granular, LIKE.TG research surveyed over 300 professionals to help you engage with your top audience. Here are the best times to post on Instagram for over 16 popular industries as of last year.EducationBest Times: 9 PM - 12 AMBest Day: MondayWorst Days: Wednesday through SundayIf you work in the education sector, the best time to post is from 9 PM to 12 AM, specifically on Monday. That may be because educators are preparing for the week at this time and may be more receptive to content from education brands.Healthcare CompaniesBest Times: 6-9 PMBest Day: SaturdayWorst Days: Tuesday through FridayFor healthcare companies, the best time to post on Instagram is in the evenings, from 6 PM to 9 PM, and specifically on Saturday. You’ll want to avoid posting on Tuesdays through Fridays.Financial ServicesBest Times: 9 PM - 12 AMBest Day: SundayWorst Days: Wednesday and ThursdayFinancial services companies will want to post from 9 PM and 12 AM — remember, a social media tool can help you schedule late-night posts! — and Sundays are one of the best-performing days in terms of engagement.RetailBest Times: 3-6 PMBest Day: SundayWorst Day: TuesdayRetail companies should consider posting between 3 PM and 6 PM on weekends, especially on Sundays. Tuesdays were the worst day according to our research.EcommerceBest Times: 9 PM - 12 AMBest Day: SaturdayWorst Days: Monday, Tuesday, and ThursdayEcommerce brands would benefit from posting between 9 PM to 12 AM, in keeping with the general pattern that evenings perform best for most brands. Saturdays were the best days to post on Instagram, while you’ll want to avoid Mondays, Tuesdays, and Thursdays.Business ServicesBest Times: 9 AM - 12 PM, 6-9 PMBest Day: FridayWorst Days: Tuesday, Wednesday, and SundayCompanies that offer business services would do well to post on Instagram between 9 AM and 12 PM — the starting hours of most people’s business days. Evenings between 6 and 9 PM also performed well. The best day to post, surprisingly, is on Friday.Consumer ManufacturingBest Times: 9 AM - 12 PMBest Days: Wednesday and FridayWorst Days: Monday, Tuesday, and SundayConsumer manufacturing organizations should post on Instagram in the mornings, between 9 AM and 12 PM. The best days to post are Wednesdays and Fridays.Manufacturing and MaterialsBest Times: 12-6 PM.Best Days: Friday and SundayWorst Days: Monday through Thursday, SaturdayCompanies in the manufacturing industry should post in the afternoons between 12 PM and 6 PM, starting with most businesses’ lunch breaks. The best days are Fridays and Sundays.Construction CompaniesBest Times: 6-9 PMBest Days: Thursday and SundayWorst Days: Monday and SaturdayLike most verticals, construction companies would benefit from posting in the evenings between 6 and 9 PM. Thursdays and Sundays are the best days.Agricultural OrganizationsBest Times: 9 AM - 12 PMBest Day: SaturdayWorst Days: WeekdaysThe best time to post on Instagram for agricultural organizations is in the morning, between the hours of 9 AM and 12 PM. You will want to avoid weekdays and post on weekends, specifically on Saturday.Electronics OrganizationsBest Times: 3-6 PMBest Day: ThursdayWorst Days: Monday, Wednesday, Friday, and SaturdayElectronics organizations would benefit from posting in the afternoons, between 3 PM and 6 PM. The best day to post is on Thursday.Energy, Utilities, and Waste ManagementBest Times: 6-9 PMBest Day: SaturdayWorst Days: Sunday through FridayEnergy, utilities, and waste management organizations would benefit from posting between 6 and 9 PM. The best day to post is on Saturday, while our research respondents reported that every other day is a poor option.Information TechnologyBest Times: 6-9 PMBest Day: SaturdayWorst Days: Monday and ThursdayLike most businesses, IT companies should post in the after-work hours, between 6 and 9 PM. The best day to post is on Saturday, but remember to experiment to find out what works for your audience.Media and EntertainmentBest Times: 3-6 PM, 9 PM - 12 AMBest Day: FridayWorst Days: Sunday and MondayFor media and entertainment companies, the best times to post on Instagram are between 3 PM and 6 PM and 9 PM and 12 AM, and the best day to post is Friday.Transportation and LogisticsBest Times: 9 AM - 12 PMBest Day: SaturdayWorst Days: Sunday, Monday, Thursday, and FridayTransportation and logistics companies would benefit from posting in the morning, between 9 AM and 12 PM. Our respondents reported that Saturday was the best day to post.Advertising and Marketing OrganizationsBest Times: 9 AM - 3 PMBest Days: Monday, Thursday, Saturday, SundayWorst Days: Tuesday and FridayAdvertising and marketing organizations have countless options for posting on Instagram. The best time to post is during the work day from 9 AM to 3 PM, and the best days include Mondays, Thursdays, Saturdays, and Sundays. You’ll want to avoid Tuesdays and Fridays.Remember that the guidelines above are just that — guidelines. It’s essential to constantly gauge your engagement rates to find the best times to post for your specific audience. We recommend using the above data as a starting point, then adjusting slightly as time goes on.Best Time to Post Different Instagram Content TypesWhat about the different types of Instagram content? What is the best time to publish them and get a good engagement rate? Let’s take a look.Need help putting together your content? Our free content creation templates can help you get started.Best Time to Post Reels on InstagramWe recommend following the general guidelines. The best time to post Instagram Reels is in the evening between 6 and 9 PM, when engagement rates increase globally.That said, you can’t go wrong with posting Reels, because they’re so popular. Instagram CEO Adam Mosseri actively shares Instagram updates on Twitter, and many of his recent posts highlight new Reels features and emphasize the importance of this post type.Trusted resources offer the same tips for the best time to post Reels as for other types of content, such as Carousels and photos. You’ll want to post when your users are online, and that means carefully examining your engagement rates.The top tip for Reels timing is to post consistently. If your uploading days or times are sporadic, the algorithm won’t prioritize your account visibility.Best Time to Post Instagram VideosThe best time to post Instagram videos is between the hours of 6 and 9 PM.Best Time to Post Instagram StoriesThe best time to post Instagram Stories is between the hours of 6 and 9 PM. If you work in the B2B sector, you could also benefit from posting an Instagram Story at lunchtime (from 11 AM to 1 PM), where your business audience might be scrolling through their app. That said, global average engagement rates peak in the evenings.Best Time to Go Live on InstagramThe best time to go live on Instagram is in the evening, when users are unwinding for the day and have the time to watch a live broadcast.Best Time to Post Instagram CarouselsThe best time to post Instagram carousels and photos is between the hours of 6 and 9 PM.How to Find the Right Time to Post to Instagram for ReachData on the best posting times for Instagram is incredibly useful. That said, it‘s often most effective when you’re just starting out.As you continue to develop your presence on the platform, you might want to boost your results and do some posting time research on your own. The tips below are useful places to start.1. Use a Social Media ToolThe most effective way to find the best posting time on Instagram is to use a social media tool, which will allow you to post at different times without needing to log into Instagram each time.Social media software is useful not only because you won’t need to remember to log in to Instagram — you can simply schedule your posts — but because you can test and experiment more precisely.Plus, you can see your posting history through reports — there’s no need to go through your Instagram posts one by one.2. Experiment with Posting TimesTo find the best time to post for your brand, it’s essential to experiment.Our 2023 data strongly suggests that posting in the evening hours from 6 to 9 PM is a great place to start. Then, test out another time — such as lunchtime or mid-afternoon — and see if that changes engagement rates for your posts.Try to keep the type of posts you make consistent. For instance, test out posting times for Reels specifically, with similar caption lengths and subject matter. That way, the only variable is the posting time itself and not any other characteristic.3. Check Your Top PostsTracking your top posts can help you understand what posts are most popular and which topics draw the most engagement. It can also help you see how posting time impacts those factors.For example, is that recent post about company events the most exciting content for an online beauty company? Or did it generate the most likes last month because it was posted on Saturday evening, a top time for ecommerce engagement?You can use Instagram Insights to check out your top-performing posts, as well as factors like:Engaged audienceTotal followersMost active timesLIKE.TG customers: You can check the Top Posts report for a quick list of your top ten posts. You can also check interactions, clicks, shares, and impressions for each post.As you start to look at your social analytics, it can be tempting to focus on the numbers. But when you‘re looking at top posts, it’s important to stick with your creative side and to look at your numbers from your customer's point of view. As you check your top posts, ask yourself:What is special about this post?What kind of content is it?If it's a video, what makes this video stand out?If it‘s a photograph, how is this photo different from the others you’ve posted?Did you edit the post?Did you add text or design elements to the post?Is there something that ties the people who've liked this post together?Does this post connect to a current trend or event?You may want to gather top post insights for a few months before you dig into analyzing your post content. This can help you see the top content your users respond to and when they want to see that type of content.4. Track Competitor Posting TimesAnother way to choose the right time to post for your audience is to figure out who else has their attention. Starting with your top competitors helps you figure out when to post and what content works on different days and times. Competitive analysis can also help you:Learn about trends and benchmarks in your nicheUpdate your social strategyPinpoint new opportunitiesThere are a few ways to begin this research.First, just scrolling through Instagram can give you a wealth of competitor insights. Take a look at a brand's likes, hashtag copy, and how many hashtags they use. This can give you a quick profile of who follows that brand and what keywords they use, so it can hint at that competitor’s strategy.If you want to do more detailed research, there are many great tools to help you track your competition. For example, you can create competitor streams with LIKE.TG's social media software.With this feature, you can track multiple competitors at once and filter your results by social network or time period.5. Focus On EngagementStrong engagement on Instagram is between 1-5%. According to LIKE.TG research, the average engagement in 2021 was 5.86%. The average engagement rate for 2020 was just 2.26%, so these rates can change quickly.If you want to improve engagement, start by calculating your Instagram engagement rate. You can measure your rate with your all-time numbers, but it can be helpful to break this data into smaller sections, like months or weeks.That way you can see engagement patterns for your account over time. It can also make it easier to see how the times you post on Instagram could impact your engagement rate.Engagement rates show how people are reacting to your content. So, whether you're sharing Reels, going live on Stories, or posting polls, questions, and quizzes, you can measure your impact. Engagement rates can sway based on:Audience interestRelevanceSocial authorityIt's also important to remember that your most engaging content may not be as sticky at the same hours each day. Some content takes time to pick up views and shares before it makes an impact during peak engagement hours. Other content is like a firework — exploding quickly and disappearing just as fast.To optimize your post timing for engagement, you need to get organized. The best way to find an ideal posting time is by testing the timing of your posts to see which post time generates the most audience engagement.For example, what if you want to figure out when you get the most likes and comments on your Instagram carousels?Say you create and post five different carousels a week and post them at random times. That approach will make it tough to get data that shows you the best times to post carousels for engagement.But what if you post five similar carousels at a slightly different time each day? Then you can compare your engagement rates with the time you posted each carousel. This can show you the best time to post carousels for engagement so you can plan future carousels with those times in mind.6. Use Your DataWhen you're new to Instagram, follower and engagement numbers are often low. Numbers for posting time, content type, hashtags, and more can be so similar that you may not spot the patterns that can help you grow.Social media analytics can make these patterns easier to see and experiment with.For example, the audience section in Instagram Insights can show you the days and hours when your followers are active. You can use that information to create a posting schedule. This can help you see whether posting during peak hours improves your reach.At the same time, it's important to remember that anyone with an account has access to Instagram Insights. And according to our 2024 survey, 48% had 100k to 450k followers.So, there‘s a good chance that other brands are showing up in your followers’ feeds during that active time. You may want to post outside of active hours to see if your account draws more attention when there's less competition.It's great to have the best times on Instagram available when planning your strategy. But tracking your own data can give you the personalized insights you need to stand out.Boost Instagram Engagement on Your ScheduleOrganic Instagram engagement and a consistent posting schedule go hand in hand. Each industry has natural peaks and valleys of activity each day. This means that your Instagram strategy should flow with them.Use helpful resources, like this cheat sheet, to plan your social media calendar and watch your engagement rate soar.Editor's note: This post was originally published in February 2021 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.

                    The Free and Paid Instagram Analytics Apps You Need in 2024
The Free and Paid Instagram Analytics Apps You Need in 2024
Using Instagram for marketing purposes is rapidly growing in popularity, with over 70% of companies using the platform in 2017, compared to less than 50% in 2016. It's important that you leverage Instagram for your own business, but once you start, it can be difficult to discern whether you're truly successful. Without the right metrics, you'll never know if you could be doing more to engage your audience or grow your following. There are plenty of Instagram analytics tools and apps to help you keep track of your progress and discover areas for improvement. Here, we'll focus on the best free Instagram analytics apps, so you can focus your money and efforts on the Instagram content itself. Free Instagram Analytics ToolsInstagram InsightsIconosquareSquarelovinCrowdfirePixleeUnion MetricsSocialbakers 1. Instagram Insights Key specialty: Followers and mentions If you have a business account on Instagram, you automatically have access to their free analytics tool, Instagram Insights. The Insights tool can show you when your audience is on Instagram, which of your posts are most popular, and your account's impressions and reach. Additionally, you can compare your original post with a promoted version of the post to figure out if your paid efforts are working. Unfortunately, you can only use the tool within the app (there's no desktop version), and it's not the most user-friendly, but it provides a good basic overview of your Instagram analytics for both individual posts, and your account as a whole. 2. Iconosquare Key specialty: Social monitoring Iconosquare is a three-in-one Instagram solution for social media marketing. The platform allows you to schedule new posts, monitor what people are saying about the industry (or your brand), and of course track your Instagram analytics. These analytics show you trends related to engagement, impressions, your posts' reach, and even how your Instagram Stories are performing. Iconosquare also includes hashtag and competitor tracking, allowing marketers to compare themselves against the people and topics they care about. The platform comes with a two-week free trial, as well as a variety of free tools such as a full Instagram Audit. 3. Squarelovin Key specialty: Follower insights Squarelovin's free Instagram Insights tool provides most of the information you'd need to conduct an analysis on your progress over the year — for instance, you can obtain a monthly analysis on your posts, or a history of your posts broken down by month, day, or even hour. Additionally, the tool offers insights into your followers' interests, and how to drive further engagement to your posts. You can even figure out the best time to post, depending on when your followers are most likely on the app. 4. Crowdfire Key specialty: Content curation Crowdfire allows marketers to schedule posts, measure their performance, and track mentions of their brand, as well as curate content related to their industry from all over the internet. The product delivers article and image recommendations from other websites, helping marketers expand their visibility when considering what content to include in their Instagram strategy. Crowdfire's analytics tools visualize your Instagram data in several user-friendly charts. They also drill down into a number of advanced metrics that show you how you're performing over long periods of time. 5. Pixlee Key specialty: Social reports Used by Kenneth Cole, Sonos, and plenty of other big brands, Pixlee offers an impressive free tool. It allows you to create shareable reports that you can distribute to your entire marketing team, and analyze metrics to figure out how to drive more engagement and attract new followers. Additionally, the tool helps you find influencers or brand advocates promoting your products, so you can create more effective influencer campaigns. 6. Union Metrics Key specialty: Hashtag analytics While it doesn't provide its Instagram Analytics tool for free, Union Metrics does offer a free monthly Instagram checkup. The checkup tells you which hashtags will increase your engagement, which posts resonate best with your audience, and what time your followers use the app. While the tool can't give you analytics beyond 30 days, it's a useful option for taking a look at short-term themes and patterns, and learning how you can quickly improve your metrics. 7. Socialbakers Key specialty: Competitive analysis While admittedly not the most visually appealing tool in the list, Socialbakers still offers critical information, including your most liked and most commented on posts, and your top performing filters. Additionally, Socialbakers offers an Instagram Report, which compares your own Instagram account to your competitors', to see where you fall in the industry and what you can do to improve. 8. Social Status Key specialty: Paid and organic reporting Social Status is a dedicated social media analytics and reporting tool for Instagram. Social Status supports full-funnel analytics for Instagram posts and Instagram Stories including impressions, reach, video views, engagements, and follower demographics. This tool is ideal for marketers who schedule their content with Creator Studio or other management tools. When you connect your Facebook Ad Account, Social Status provides analytics for all your paid campaigns on Instagram. For agencies, Social Status provides white-label analytics which allows you to add branding and customization when exported to CSV, PDF, PowerPoint, and Google Slides. The tool also supports competitive analysis and influencer analysis allowing you to bring all your Instagram analytics into one dashboard for analysis and reporting. Social Status is one of the few analytics tools that offer a free forever plan. Price: Free; $29/month for the starter plan Paid Instagram Analytics ToolsLIKE.TG Social InboxNapoleonCatSprout SocialHootsuiteSotrenderKeyholeHypeAuditorCommand 1. LIKE.TG Social Inbox Key specialty: Post scheduling and social analytics Using LIKE.TG's Social Inbox, you can easily build out campaigns and publish to multiple social platforms at once. You can also integrate your social inbox tool with your blog, enabling you to automatically share new content to your LinkedIn, Twitter, or other social channels the minute it gets published. Additionally, you can create custom keyword monitoring streams to keep track of conversations regarding your brand, to ensure you're consistently communicating with your prospects and customers wherever they are. Best of all, LIKE.TG's Social Inbox tool enables you to report on the success of your social strategy across every channel from one centralized location to clearly identify how your social team impacts the company's bottom line. This helps you keep track of the platforms that perform best for your brand, and tailor future campaigns for optimal ROI. Price: Included with Marketing Hub Professional 2. NapoleonCat Key specialty: Social inbox and analytics NapoleonCat is a social media management tool that you can use to manage and analyze your Instagram profile(s) alongside other social media accounts. You can track the best-performing hashtags to find content ideas and reach people who are not following you yet. Moreover, you can monitor what your competitors are doing, what and how often they post – and get inspired. Apart from in-depth profile and post-performance analytics, NapoleonCat allows you to keep an eye on your team’s performance. The tool’s other features include a robust social inbox, automated social media reports, post-scheduling, and multiple collaboration features. Price: 14-day free trial; prices start from $27/month. The price depends on how many users and profiles you add. 3. Sprout Social Key specialty: Post scheduling and hashtag analytics Sprout Social’s suite of Instagram analytics tools you can use to grow and manage your Instagram presence. Sprout Social’s platform allows you to analyze your key Instagram metrics, including: Instagram Story performance Instagram audience growth Instagram post performance Instagram hashtag performance And more You can also use Sprout to analyze how your competition performs on Instagram to ensure that you’re always ahead of the curve. You can start analyzing your Instagram performance today with a free 30-day trial of Sprout Social here. Price: 30-day free trial; Standard is $99 per user per month 4. Hootsuite Key specialty: Post scheduling and team collaboration You can use Hootsuite to create a customized dashboard that enables you to monitor analytics for multiple channels, including Instagram, Facebook, Twitter, and more. Additionally, you can use the tool to schedule hundreds of social media posts simultaneously across various platforms. With Hootsuite, you can collaborate with your entire team on social media campaigns and scale across the organization. For instance, Hootsuite offers features that enable you to assign tasks to various team members, create reports to share key metrics and insights with the team, and even track which employees or departments are posting the content with the highest ROI. Price: 30-day free trial; "professional" plan is $29 per month after that (which allows you to manage 10 different social media profiles) 5. Sotrender Key specialty: Organic and paid analytics Image Source As a business, it's important to collect your organic and paid KPIs seamlessly. Sotrender is a great tool to help you monitor your engagement, top content, user behavior, demographics, as well as ad-related metrics (CPC, CPM, audience share, sentiment). On top of that, you can easily analyze your competitors' social media performance and get invaluable insights into their strategy and communication. You can use this knowledge to craft the most robust social media strategy for your business and promote your brand. Last but not least, reporting is an essential element in your life as a social media manager. Sotrender can help streamline the process of preparing your monthly reports by sending them automatically into your inbox on a selected day. Price:14-day free trial, $59 for Starter 6. Keyhole Key specialty: Hashtag analytics This is a great tool for tracking the performance of individual hashtags on your social posts to ensure you're using the right hashtags for highest ROI. Used by over 5,000 agencies and marketers, Keyhole can provide critical metrics like your top Instagram hashtags by engagement, competitor activity, and your follower activity. Best of all, you can create customized hashtag reports for clients' to demonstrate the value of your social media campaigns. Additionally, if your brand regularly hires influencers to increase brand awareness and sales, you can use Keyhole to keep track of which influencers are most successful. This can help you tailor future influencer marketing campaigns to your needs. Price: 7-day free trial; $99 per month (it's typically $199/month but it's 50% off right now) for three keyword and account trackers, plus 20,000 posts per month. 7. HypeAuditor Key specialty: Influencer metrics If you're planning any sort of influencer marketing campaign, this is a good tool to check out. HypeAuditor's Instagram Reports allows you to analyze the quality of an influencer's audience, engagement rate, and audience insights including location, age, gender, and interests. These metrics can help you find influencers who engage most with your target audience, allowing you to create more powerful and effective influencer marketing campaigns. Additionally, the tool provides you with critical insights to ensure you choose the right influencer for your brand — for instance, you can use HypeAuditor to figure out other brands an influencer has worked with, and analyze sponsored post performance. Additionally, HypeAuditor provides an Audience Quality Score to ensure you're choosing authentic, engaging influencers for your upcoming campaigns. Price: $299/month for starter 8. Command Key specialty: Hashtag analytics This is one of the cheaper tools in the list that offers hashtag analytics, so if you don't have a huge budget for Instagram, it's a good one to check out. Command can show you which hashtags deliver the most engagement for your brand, as well as average likes and comments you get from different hashtags. Ultimately, this is a great tool for figuring out which hashtags drive the highest engagement for your brand. This can give you critical insights into your target audience's interests. For instance, if you notice #remotework is a hashtag that performs exceptionally well, you might consider using that insight to produce more remote content on your blog or other social channels to attract higher engagement across the board. Price: Free to download; $9.99/month for premium version

                    24 Stunning Instagram Themes (& How to Borrow Them for Your Own Feed)
24 Stunning Instagram Themes (& How to Borrow Them for Your Own Feed)
Nowadays, Instagram is often someone's initial contact with a brand, and nearly half of its users shop on the platform each week. If it's the entryway for half of your potential sales, don't you want your profile to look clean and inviting? Taking the time to create an engaging Instagram feed aesthetic is one of the most effective ways to persuade someone to follow your business's Instagram account or peruse your posts. You only have one chance to make a good first impression — so it's critical that you put effort into your Instagram feed. Finding the perfect place to start is tough — where do you find inspiration? What color scheme should you use? How do you organize your posts so they look like a unit? We know you enjoy learning by example, so we've compiled the answers to all of these questions in a list of stunning Instagram themes. We hope these inspire your own feed's transformation. But beware, these feeds are so desirable, you'll have a hard time choosing just one. What is an Instagram theme?An instagram theme is a visual aesthetic created by individuals and brands to achieve a cohesive look on their Instagram feeds. Instagram themes help social media managers curate different types of content into a digital motif that brings a balanced feel to the profile. Tools to Create Your Own Instagram Theme Creating a theme on your own requires a keen eye for detail. When you’re editing several posts a week that follow the same theme, you’ll want to have a design tool handy to make that workflow easier. Pre-set filters, color palettes, and graphic elements are just a few of the features these tools use, but if you have a sophisticated theme to maintain, a few of these tools include advanced features like video editing and layout previews. Here are our top five favorite tools to use when editing photos for an Instagram theme. 1. VSCO Creators look to VSCO when they want to achieve the most unique photo edits. This app is one of the top-ranked photo editing tools among photographers because it includes advanced editing features without needing to pull out all the stops in Photoshop. If you’re in a hurry and want to create an Instagram theme quickly, use one of the 200+ VSCO presets including name-brand designs by Kodak, Agfa, and Ilford. If you’ll be including video as part of your content lineup on Instagram, you can use the same presets from the images so every square of content blends seamlessly into the next no matter what format it’s in. 2. FaceTune2 FaceTune2 is a powerful photo editing app that can be downloaded on the App Store or Google Play. The free version of the app includes all the basic editing features like brightness, lighting, cropping, and filters. The pro version gives you more detailed control over retouching and background editing. For video snippets, use FaceTune Video to make detailed adjustments right from your mobile device — you’ll just need to download the app separately for that capability. If you’re starting to test whether an Instagram theme is right for your brand, FaceTune2 is an affordable tool worth trying. 3. Canva You know Canva as a user-friendly and free option to create graphics, but it can be a powerful photo editing tool to curate your Instagram theme. For more abstract themes that mix imagery with graphic art, you can add shapes, textures, and text to your images. Using the photo editor, you can import your image and adjust the levels, add filters, and apply unique effects to give each piece of content a look that’s unique to your brand. 4. Adobe Illustrator Have you ever used Adobe Illustrator to create interesting overlays and tints for images? You can do the same thing to develop your Instagram theme. Traditionally, Adobe Illustrator is the go-to tool to create vectors and logos, but this software has some pretty handy features for creating photo filters and designs. Moreover, you can layout your artboards in an Instagram-style grid to see exactly how each image will appear in your feed. 5. Photoshop Photoshop is the most well-known photo editing software, and it works especially well for creating Instagram themes. If you have the capacity to pull out all the stops and tweak every detail, Photoshop will get the job done. Not only are the editing, filter, and adjustment options virtually limitless, Photoshop is great for batch processing the same edits across several images in a matter of seconds. You’ll also optimize your workflow by using photoshop to edit the composition, alter the background, and remove any unwanted components of an image without switching to another editing software to add your filter. With Photoshop, you have complete control over your theme which means you won’t have to worry about your profile looking exactly like someone else’s. Instagram ThemesTransitionBlack and WhiteBright ColorsMinimalistOne ColorTwo ColorsPastelsOne ThemePuzzleUnique AnglesText OnlyCheckerboardBlack or White BordersSame FilterFlatlaysVintageRepetitionMix-and-match Horizontal and Vertical BordersQuotesDark ColorsRainbowDoodleTextLinesAnglesHorizontal Lines 1. Transition If you aren’t set on one specific Instagram theme, consider the transition theme. With this aesthetic, you can experiment with merging colors every couple of images. For example, you could start with a black theme and include beige accents in every image. From there, gradually introduce the next color, in this case, blue. Eventually, you’ll find that your Instagram feed will seamlessly transition between the colors you choose which keeps things interesting without straying from a cohesive look and feel. 2. Black and White A polished black and white theme is a good choice to evoke a sense of sophistication. The lack of color draws you into the photo's main subject and suggests a timeless element to your business. @Lisedesmet's black and white feed, for instance, focuses the user’s gaze on the image's subject, like the black sneakers or white balloon. 3. Bright Colors If your company's brand is meant to imply playfulness or fun, there's probably no better way than to create a feed full of bright colors. Bright colors are attention-grabbing and lighthearted, which could be ideal for attracting a younger audience. @Aww.sam's feed, for instance, showcases someone who doesn't take herself too seriously. 4. Minimalist For an artsier edge, consider taking a minimalist approach to your feed, like @emwng does. The images are inviting and slightly whimsical in their simplicity, and cultivate feelings of serenity and stability. The pup pics only add wholesomeness to this minimalist theme. Plus, minimalist feeds are less distracting by nature, so it can be easier to get a true sense of the brand from the feed alone, without clicking on individual posts. 5. One Color One of the easiest ways to pick a theme for your feed is to choose one color and stick to it — this can help steer your creative direction, and looks clean and cohesive from afar. It's particularly appealing if you choose an aesthetically pleasing and calm color, like the soft pink used in the popular hashtag #blackwomeninpink. 6. Two Colors If you're interested in creating a highly cohesive feed but don't want to stick to the one-color theme, consider trying two. Two colors can help your feed look organized and clean — plus, if you choose branded colors, it can help you create cohesion between your other social media sites the website itself. I recommend choosing two contrasting colors for a punchy look like the one shown in @Dreaming_outloud’s profile. 7. Pastels Similar to the one-color idea, it might be useful to choose one color palette for your feed, like @creativekipi's use of pastels. Pastels, in particular, often used for Easter eggs or cupcake decorations, appear childlike and cheerful. Plus, they're captivating and unexpected. 8. One Subject As evident from @mustdoflorida's feed (and username), it's possible to focus your feed on one singular object or idea — like beach-related objects and activities in Florida. If you're aiming to showcase your creativity or photography skills, it could be compelling to create a feed where each post follows one theme. 9. Puzzle Creating a puzzle out of your feed is complicated and takes some planning, but can reap big rewards in terms of uniqueness and engaging an audience. @Juniperoats’ posts, for instance, make the most sense when you look at it from the feed, rather than individual posts. It's hard not to be both impressed and enthralled by the final result, and if you post puzzle piece pictures individually, you can evoke serious curiosity from your followers. 10. Unique Angles Displaying everyday items and activities from unexpected angles is sure to draw attention to your Instagram feed. Similar to the way lines create a theme, angles use direction to create interest. Taking an image of different subjects from similar angles can unite even the most uncommon photos into a consistent theme. 11. Text Only A picture is worth a thousand words, but how many pictures is a well-designed quote worth? Confident Woman Co. breaks the rules of Instagram that say images should have a face in them to get the best engagement. Not so with this Instagram theme. The bright colors and highlighted text make this layout aesthetically pleasing both in the Instagram grid format and as a one-off post on the feed. Even within this strict text-only theme, there’s still room to break up the monotony with a type-treated font and textured background like the last image does in the middle row. 12. Checkerboard If you're not a big fan of horizontal or vertical lines, you might try a checkerboard theme. Similar to horizontal lines, this theme allows you to alternate between content and images or colors as seen in @thefemalehustlers’ feed. 13. Black or White Borders While it is a bit jarring to have black or white borders outlining every image, it definitely sets your feed apart from everyone else's. @Beautifulandyummy, for instance, uses black borders to draw attention to her images, and the finished feed looks both polished and sophisticated. This theme will likely be more successful if you're aiming to sell fashion products or want to evoke an edgier feel for your brand. 14. Same Filter If you prefer uniformity, you'll probably like this Instagram theme, which focuses on using the same filter (or set of filters) for every post. From close up, this doesn't make much difference on your images, but from afar, it definitely makes the feed appear more cohesive. @marianna_hewitt, for example, is able to make her posts of hair, drinks, and fashion seem more refined and professional, simply by using the same filter for all her posts. 15. Flatlays If your primary goal with Instagram is to showcase your products, you might want a Flatlay theme. Flatlay is an effective way to tell a story simply by arranging objects in an image a certain way and makes it easier to direct viewers' attention to a product. As seen in @thedailyedited's feed, a flatlay theme looks fresh and modern. 16. Vintage If it aligns with your brand, vintage is a creative and striking aesthetic that looks both artsy and laid-back. And, while "vintage" might sound a little bit vague, it's easy to conjure. Simply try a filter like Slumber or Aden (built into Instagram), or play around with a third-party editing tool to find a soft, hazy filter that makes your photos look like they were taken from an old polaroid camera. 17. Repetition In @girleatworld's Instagram account, you can count on one thing to remain consistent throughout her feed: she's always holding up food in her hand. This type of repetition looks clean and engaging, and as a follower, it means I always recognize one of her posts as I'm scrolling through my own feed. Consider how you might evoke similar repetition in your own posts to create a brand image all your own. 18. Mix-and-match Horizontal and Vertical Borders While this admittedly requires some planning, the resulting feed is incredibly eye-catching and unique. Simply use the Preview app and choose two different white borders, Vela and Sole, to alternate between horizontal and vertical borders. The resulting feed will look spaced out and clean. 19. Quotes If you're a writer or content creator, you might consider creating an entire feed of quotes, like @thegoodquote feed, which showcases quotes on different mediums, ranging from paperback books to Tweets. Consider typing your quotes and changing up the color of the background, or handwriting your quotes and placing them near interesting objects like flowers or a coffee mug. 20. Dark Colors @JackHarding 's nature photos are nothing short of spectacular, and he highlights their beauty by filtering with a dark overtone. To do this, consider desaturating your content and using filters with cooler colors, like greens and blues, rather than warm ones. The resulting feed looks clean, sleek, and professional. 21. Rainbow One way to introduce color into your feed? Try creating a rainbow by slowly progressing your posts through the colors of the rainbow, starting at red and ending at purple (and then, starting all over again). The resulting feed is stunning. 22. Doodle Most people on Instagram stick to photos and filters, so to stand out, you might consider adding drawings or cartoon doodles on top of (or replacing) regular photo posts. This is a good idea if you're an artist or a web designer and want to draw attention to your artistic abilities — plus, it's sure to get a smile from your followers, like these adorable doodles shown below by @josie.doodles. 23. Content Elements Similar elements in your photos can create an enticing Instagram theme. In this example by The Container Store Custom Closets, the theme uses shelves or clothes in each image to visually bring the feed together. Rather than each photo appearing as a separate room, they all combine to create a smooth layout that displays The Container Store’s products in a way that feels natural to the viewer. 24. Structural Lines Something about this Instagram feed feels different, doesn’t it? Aside from the content focusing on skyscrapers, the lines of the buildings in each image turn this layout into a unique theme. If your brand isn’t in the business of building skyscrapers, you can still implement a theme like this by looking for straight or curved lines in the photos your capture. The key to creating crisp lines from the subjects in your photos is to snap them in great lighting and find symmetry in the image wherever possible. 25. Horizontal Lines If your brand does well with aligning photography with content, you might consider organizing your posts in a thoughtful way — for instance, creating either horizontal or vertical lines, with your rows alternating between colors, text, or even subject distance. @mariahb.makeup employs this tactic, and her feed looks clean and intriguing as a result. How to Create an Instagram Theme 1. Choose a consistent color palette. One major factor of any Instagram theme is consistency. For instance, you wouldn't want to regularly change your theme from black-and-white to rainbow — this could confuse your followers and damage your brand image. Of course, a complete company rebrand might require you to shift your Instagram strategy, but for the most part, you want to stay consistent with the types of visual content you post on Instagram. For this reason, you'll need to choose a color palette to adhere to when creating an Instagram theme. Perhaps you choose to use brand colors. LIKE.TG's Instagram, for instance, primarily uses blues, oranges, and teal, three colors prominently displayed on LIKE.TG's website and products. Alternatively, maybe you choose one of the themes listed above, such as black-and-white. Whatever the case, to create an Instagram theme, it's critical you stick to a few colors throughout all of your content. 2. Use the same filter for each post, or edit each post similarly. As noted above, consistency is a critical element in any Instagram theme, so you'll want to find your favorite one or two filters and use them for each of your posts. You can use Instagram's built-in filters, or try an editing app like VSCO or Snapseed. Alternatively, if you're going for a minimalist look, you might skip filters entirely and simply use a few editing features, like contrast and exposure. Whatever you choose, though, you'll want to continue to edit each of your posts similarly to create a cohesive feed. 3. Use a visual feed planner to plan posts far in advance. It's vital that you plan your Instagram posts ahead of time for a few different reasons, including ensuring you post a good variety of content and that you post it during a good time of day. Additionally, when creating an Instagram theme, you'll need to plan posts in advance to figure out how they fit together — like puzzle pieces, your individual pieces of content need to reinforce your theme as a whole. To plan posts far in advance and visualize how they reinforce your theme, you'll want to use a visual Instagram planner like Later or Planoly. Best of all, you can use these apps to preview your feed and ensure your theme is looking the way you want it to look before you press "Publish" on any of your posts. 4. Don't lock yourself into a theme you can't enjoy for the long haul. In middle school, I often liked to change my "look" — one day I aimed for preppy, and the next I chose a more athletic look. Of course, as I got older, I began to understand what style I could stick with for the long haul and started shopping for clothes that fit my authentic style so I wasn't constantly purchasing new clothes and getting sick of them a few weeks later. Similarly, you don't want to choose an Instagram theme you can't live with for a long time. Your Instagram theme should be an accurate reflection of your brand, and if it isn't, it probably won't last. Just because rainbow colors sound interesting at the get-go doesn't mean it's a good fit for your company's social media aesthetic as a whole. When in doubt, choose a more simple theme that provides you the opportunity to get creative and experiment without straying too far off-theme. How to Use an Instagram Theme on Your Profile 1. Choose what photos you want to post before choosing your theme. When you start an Instagram theme, there are so many options to choose from. Filters, colors, styles, angles — the choices are endless. But it’s important to keep in mind that these things won’t make your theme stand out. The content is still the star of the show. If the images aren’t balanced on the feed, your theme will look like a photo dump that happens to have the same filter on it. To curate the perfect Instagram theme, choose what photos you plan to post before choosing a theme. I highly recommend laying these photos out in a nine-square grid as well so you can see how the photos blend together. 2. Don’t forget the captions. Sure, no one is going to see the captions of your Instagram photos when they’re looking at your theme in the grid-view, but they will see them when you post each photo individually. There will be times when an image you post may be of something abstract, like the corner of a building, an empty suitcase, or a pair of sunglasses. On their own, these things might not be so interesting, but a thoughtful caption that ties the image to your overall theme can help keep your followers engaged when they might otherwise check out and keep scrolling past your profile. If you’re having a bit of writer’s block, check out these 201 Instagram captions for every type of post. 3. Switch up your theme with color blocks. Earlier, we talked about choosing a theme that you can commit to for the long haul. But there’s an exception to that rule — color transitions. Some of the best themes aren’t based on a specific color at all. Rather than using the same color palette throughout the Instagram feed, you can have colors blend into one another with each photo. This way, you can include a larger variety of photos without limiting yourself to specific hues. A Cohesive Instagram Theme At Your Fingertips Instagram marketing is more than numbers. As the most visual social media platform today, what you post and how it looks directly affects engagement, followers, and how your brand shows up online. A cohesive Instagram theme can help your brand convey a value proposition, promote a product, or execute a campaign. Colors and filters make beautiful themes, but there are several additional ways to stop your followers mid-scroll with a fun, unified aesthetic. Editor's note: This post was originally published in August 2018 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.

                    Instagram Takeover: How to Host One in 7 Easy Steps
Instagram Takeover: How to Host One in 7 Easy Steps
Influencer marketing is a trendy topic these days, but it doesn't require a lot of work or a ton of money to harness the power of influencers on your brand's social media channels — and hosting something called an Instagram takeover is one of the lowest-effort, most organic ways to do just that. Not sure what we're talking about? Instagram takeovers involve a person or brand posting on your Instagram channel to give followers a peek at new and unique content from another perspective. Here's an example of our friends at WeWork taking over our Instagram account: In this post, we'll dive into how to host your own Instagram takeover to drive engagement, brand awareness, and positive outcomes for your brand. What's an Instagram Takeover?An Instagram takeover is when someone temporarily takes over another Instagram account to share original content and engage with that account's audience. The most common Instagram takeovers are ones where an influencer or celebrity takes over a brand's account. But there are several different approaches to Instagram takeovers that can be beneficial to your brand. Other types of Instagram takeovers can include: Employee takeovers Customer or community member takeovers Event takeovers Product or offer promotions Instagram takeovers are mutually beneficial for the guest Instagrammer and the host account. The host can bring valuable new content to their followers without having to create it themselves, and the guest is able to reach an entirely new audience by posting on another account. Plus, Instagram takeovers help cultivate good-faith relationships between influencers that can create inroads for future collaboration and cross-promotion. Now, let's dive into how to get started with your Instagram takeover. How to Host an Instagram Takeover 1. Choose what you want to accomplish. Before choosing a guest to host your brand's Instagram, you have to determine what you want to achieve with the takeover. Ideally, your Instagram takeover will achieve multiple positive results — but choosing a primary goal of the campaign will help determine which type of guest to invite. Instagram takeover goals could include: Increasing brand awareness. This can be measured by the number of new followers the Instagram account gains as a result of the takeover. Promoting a product, event, or offer. This can be measured by the number of event registrations, offer redemptions, or lead form submissions as a result of the takeover. Driving engagement within the Instagram community. This can be measured by the number of likes, comments, video and story views, and link clicks as a result of the takeover. 2. Pick your guest Instagrammer. Now that you know your goal, you'll have an easier time finding a guest who can make it happen. For example, the team behind the award-winning musical Hamilton wanted to familiarize fans with the plays revolving cast members. To do this, Hamilton started #SwingSaturday on Instagram in which a cast member who is prepared to play multiple roles (known as a swing) takes over the official Hamilton Instagram. I Image source There are a few types of guest Instagrammers you can invite to create content for your takeover: Influencers within your industry Employees at your company Community members or customers While it's certainly possible for Instagram takeover guests to accomplish multiple goals, we recommend choosing your guest with the most effective strategy in mind. Influencers will draw their followers to your Instagram with their endorsement of your brand, so they're the best fit if your primary goal is to increase brand awareness by growing followers. Employees will attract interest from their friends and colleagues who want a behind-the-scenes look at what they do at work every day. They're the best fit if your primary goal is to drive engagement on Instagram. Community members and customers will post enthusiastically about your brand and show the value of your product. They're the best fit if your primary goal is to promote a product, event, offer, sign-up, or download. Again, these goals aren't mutually exclusive. Ideally, the content your guest creates will be highly engaging, shareable, and compelling to the viewer. 3. Decide on the content format and takeover logistics. Once you've figured out what you want to accomplish and who will host your takeover, it's time to nail down the specifics of how the takeover will run. Below are our suggestions of questions to answer when you meet with your takeover host: When are you hosting the Instagram takeover, and how long will it last? Who will manage the account? Will the guest get access to your Instagram credentials, or will they send you content and captions to post on their behalf? How many times per day will the host post takeover content? If you have an optimal publishing schedule in mind, what times per day will the host need to post? What hashtags will be used? Will you create a custom hashtag to promote the takeover? Is there a maximum amount of hashtags you want the guest to use in any given caption? Which types of content will be shared during the takeover? Will the guest post photos, videos, Instagram Stories, or live videos? Will they post a combination of these formats? How will both the guest and the host promote the takeover on Instagram? Will you agree to promotion on Instagram or other channels leading up to the event? Are there any guardrails? Is there anything the guest shouldn't record or mention over the course of the takeover? Once the details of the takeover are finalized, decide how you'll measure success over the course of the event. 4. Determine metrics to track during the takeover. Depending on the goals of your Instagram takeover, some of these metrics will be more important than others. Below are the metrics we recommend tracking over the course of your takeover: # of new followers # of likes # of comments # of mentions # of direct messages # of Instagram Story views # of live video viewers # of Instagram Story clicks # of offer redemptions/app downloads (if you promote a landing page) # of attendees or sign-ups (if you promote an event) Total social referral traffic to your website Qualitative metrics to keep track of could also include positive comments on Instagram. 5. Promote the takeover across multiple platforms. Once you've figured out the details of your Instagram takeover, it's time to start getting people excited about it. A day or two before the event, start promoting your upcoming Instagram takeover. If there are any contests, giveaways, or other incentives for people to follow along, make those clear in your promotions. Of course, you need to promote the upcoming takeover on Instagram — especially if the takeover is happening within Instagram Stories or Instagram Live and you want to drive visitors to view those spots within the app. However, you also need to promote the takeover on other social media channels to attract as many people to your campaign as possible. This is especially necessary if your brand's Instagram account isn't as developed or engaged as other channels. The host and the guest should promote the takeover on a few of their channels leading up to the event to get both audiences as engaged and excited as possible. 6. Launch the takeover. On the day of the takeover, it's all systems go. Make sure you have one team member monitoring comments and one team member uploading content to Instagram (if applicable). Remember, users can now upload content from desktop computers in addition to the mobile app, which can make the process easier from the office. Throughout the day, cross-promote content that the guest is posting on their channels to help draw new people to your own Instagram takeover event. Make sure to communicate when the takeover is starting and ending. Note in captions when the first and last posts are happening so viewers aren't confused or abruptly left in the lurch, wondering if there's more content forthcoming. 7. Analyze the results. Once the takeover is over, it's time to analyze its performance. Use the performance data from the takeover to determine how (or if) you'll do your next takeover differently. Here are some questions to ask in your post-takeover analysis: Did we achieve our goal? Did you earn more Instagram followers, achieve high levels of engagement, or get visitors to sign up for your offer? Did we achieve secondary goals? Did the takeover result in other net benefits for your brand and your business? Was the takeover worthwhile? Did it save you time and energy creating your own content, or did it create extra work? Did it drive a push of traffic and engagement, or did numbers remain mostly the same? Even if the takeover doesn't drive hard numbers for your business's bottom line, takeovers are authentic and real. They also provide an inside look at an aspect of your brand or community followers don't normally see. And just because a takeover didn't achieve your desired results on the first launch it doesn't mean you shouldn't give it another try later. That's why you need to track its progress and results so that you can do better next time. Social media is about being social, so pay attention to qualitative feedback, too. If commenters respond positively to the takeover, take their feedback and use it for ideating future Instagram campaigns. Instagram Takeover Examples Here are examples of some excellent Instagram takeovers: 1. Broadway Plus To promote its brand to Broadway fans, Broadways Plus had Hadestown actress Kimberly Marable takeover the company's Instagram stories. The takeover was promoted the day before by sharing a clip of Kimberly and the rest of the cast singing during an NPR Tiny Desk concert. During the takeover, Marable shared exclusive behind-the-scenes footage of the Hadestown tour and gave followers of the account a glimpse into the day in the life of a Broadway performer. This worked in Marable's favor as well because doing so promoted the Hadestown tour to more Broadway fans. What I Like About This Instagram Takeover This takeover provided timely and relevant content to fans of Broadway by having a prominent star give an exclusive look into a current tour. Marable was able to share content that only she would have access to, making the takeover that much more valuable. View this post on Instagram 2. Fenty Beauty Celebrity makeup artist Nina Ubhi took over cosmetics brand Fenty Beauty's Instagram account stories in 2020. The goal was to show how makeup lovers can use brand's products to achieve the perfect spring look. During the takeover, Ubhi gave quick makeup tutorials using Fenty Beauty products while also showcasing her skills as a makeup artist. What I Like About This Instagram Takeover This takeover brings value to both current and potential Fenty Beauty customers. Not only did Ubhi promote the brand's products, but followers of the account learned how to apply the makeup and create new looks. View this post on Instagram 3. Billboard As we mentioned before, an Instagram takeover can be just as beneficial for the guest as it is for the host. For example, the boy band Why Don't We promoted their music and tour by taking over Billboard magazine's Instagram account. During the takeover, the band shared behind-the-scenes tour footage and live-streamed portions of their concerts. What I Like About This Instagram Takeover The takeover was a treat for general music fans as well as fans of the band thanks to the exclusive content and concert performances. The live-streamed concerts from the band's performances especially created an immersive experience for Billboard followers. 4. MS Association of America To raise awareness for multiple sclerosis, the MS Association of America had actress Selma Blair take over the association's Instagram to share her experience with the disease. During the takeover, Blair read an excerpt from her autobiography "Mean Baby: A Memoir of Growing Up" that details how MS has impacted her life. What I Like About This Instagram Takeover Having a celebrity living with MS be the guest for the takeover was a great way to raise awareness of the disease. The videos of Blair reading excerpts from her book gave a personal touch that provided insight and stirred emotions from followers. 5. ASOS Online clothing store ASOS teamed up with Neom Organics by having the organic beauty line company takeover the ASOS Instagram account. This showed ASOS customers that Neom is available at the online retailer and it introduced Neom Organics to a new audience. What I Like About This Takeover This is another great example of mutually beneficial takeover for both the guest and host. ASOS showed its range as an online retailer but showing that it sells more than just clothes and accessories — customers can also turn to the company for skincare needs as well. At the same time, Neom Organics used the opportunity to promote its products, reach new potential leads, and provide information on where its products can be found — at ASOS. And there you have it — a helpful checklist to launch a successful Instagram takeover and five examples to inspire you. For more ideas on how to drive results for your brand, follow us on Instagram, and download our guide to Instagram for business here. Has your brand ever hosted an Instagram takeover? Share with us in the comments below.

                    Instagram Shadowban Is Real: How to Test for & Prevent It
Instagram Shadowban Is Real: How to Test for & Prevent It
When you're trying to grow a following on Instagram, you depend on Explore and hashtag pages to expand your audience and reach. So it can feel more than a little disheartening when it suddenly seems like your content isn't showing up anywhere. If you feel like your posts are receiving fewer likes and comments suddenly, or aren't appearing for certain hashtags or on the Explore page, you might be shadowbanned. What is an Instagram Shadowban?An Instagram shadowban refers to the act of hiding or restricting a user's content without informing the user that it's happening. If you're shadowbanned, your content won't appear on anyone's feed, Explore, or hashtag pages unless they already follow you. This typically occurs when a user has violated Instagram’s community guidelines — or the content is otherwise deemed inappropriate. From Instagram's perspective, the objective of hiding "inappropriate" content makes sense (although its enforcement has been criticized.) Why does Instagram shadowban? Shadowbanning allows Instagram to filter out accounts that don't comply with their terms. Some people use inauthentic measures to expand their Instagram following, like buying followers or using hundreds of hashtags that are irrelevant to their content. If that's the case, it makes sense that Instagram hides content from those accounts so that only genuine and helpful content is promoted to users. While Instagram doesn't openly admit to shadowbanning, they released a statement on their Facebook business page in February 2019 that addressed the problem users were having with their content not showing up for certain hashtags. Their statement at least confirms the hashtag dilemma as a real one — but many speculate that the statement is Instagram's way of admitting to shadowbanning, without actually admitting it. It's important to note that Instagram changes its algorithm often, so those alterations could be the reason you have witnessed a drop in your engagement rate. However, shadowbanning could be a real tactic meant to hide users' content from the wider Instagram audience, and if you're being shadowbanned, it's important you take the necessary measures to get your content seen. Let's explore how to know if you're shadowbanned, as well as our tips for getting yourself off the list. Did Instagram shadowban me?Those with a professional account can now check to see if their content is being recommended to other users with Instagram’s Account Status feature. From Account Status, you can view if content you posted violated Instagram’s recommended guidelines. ✅ Account Status Update ✅We're expanding Account Status so professional accounts can understand if their content may be eligible to be recommended to non-followers.Here's how to get to it: Profile -> Menu -> Settings -> Account -> Account Status pic.twitter.com/QbxjQF06vR— Adam Mosseri (@mosseri) December 7, 2022 Simply navigate to your profile on the app, then Menu > Settings > Account > Account status. With this feature, you can verify what is affecting your account (if anything) and get suggestions for how to remedy it. If you don't have a professional account, there's an easy test to figure out if your account is shadowbanned. Am I shadowbanned on Instagram?First, post an image with a hashtag that isn't often used. (If you use a hashtag that has millions of posts associated with it, it'll be hard to tell if content is banned, or just hidden by competition). Once you've posted, ask five employees or people who don't follow you to search the hashtag. If none of them see your post in those results, you've likely been shadowbanned. If one or two of your employees can see your post, you might simply be dealing with a drop in engagement. If that's the case, you can take a number of steps to fix this. Check out our Instagram Marketing: The Ultimate Guide for tactical advice on improving your reach and engagement. While the method above is a simple way to test whether you've been shadowbanned, it may not be feasible for your business. Maybe you're the sole proprietor and employee of your small business. In that case, you can't ask employees to check their hashtag feeds and you might not want to ask your customers. Below are other ways you can test whether you've been shadowbanned. Instagram Shadowban Test There is no foolproof test to tell if you've been shadowbanned on Instagram. While there are tools that advertise they can do exactly that, these tools are not reliable. Instead, try the steps below. Check your hashtag pages. If you look at pages of hashtags you regularly use and see a message that posts have been hidden, it's possible you've been shadowbanned for using those hashtags. Take a look at the message below for the hashtag "mustfollow." Since users reported recent posts using this hashtag as not meeting Instagram's community guidelines, it's possible Instagram may be hiding your content with this hashtag (even if yours is not in violation of any guidelines). Check Instagram Insights. Looking at Instagram Insights, if you notice a sudden and sustained drop in engagement, then it's possible you've been shadowbanned. One of the best metrics to look at is percent of accounts reached that weren't following you. Take a look at the difference in "discovery" of the two posts below. This blogger duo went from reaching over 70K accounts, 32% of which weren't following them, to reaching a little over 40K, of which only 4% weren't already following them. This drop cued the bloggers in that their account had been shadowbanned. If you believe you've been shadowbanned, don't worry — we have a solution for you. Why am I shadowbanned? There are a few potential reasons your account could have been shadowbanned. To ensure this doesn't happen again, let's explore some actions you might have taken that led you to being shadowbanned. 1. You use bots or another automated "Instagram growth" tool. If you aren't putting in the hard work yourself, you're not growing a following authentically. Instagram frowns on this — in their statement above, for instance, they encourage users to have a strategy that focuses on connecting with the right audience. Using bots is a spammy tactic, and could result in a shadowban. 2. You use broken hashtags. Occasionally, a popular hashtag will become overrun with inappropriate content. When this happens, Instagram can remove the hashtag or limit its use. If you use a broken hashtag, it will prevent your other hashtags from ranking, and could also result in a blocked account. 3. Your account is often reported. When users repeatedly report an account, Instagram will assume your account is posting inappropriate content or violating their terms of service. They might disable your account, or they could shadowban it. 4. You've been posting, commenting, engaging, or following people too quickly. Instagram places time constraints on how often you can follow, unfollow, like, comment, or post within an hour or day. This makes sense — if you're following 80 people within an hour, it's likely a bot doing the work, not you. These actions might help you grow a following quickly, but they can't help you connect with the right people, which is why you're on Instagram in the first place. Additionally, these behaviors likely result in shadowban, which severely restricts your exposure to a new audience. How to Fix an Instagram Shadowban To get your account back to normal, you'll want to reverse the damage. Here's how: 1. If you use a bot or another automated service, stop and delete it immediately. To make sure the accounts aren't still attached to you, go to your desktop Instagram and click "Edit Profile", and then "Apps and Websites". If you see any of your bot accounts in the Active tab, click "Remove" to remove them from your account completely. Remember, it's better to have 100 followers who love your brand and purchase your products, than 1,000 followers who never buy from you or interact with your content. 2. Don't use hashtags that have been banned. Take a look at Kicksta's list of banned hashtags for 2023, and make sure to remove all broken hashtags from your content. Here's a few from the list: Moving forward, be selective and careful with the hashtags you choose, and when in doubt, take a look at the hashtag's page — Instagram will likely post a message like, "Recent posts from #summer2023 are currently hidden … ", which will indicate to you that the hashtag is no longer in use. 3. Use a content warning when applicable. For sensitive topics, it’s best to be proactive and warn viewers of content they might find upsetting. While you can’t apply Instagram’s new Sensitive Content feature to your own posts, there is a workaround. To do this, you’ll need to create a slideshow post with the warning image first so that users can decide whether or not to continue. Start by using the Story editing feature. Go to your profile within the app > New Post > Story > Create. Select the image or background you want for the first slide and type out your warning message Click Next and save the image. Now it’s ready for use along with your sensitive content. Simply make this the first slide in your new post. 4. Take a two-day break. People have reported a full 48-hour break from using their Instagram accounts can reset the system and get you back on track, and it's worth the temporary social media cleanse anyway, isn't it? 5. Follow Instagram's rules and regulations. Read and follow Instagram's Terms of Use, Community Guidelines, and Recommendation Guidelines. Some notable takeaways from these documents are: Only share content you created or have permission to share Don't post content that's false or misleading Do share content that's appropriate for anyone to see The Foolproof Way to Avoid the Instagram Shadowban The simplest way to avoid being shadowbanned on Instagram is to post helpful, authentic content, and abide by best practices when growing your audience. It will take longer to do this, but slow and steady wins the race — and doesn't get shadowbanned. Editor's note: This post was originally published in August 2019 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.

                    How to Become Instagram Famous (From 14 People Who Did)
How to Become Instagram Famous (From 14 People Who Did)
Instagram is no longer just about connecting with friends -- in 2018, it has become an incredibly powerful platform for finding your voice and creating a business. In fact, Instagram's estimated mobile advertising revenue is expected to reach 6.8 billion U.S. dollars in 2018, compared to 1.8 billion two years ago. Nowadays, Instagram is capable of turning stay-at-home moms into successful hat designers, or a woman working in corporate wealth management into a world traveler. So it's no surprise you want to become an Instagram influencer, and reach a large audience with your own personal brand.Download Now: Free Instagram for Business Kit + Templates Since I myself am not an Instagram influencer (I think an average 60 likes per post falls a little short of most brands' minimum for sponsorship opportunities), I set out to interview some real Instagram influencers in the industry, so you can get the full scoop. Throughout my conversations with these influencers, one thing became abundantly clear -- the term "famous" makes most of them uncomfortable. Apparently, "famous" denotes something less substantial than what most of these people are chasing. As Emma Hoareau (@ emmahoareau), a beauty and travel influencer who boasts nearly 40k followers, tells me, "Don't set out to be Instagram famous! Create beautiful work and use the app as a source of inspiration ... not a numbers competition." If you think about it, "fame" and "influence" are two drastically different measures of success. While fame is measured by a certain number, influence is measured by something a little less quantitative -- a deep, authentic connection with your audience. Here, we've compiled some critical tips from fourteen Instagram influencers, so you can get one step closer to sharing your brand with the world and influencing your own audience. How to Become Instagram Famous Make sure your content is genuine and authentic. Remain flexible and authentic as your brand shifts. Focus on your audience. Find micro-brands. Refine your photography skills. Be persistent. How to Become Instagram Famous Creating authentic Instagram content can help you on the road to becoming a social influencer whom businesses want to work with, but doing it right is just as important. Here's how to make your mark in Instagram, step-by-step. 1. Make sure your content is genuine and authentic. Across the board, all the influencers in this list insisted on one tried-and-true practice -- authentic content. Emily Roberts (@ thelipstickfever), pictured above, is a fashion and beauty influencer with over 57k followers. She told me, "Focus on quality over quantity when it comes to your content. It's better to post top notch images less frequently, than to post something subpar very frequently." To me, this makes sense -- the same is true for any type of content creation. An audience would rather read one high-quality Facebook status than a hundred less interesting ones. At LIKE.TG, we'd prefer to publish a few exceptional pieces of content per day, rather than laboring away to produce hundreds of barely average pieces. Emma Hoareau (@ emmahoareau) concurred: "Make sure the content you're sharing is true to yourself, and try not to compare yourself to others." Of course, authenticity is easier said than done, particularly when you're following other accounts and feeling envious of their posts or their brand image. You might, at times, doubt your ability to remain honest about your life when it's tempting to portray something a little shinier. Nic and Nat (@ sneakymommies), two women who create kid-friendly, healthy recipes on their Instagram account and have over 6,000 followers, say you should "stay authentic and always be you. This means being truthful and honest about who you are both online and offline and staying true to your personal brand." Morgan Raphael (@ bun_undone) a health, wellness, and inspiration influencer with nearly 15k followers, offers some advice when it comes to whether or not you need to find a niche. "I heard a lot of advice to find your niche and what makes you stand out, but truthfully, if you share your real self, people will relate and therefore respond by continuing to follow you and engage with your content." Finally, Chelsea Martin (@ passporttofriday), a travel blogger and influencer with over 17k followers, says commitment to your brand is critical -- "don't take just any collaboration offer that comes through the door. Stay loyal to your personal brand and your followers will stay loyal to you." While it can be tempting to take the first sponsorship offer you receive, long-term growth is about remaining committed to partnering with brands that can offer meaningful value to your audience, as well. 2. Remain flexible and authentic as your brand shifts. When you follow Instagram influencers, you might feel like they joined the app with an inherent and instant understanding of their brand -- at least, that's how I've always felt. To verify this, I asked Nicole Loher (@ nicoleloher), a health and fitness influencer with over 14k followers, whether she knew what she wanted her brand to be when she first created her Instagram account. Nicole told me, "I've always had a really pure goal to share a super authentic glimpse into my life -- no matter if it's good or bad -- because I ultimately moved to New York not knowing anyone … And 'making it' here was never and still is not easy. I think as my following began to amass, I realized I had a real platform to be an advocate for projects, communities and brands, I'm passionate about -- the most notable one being the Leukemia and Lymphoma Society. That said, about three years ago, my brand started to shift. I went from being a girl who worked in fashion and beauty, to a competitive triathlete. It wasn't something I set out to do -- it just shifted as my life shifted!" It seems a key factor in remaining authentic and true to your audience is, ironically, allowing yourself to change direction. If your audience believes they're getting a glimpse into the real you, and if they feel connected to you, they'll ideally want to grow and change with you as you move throughout stages of your Instagram, and real life, journey. 3. Focus on your audience. We've discussed remaining authentic and flexible as you create a brand identity on Instagram. Now, let's consider why this is important -- audience loyalty. An influencer doesn't become an influencer without creating a strong community, and developing a connection, to her audience. Emily Roberts (@ thelipstickfever) says, "Always make sure you're focused on driving value to your audience, and hone in on what makes you truly unique." Ultimately, becoming an Instagram influencer is a professional role like anything else, so it's important you consider what you can offer your audience. Lauren Caruso (@ laurencaruso_), a fashion influencer who boasts nearly 35k followers, advises, "Step one is definitely finding your niche, then figure out how to offer some sort of a service to the audience. It can be anything from outfit ideas, creative direction ideas, or helping them discover new brands -- just make sure you stay true to your aesthetic, rather than trying to be everything to everyone." Finally, Nic Nat (@ sneakymommies) told me, "People will want to connect with you if they view you as being relatable (human!), so being honest and sharing the good and the bad is what they want to see." There's a reason the hashtag #nofilter has been used over 235 million times, compared to #sponsorship, which barely passes the 400,000 mark. Ultimately, Instagram is a platform meant to connect real people with true experiences. Make your audience feel like they're getting a glimpse into your challenges, and they're more likely to cheer on your successes. 4. Find micro-brands to work with. Once you've created a brand and grown a loyal following, you might feel ready to reach out and get endorsed by certain brands. But direct messaging Nike or L'Oréal might not be your best initial strategy. Instead, Puno (@ punodostres), a micro-influencer and business founder with over 14k followers, emphasizes the importance of micro-brands: "Micro-brands on Instagram are awesome, mostly because they are small businesses that are open to trade. Similar to you, they're looking to build their following. If you're an influencer with under 10k followers, product for trade is a great place to start creating content you want to get paid for, especially if you can find brands you love and are in the same boat (socially). Plus, they are more likely to mention and regram you." To find micro-brands, Puno suggests you use PeopleMap.co, a micro-influencer tool she created (the tool is used by clients like Refinery29 and Etsy). You can also find micro-brands by searching for hashtags related to your expertise. For instance, #healthyeating might connect you with brands, or other influencers, in a similar industry. Once you find brands you're interested in working with, you can either direct message or email them. Additionally, Jackson and Graham Buoy (@ thebrothersbuoy), two food influencers with over 11k followers, told me, "One of our absolute favorite things to do is work with smaller brands or new restaurants who are still finding their voice and help them tell their story visually. We only promote things on our feed that we genuinely care about or use ... We just don't see the point behind content that is so obviously paid for and doesn't align with someone's personal brand, as it really defeats the whole idea of 'influencing.'" For more information on sponsorships, check out, "How to Get Sponsored on Instagram (Even if You Currently Have 0 Followers)". 5. Refine your photography skills. Oftentimes, it's easy to feel like your iPhone and Instagram filters are enough -- and, sometimes, they are. But to set yourself apart as an influencer, versus just an Instagram user, it might be worthwhile to invest in better photography and editing equipment. Chelsea Martin (@ passporttofriday) says, "A professional camera and a great lens could make the difference between a good photo and an amazing photo -- which has more potential of being reposted by other accounts, therefore growing your audience." To set yourself apart, consider going the extra mile. Invest in equipment or a photography course to improve your skills. Jackson and Graham Buoy (@ thebrothersbuoy), advise, "Investing in equipment is a great idea, but if you don't know how to use it, it won't get you anywhere. We would recommend spending money on sites like Skillshare, or even investing time in YouTube tutorials about photography and editing basics. Once you feel comfortable with that stuff and know you can take a good photo, then graduate to some higher quality equipment." Ultimately, you want to provide your audience with something valuable. Like any service, using the proper tools and taking online courses could lead to a bigger pay-off in the long run. 6. Be persistent. As with any profession, one of the most critical components to becoming successful on Instagram is persistence. Morgan Raphael (@ bun_undone) says, "I preach patience and self-love. Don’t give up, continue to write or post consistently and in time it will flourish. The comparison game can easily get in your head if you’re focused on numbers, so instead, focus on the meaningful content you’re sharing, remain proud of your work and keep going." Becoming an influencer isn't easy, and while it can be incredibly rewarding, it's only possible if you're willing to put in the time. Being passionate about your content will help you push through the challenging times. Christina, Jeannie Eli (@ fitcityblonde), three fitness influencers with over 8,000 followers, advise, "Post content that you're passionate about, build genuine and authentic connections, and GRIND. Don't be afraid to reach out to people to build your network, especially in person. Instagrammers often hide behind their pages, so it's unique when you're willing to establish actual human connections. All in all, keep it real, and work your tail off." I think we can all agree, whether it's influence or fame you're after, worthwhile endeavors are never easy -- but, hopefully, these influencer tips make your experience a little easier.

                    6 Expert B2B Instagram Tips for 2022
6 Expert B2B Instagram Tips for 2022
With more than 800 million monthly users, Instagram is a force to be reckoned with. If you're a B2B brand, you might think the hype isn't relevant to you -- but it most certainly is. As it stands, there are thousands of brands and a number of high-profile B2B organizations using Instagram to drive brand awareness, engage with their audience, and ultimately, to attract new customers.Access Now: 22 Free Business Instagram Templates To inspire you to take your Instagram game to the next level this year, our team at The B2B Marketing Lab wanted to share some concise, actionable tips you can put into practice right away. 1. Use authentic, real-time user-generated content. Forget stock photography and staged promotional pictures -- it’s time to go real-time. On Instagram, your prospects and leads want authentic content that offers a personal glimpse into your company's culture and product offerings. Real-time content, such as live video/live streaming, is unfiltered and 100% you. It adds a much-needed human element to B2B businesses, and helps you form a genuine connection with your audience and potential customers. Extremely professional-looking content can often feel cold and dispassionate -- your customers want to know there are real people and real stories behind the branding. 2. Go fast, and mix it up. Instagram makes it incredibly easy for you to post photos or videos on your phone directly through its application. Just fire the application up, press the add button and select the photo or video you want to upload -- it’s that simple. The advantage of this is that you don’t have to spend ages creating content. You can upload a variety of content wherever, whenever, without much pre-planning or editing required. Different types of content will not only attract and appeal to different members of your audience, but also show different sides to your business. No one wants to just look at images or just quotes on Instagram all day now, do they? 3. Get involved in your niche. Stop looking through the window at what’s going on inside. Join the party. Just like any other social media channel, it’s important that you not only post content to your feed, but also partake in the wider conversation. Don’t just post images and videos, reply to your community when they leave a response. Take the time to check out other Instagram profiles, have a browse, like some content and maybe leave a friendly comment here and there. If you take the time to engage with others, they're more likely to take the time to engage with you. 4. Make the most of the link in your bio. While Instagram doesn’t let you link to websites within the captions of posts, you can include one in your bio. You can include up to 150 characters in your Instagram bio -- including a link. Your bio is the perfect real estate for a link to your latest blog post or offers. You can also use tools such as Linktree to create a custom link that includes a page with more links, allowing you to share up to five links and get the most out of your bio link! Alternatively, Instagram Stories are a great way of including links with your content. However, stories only last for 24 hours -- this is a limitation, but also a fantastic tool for you to provide real-time offers and value. 5. Tell a story with every single post. On Instagram, the businesses that tell the most interesting stories build the largest audiences. If you want to attract people to your business and get them to engage with you, you need consistent visual storytelling that cuts through all the noise on Instagram. Don't limit your focus to your general photo and video feed. Instagram’s Stories feature allows you to create a slideshow or montage of photo or video. When strung together, tell a story and provide your audience with a more personal experience. 6. Stay away from vanity metrics. Vanity metrics don't tell the whole story. While an increase in clicks and likes are beneficial, they don't tell you if the right people are actually interested your content. Instead, look for indicators of real engagement, such as people commenting on your posts and new followers in your niche. These two metrics give a better indication of how well you are performing and how much exposure your business is actually getting. Take the time to consider Instagram. While it has predominantly been used by B2C brands up to this point, it holds great potential for B2B businesses when utilized correctly -- and with the points above in mind!

                    30 Fashion Brands That Marketers Can Learn From on Instagram
30 Fashion Brands That Marketers Can Learn From on Instagram
Between carefully curated photos, expertly targeted ads, and decisive adoption of Instagram stories, no other B2C industry has thrived on Instagram, much like the beauty and apparel industry. Some of the best clothing brands on Instagram are masters of consumer engagement, and businesses from any industry could learn something from these inspirational feeds. In this post, we’ve compiled a list of 30 clothing brands — both big and small — crushing the game. For a deeper dive into how to build a presence on Instagram, check out our complete guide to Instagram marketing. 30 of the Best Clothing Brands to Follow on Instagram 1. Telfar @telfar Telfar is a luxury brand well known for its bags and clothing. Like many brands on the list, it uses Instagram to share information about its products paired with high-quality product photos, videos, and user-generated content. 2. J.Crew @jcrew J.Crew has mastered the art of follower engagement on Instagram. Its vibrant feed inspires followers, whether via daily updated Stories, in-feed product announcements, or style inspo. View this post on Instagram 3. Anthropologie @anthropologie With colorful images of its bright and patterned styles, Anthropologie’s feed is a visual smorgasbord of inspiration. 4. Girlfriend Collective @girlfriend Girlfriend Collective experienced explosive social media growth after advertising a free leggings promotion. Its feed engages customers with stunning product photography of its minimal styles and funny memes related to its products. 5. BRKLN Bloke @brklynbloke Brkln Bloke is a Brooklyn-based streetwear brand that has mastered the art of sharing its products in the wild, helping followers get styling inspiration for their purchases. 6.Nike @nike The behemoth athletic brand has enthusiastically embraced video content and regularly shares clips with its impressive 263 Million followers. Its feed features a motivational mix of professional athletes and everyday people, which directly aligns with its brand mission that Nike is for everyone. View this post on Instagram 7. Paloma Wool @palomawool >In the image below, Paloma Wool shares a carousel of photos showing audiences different ways to wear one of its products, the Berlin multi-position belt. This gives wearers and audiences inspiration for how to use the product and can also inspire a new purchase if someone sees a style they like. 8. Kate Spade @katespadeny Despite being a well-established label, Kate Spade’s Instagram has a distinct personal touch that sets it apart from similar brands. Its profile features outfit pictures, snaps from around New York, and behind-the-scenes shots of the design process at the Kate Spade Studio. View this post on Instagram 9. Hermoza @the_hermoza Hermoza leverages one of Instagram's impactful native features — shoppable posts and a storefront. Each post has a “View Shop” CTA, and clicking on it leads audiences to an Instagram storefront where they can discover more products or even make a purchase without leaving the app. 10. House of Sunny @houseofsunny House of Sunny’s approach to Instagram is worth replicating as it ensures followers always have a source for inspiration for using its products. It specifically calls attention to styling opportunities with a permanent Story Highlight called “As Seen On,” where people can click through a series of UGC to discover unique ways to style its clothing. 11. Eileen Fisher @eileenfisherny Eileen Fisher emphasizes its quality materials and environmentally friendly production processes on Instagram, and landing on its profile brings you to three pinned posts displaying the lifecycle of the products it uses and how it champions sustainability. View this post on Instagram 12. Sandy Liang @sandyliang Sandy Liang is well known for creating unique versions of everyday staples. On Instagram, the brand shares lookbooks for its clothing and accessories, giving followers inspiration for what and how to wear its products. The image below is a lookbook giving inspo on what to wear when visiting a friend. 13. Asos @asos British online fashion retailer ASOS updates its feed regularly with colorful and bold product features. It stands out from the crowd with a video-first Instagram strategy, only rarely sharing still photos, allowing followers to interact and engage with content. View this post on Instagram 14. Aerie @aerie Scrolling through Aerie’s Instagram feed is like taking a tropical beach getaway. The lingerie and bathing suit brand has been applauded for its commitment to unretouched photos in its print ads, and it continues this effort on its Instagram, creating a cohesive brand image. 15. Ziran @theziran Ziran merges ancient Chinese techniques, luxury fashion, and sustainable practices to create its clothing brand. On its Instagram, behind-the-scenes content about how the brand came to be, gives people a glimpse into the people and processes that bring their favorite brand to life. 16. Aime Leon Dore @aimeleondore Aime Leon Dore shares product announcements in videos that align with the product's intended use. For example, the video below announces an upcoming collaboration with Woolrich, a brand well-known for its durability. The video features models in activities that might cause wear and tear to everyday products, but not those from the Aime Leon Dore x Woolrich collab. View this post on Instagram 17. Lisa Says Gah @lisasaysgah It often uses Instagram for restock announcements so its followers know when their favorite products are available for purchase again. Doing this also helps drive more followers to the platform, as people will see Instagram as a way to get the most up-to-date information on their favorite brand. 18. Tach @tach_clothing >Tach uses Instagram to share exciting behind-the-scenes content. The image below is a sneak peek into its line sheets, which are usually only used as a sales tool to present products to buyers. Audiences are let in on its behind-the-scenes activity, which can be exciting. >19. Fossil @fossil If you like photos of neatly organized items, then Fossil’s Instagram is for you. The accessories brand curates an impressive feed of food, fashion, and celebrities like James Phelps, generating audience excitement if they recognize their favorite actor. View this post on Instagram 20. Everlane @everlane Everlane’s account has no shortage of beautiful product imagery, but it also features photos of customers wearing its clothes, inspiring travel photography, and tips on food and art destinations worldwide, giving audiences a well-rounded experience on its profile. >21. Bode @bode >Bode is well known for its quilted jackets and one-of-a-kind clothing items. On Instagram, it shares videos explaining the background and inspiration for its collections, giving followers insight into the brand, its values, and what it stands for. View this post on Instagram 22. Teva @teva Teva’s Instagram feed is proof that it’s possible to give your brand a modern update without losing the spirit of what made you successful in the first place. Its feed includes user-generated content of its shoes out in the wild and sleek product photos highlighting new styles. 23. Zara @zara Zara has made a name for itself by emulating the marketing of luxury brands, and its Instagram feed is no exception. Its account looks like a high-fashion magazine, with professional editorial shots of its varied clothing styles. 24. Fjällräven @fjallravenofficial The Instagram feed for Swedish outdoor apparel brand Fjällräven is less about its products and more about the adventurous spirit that has defined the company for almost 60 years. 25. Madewell @madewell Apparel brand Madewell is known for its relaxed, classic styles, and its Instagram clearly reflects this aesthetic. With bright sunny images of its latest products and collaborations, its feed is a fashion lover’s delight. 26. The Row @therow Another account that focuses less on its products and more on visual inspiration, The Row features vintage photos of art, architecture, and fashion — only occasionally sharing images and actual products — where they share a brand aesthetic that is bigger than just what it sells. 27. Santos by Monica @santosbymonica Santos by Monica’s Instagram grid is eye-catching as every post uses the same color scheme and creates a pleasing browsing experience, building a cohesive brand identity and helping people develop brand recognizability for its specific color schemes and hues. 28. Carhartt WIP @carharttwip Carhartt Work In Progress announces sales on its Instagram profile, a valuable way to ensure your different audiences are aware of your brand promotions. For example, if your Instagram followers aren’t subscribed to your mailing list, they won’t receive your newsletter announcing the sale, but they’ll see it in their feed. View this post on Instagram

                    41 Instagram Features, Hacks, & Tips Everyone Should Know About
41 Instagram Features, Hacks, & Tips Everyone Should Know About
Did you know you could schedule your Instagram posts in advance? Or optimize your bio to appear in the Explore tab?There are countless lesser-known Instagram features, settings, hacks, and search options to help take your Instagram game to the next level. And we've compiled them all, here.Whether you’re a recruiter looking to showcase company culture, a eCommerce marketer, or just an individual looking to use Instagram in the best ways possible, here are Instagram tips and features for you to use.Note: Before getting started, make sure you're operating on the latest version of Instagram. At the time of publishing this guide, the latest version is 273on iOS and on Android. Please also note that although this article might demonstrate each tip below using an iPhone or Android device, all items on this list are available for both operating systems and can be enjoyed using the same step-by-step instructions.41 Hidden Instagram Hacks, Tips, and FeaturesInstagram Account Features1. Add and manage multiple accounts from the same device.Have a separate account for your dog? Don't be embarrassed; stand by your puppy profile. In fact, whether it's a pet account or a business account, you can add and manage this one right alongside your personal account.Here's how:From your profile, tap the gear icon. To find this icon on an Android device, you'll first need to tap the three horizontal lines to the top right of your screen.Scroll to the very bottom and tap "Add Account."Add your other account by username and password, and you're all set.To toggle between both profiles, hold down your profile picture in the navigation bar to view all connected accounts.2. See all the posts you've liked.Ever wanted to see the post you’ve liked all in one place? All you have to do is go to your profile, click the three lines on the top right (on Android and iOS), tap “Your Activity,” tap “Interactions,” and then click “Likes.”With this, you can see 300 of the last posts you’ve liked.To un-like any posts you've Liked, simply go to the post and deselect the "heart" icon below it. Don't worry — the user won't be notified that you've un-Liked the post.3. Hide, delete, or disable comments and likes on your posts.Twitter may carry a more "anything goes" culture of commentary, but your Instagram is your domain — and it's much easier to control who says what on your content. This is especially important if you manage a business account.To Filter Comments by Keyword:Navigate to Settings and tap “Privacy,” then “Hidden Words.” You can toggle “Hide comments” to filter general offensive words or click “Manage custom words and phrases for messages, comments, and posts” to add custom filters.To Delete Comments:Tap the speech bubble icon below the comment you'd like to delete, and swipe lightly to the left over this text. Select the garbage can icon that appears to delete this post. You can also do this to your own comments.To Disable Comments Entirely:To clarify, you can't turn off comments across your entire profile; you can only disable them for individual posts.To do so, start posting an image on which you'd like nobody to comment. When you reach the page to add a caption, tags, and location, tap "Advanced Settings" at the very bottom. This will open a screen where you can easily switch on an option labeled "Turn Off Commenting."4. Clear your Instagram search history.To clear your Instagram search history (on Android and iOS), go to your profile, tap Settings, then “Your activity.” Tap “Recent searches” and click “Clear all.”5. Add another Instagram account to your bio.Perhaps your company has more than one Instagram account for different aspects of your brand. For instance, LIKE.TG has a verified LIKE.TG account, a LIKE.TG Life account, a LIKE.TG Academy account, and a LIKE.TG Partners account.To draw awareness back to its main company page, then, LIKE.TG links to the @LIKE.TG account in its other account bios, like in @LIKE.TGLife's account:Fortunately, you have the option to include another Instagram account in your Instagram bio. To do so, simply type the "@" sign into your Bio, and then select the account you'd like to tag. Then, click "Done."6. Communicate with your audience using Instagram Broadcast channels.Broadcast Channels is Instagram's newest feature, and it is a messaging tool for creators to engage directly with a large group of followers.Creators can share updates and behind-the-scenes content as text, video, voice notes, and images. Followers can't send messages but can enjoy the content, react to content, and vote in polls.As of February 2023, the feature is currently in Beta mode for U.S. creators only.Instagram Design Features7. Add special fonts to your bio.Here's an Instagram bio hack that can truly make your profile stand out. You can already add emojis to the bio beneath your profile photo, but your keyboard limits your creativity right there.Using a couple of basic third-party websites, you can copy over some more special fonts not often found in the Instagram community. Here's how.To Add a Special Font to Your Bio via Mobile:Add a new font to your Instagram bio via your mobile device using a website like LingoJam. Open the site on your phone, type your desired bio text in the lefthand text box, and you'll see the same bio text in different typefaces appear on the right.Carry your chosen font over to your Instagram bio by tapping it and selecting "Copy." Then, open your Instagram app, navigate to your profile, select "Edit Profile," tap the "Bio" section and paste your chosen font into the empty field.To Add a Special Font to Your Bio on Desktop:If you're editing your Instagram profile on your laptop or desktop, Font Space has a library of fonts you can download and copy into your bio in seconds. To do so, Find a font you like and select "Download" beneath the font's sample image, as shown below.Downloading this font will open a folder on your desktop where you can pull a ".ttf" file that carries the various versions of this font. The file will look something like the screenshot below.Once you have this font copied to your computer's clipboard, open your internet browser and log onto Instagram.com. Select "Edit Profile" and paste your downloaded font into your bio field. You can then edit the sample text that came with your font to write your new bio as you see fit.8. Add special characters to your bio.Not only can you customize your bio with a special font, but you can also add atypical characters that distinguish you or your brand — but that you wouldn't find on your smartphone's normal keyboard. These include§,†, or even™ if your Instagram name features a trademarked product name.To Add Special Characters From MobileUsing your mobile device, install a free mobile app like Character Pad, which catalogs nearly every character and symbol you might need but won't find in the 26-letter English alphabet.Open the app and find the character you want to add to your Instagram bio. In Character Pad, you'll simply double-tap the picture of your chosen symbol to paste it into a text box, as shown below. Then, copy this character to your phone's clipboard. (For our purposes, I double-tapped the half moon icon.)Once you have your symbol copied to your clipboard, open Instagram, navigate to your bio, and tap "Edit Profile."Hold down your finger on the field of your bio you want to insert your special character until "Paste" appears as an option, as shown below. Tap "Paste" and then "Done" you'll be all set.To Add Special Characters From a PCYou can also insert special characters and symbols through Instagram's web client on a desktop or laptop computer. The easiest way is to use Microsoft Word's "Symbol" insertion icon, as shown below.Select your desired symbol or character and copy it to your computer's clipboard. Then, navigate to Instagram.com and follow the steps above to paste your character into a particular part of your bio.You might be tempted to simply Google search the special character you want, and at times it might work just as well as the steps above. But keep in mind not all special characters you copy from the internet are "clean" when you paste them into Instagram — some of them might become corrupted or not show up correctly.9. Reorder filters to set your favorite filters at the front.If you use Instagram a lot, chances are, you have a few favorite go-to filters, and others you never touch. To make editing photos easier, you can reorder the filters in your editing window.To reorder filters, add a new post and begin editing it. When you get to the filters page, hold down on a filter you'd like to move, and then drag it to your preferred location.10. Use Instagram as a photo editor (without having to post anything).Perhaps you love Instagram's filters and editing capabilities, but aren't quite ready to post the photo to your account — right now, or ever. To use Instagram as a photo editor without posting anything, all you need to do is publish a picture while your phone is on airplane mode.First, be sure you have "Save Original Photo" turned on in your Instagram settings.Next, follow the normal steps to post a photo to Instagram: Upload the photo, edit it, and press "Share." An error message will appear saying the upload failed, but you'll be able to find the edited image in your phone's photo gallery.11. Insert line breaks into your bio and captions.When you write a caption in Instagram, you'll see the keyboard doesn't give you an option to press "Enter" or "Return." The same is true for your bio. So how do all those people put line breaks in there?It turns out that all you have to do is press the "123" key in the bottom left corner of the keyboard, and the "Return" key will appear on the bottom right.I know this tip sounds simple, but a lot of people miss it — myself included, until a colleague clued me in. We've seen some elaborate solutions out there for hacking through this problem, like writing the caption copy in another app, then copying and pasting it into Instagram. Thankfully, it's much simpler than that.Instagram Optimization Features12. Pin important content to the top of your Instagram Grid.f you have an Instagram post that you want to call attention to, you can pin it to the top of your profile grid.To do this, pick the Reel or image post you want to pin.In the top right corner of the post, tap the three dots and click “Pin to your profile.”The post will now show up at the top of your grid.This is a valuable tool to share ongoing partnerships with your followers, draw attention to popular content, and make sure new followers or browsers can immediately see the most important content you want to share with them.13. Optimize your Instagram bio to appear in the Explore tab.Your friends, family, and coworkers might be your first group of Instagram followers, but growing your audience takes more than the people who already know you. One key way to do this is to get your profile to appear in Instagram's Explore page.The Explore page, accessible using the magnifying glass icon shown above, is a browsing page that sorts the entire Instagram community by topic and keyword. These include "Fitness," "Style," "Science," and more.Hashtagging your posts with these words can expose your content to the people browsing these topics, but you can also use them in your Instagram name and bio to promote your profile.If Jane Doe is a marketing consultant, for example, she might want to make her Instagram name "Jane Doe Marketing," rather than simply "Jane Doe." Then, in her bio, she can include all of her specialties, such as "SEO," "blogging," "email marketing," etc.14. Drive traffic to an external website.One of the biggest frustrations people have with marketing on Instagram is that clickable URLs aren't allowed anywhere except the single "website" box in your bio. If you put a URL in a photo caption it'll appear as plain text, meaning users would have to painstakingly copy the URL, open a web browser, and paste or type it in there.One sneaky way to get people to visit your Instagram profile, which is where that one clickable URL is allowed, is to use your photo captions to encourage people to visit your profile for a link. Then, update that URL frequently to point to your latest blog content, YouTube video, product, or offer.Check out the example below from the food magazine Bon Appétit, where it includes a link in its bio that draws people to external Bon Appétit content.If you have a verified Instagram account, you can also add links to your Story. Read more about this feature here.15. Sell products from Instagram using Shoppable Posts.You might already know you can tag people in your Instagram posts as (or after) you post new content. Now, you can tag products — and direct your viewers to a product page to buy what they saw.To Add an Instagram Business AccountYou'll need an Instagram Business account to publish shoppable posts. You can get one by selecting "Edit Profile" on your Instagram profile and tapping "Try Instagram Business Tools," as shown below.To Tag a Post With ProductsOnce you've launched an Instagram Business account, you'll need to enable product tags to use them on a post that depicts a product. Navigate to your settings using the gear icon from your profile page, and select "Products." Tap "Continue" and follow the prompts to connect a "product catalog" to your business profile.With product tags enabled on your Instagram Business account, you can now upload new posts and tag your photo with products you find from your product catalog. Here's what a shoppable post can look like:16. Create an auto-complete quick reply for standard responses.Responding to user comments and questions is incredibly timely, but fortunately, there's a hack to streamline the process and make it more efficient. (Note: This only works on Instagram Business accounts.)You can simply create a one-to-two word phrase that can act as your shortcut to a longer standard response you might send often. To do this, click "Business" in your Settings, and then "Quick Replies" — or, click the three-dot chat bubble icon on bottom of screen, and then click "New Quick Reply".Add a shortcut you can enter for the response. For instance, you might type "returnpolicy" as the shortcut for a longer response, i.e.: "Hey there. We're sorry you don't love your purchase. Fortunately, we permit 30-day returns, no questions asked. Please send us your order confirmation number to get the process started."Once you've added a shortcut, you can either type the shortcut "returnpolicy" into the comment box when you want it to auto-generate, or you can tap the three-dot chat Quick Replies bubble icon at the bottom of your screen to choose from a response you've created. (Read more about Quick Replies here.)17. Pin your Instagram post to Pinterest.Instagram doesn't have a natural integration with many social networks (except Facebook, its parent company) for publishing Instagram posts to other social accounts.But with respect to Pinterest, image-loving platforms stick together. Here's a backdoor way to Pin your latest Instagram Story to Pinterest:On the Instagram mobile app, tap a post to view it in full, then tap the three dots to the top-right of the image. Select "Copy Share URL" to attach the picture's link to your clipboard.Open the Pinterest mobile app — or download it; you'll need it for this step — and navigate to your profile page. If you have the latest version of Pinterest downloaded, it might ask you as soon as you open the app if you'd like to produce the image from your clipboard.If not, select the "+" icon to the top right to add a new pin, and you'll see a menu of options where you can add your "Copied Link" to a new Pin or board on your profile.Instagram Reels Features18. Upload and browse video content on Instagram Reels.Instagram Reels is one of the biggest new features of Instagram to date.You can find Instagram Reels by opening the app and tapping the TV icon in the bottom navigation bar. You'll land on a gallery of Reels to watch, including those from people you follow, trending videos, and the most popular creators on the app.As you view more videos, the algorithm will adapt to your interests and show you Reels relevant to your likes. And naturally, the same goes for your target audience.The Reels you create are visible on your Profile under the Reels icon. When you want to upload a new Reel, follow the steps to upload an image but click Reels instead.19. Easily create Reels using the template feature.Instagram’s native Reels template helps anyone quickly and easily make a Reel. To create a Reel using a template, you can either:Find a Reel you like that someone has created, tap on the three dots on the bottom right corner of the real, tap “Use as template,” and follow the steps. Note that the only Reels you can use as a template have the Use as a template button.Or,Click on the Reels tab, swipe left to access the “Templates” option, and select the template you want to use. Then, follow the steps on screen.20. Automatically add captions to your Reels and Stories.The auto-caption feature automatically converts speech into captions for your Reels and Stories. This feature is incredibly important for increasing accessibility for your content and also for allowing people to consume your content without sound.21. Remix Reels to engage with other users.Remixing a Reel means creating one that includes content from someone else’s Reel. It’s a great way to engage with other users and create side-by-side interaction.To Remix a real (on Android and iOS), tap the three dots on the Reel you want to remix. Tap “Remix” and choose whether to play your video side-by-side the original video or after it ends.Next, record your Reel and share it to your profile.If you remix a Reel using side-by-side video, you can mix the audio and add voiceovers, text, and stickers to your Reel and the original Reel.If you remix a Reel and add your video after the original, you can’t change the audio from the original post, but you can adjust the volume level of the original Reel and add a voiceover.22. Reply to a comment on your Reel with a Reel.Instagram now allows people to create Reels to reply to comments on Reels. It’s an engaging way to interact with followers and build connections.To do this (on Android and iOS), tap “Reply” underneath a comment and click the camera icon.Record your Reel or upload a pre-recorded video from your camera roll.Click on the comment sticker to update the background color or change its position in the frame.Edit your Reel, then click “Share.”Instagram Stories Features23. Use Notes to share status updates.Notes are 60-character max posts next to profile images in the messages inbox.Notes will appear in your followers' inboxes, and you can choose to share them with all of your followers or your selected Close Friends list. They last 24 hours, and Notes replies appear as DMs.The new feature is a great way to share your timely thoughts, engage with people, and see what others are saying.24. Create a collection of saved posts.In addition to being able to view all of the posts you've liked, Instagram also has an option to save or bookmark certain posts in collections that you create.Start by going to your profile, and tapping the "Settings" icon at the top-right of your screen, and then select "Saved":Next, press the "+" button and name your new Collection.Click "Next", and select images from your "Saved" section.To save photos for future collections, tap the bookmark icon below the post you want to add, as shown below:Then, go back to your saved photos by following the previous steps.You'll see the photos you've saved — to add them to your Collection, select the Collection you want to add to, and tap "Add to Collection." From there, you can add any of your saved photos.25. Create Stories Highlights to show Stories for longer than a day.Like in Snapchat, posts to your story only stick around for your followers to see for 24 hours. But sometimes, you have a story that deserves more daylight to be told.That's where Stories Highlights comes in, a feature by Instagram that allows you to save stories together in the same space on your profile page. If you ever wondered what that "New" button with the "+" icon was below your profile image, this explains it.To make a Stories Highlight, tap this New option and select any number of past stories in your album:Then, give it a cover photo and a name to display as its own Instagram Story on your profile page. You can remove Stories Highlights at any time by tapping and holding down this story.26. Reorder Instagram Stories highlights.The Highlights on your Instagram feed act as your brand's portfolio — you can use Highlights to demonstrate your company's values, showcase new products or services, or categorize various topics you post about frequently.For instance, The North Face uses its Highlights section to highlight various initiatives that are important to the brand, including a section labeled “Summit Series,” “Explore Fund,” “XPLR Pass,” “Pride,” and “Athletes.”Since a user can only see the first five highlights when they come across your profile, you'll want to ensure your first highlights are the ones you're most proud of. To do this, simply follow this trick:1. Hold down the highlight you'd like moved to the front of this list and click "Edit Highlight" when the slide-up appears.2. Next, find an image or video you'd like to add to the highlight. (Don't worry — you'll be able to delete this within 30 seconds, so you don't need to choose one that will stay on the highlight.)3. Click "Done" in the top right corner.4. Now, your Highlight will be first in the list. To remove the image or video you just added, follow the above instructions and simply un-check the image you added. Your highlight will remain at the beginning of the Highlight reel.27. Change your Instagram Highlights Icon without publishing it to your feed.The image you choose for each Highlight should accurately depict what type of content users can expect to see if they tap the Highlight, so you'll want to choose a compelling, engaging image.However, if you have a design, logo, or image you'd like to use that isn't in your Instagram feed, it's still possible to make it the Highlight Icon.To do this, click "Edit Highlight" (same as the step above):Next, click "Edit Cover," and scroll through your camera roll to find an image you like.Once you choose an image from your camera roll, click "Done." Your Highlight cover image is now an image you've never posted on your Instagram account:28. Schedule posts in advance.Instagram being a mobile app, you're probably in a routine of taking photos and posting them to your Instagram Story on the fly. But, you can also pre-post them from your computer for a set day and time in the future.This feature is available with a social media scheduling tool, as well as LIKE.TG if you have an Instagram business account. If you have this business profile, switch to it via the Instagram mobile app and follow the prompts to connect it to Facebook.Depending on the social scheduling tool you use, you might not include this step. Once you've toggled to the right account, however, you'll launch your scheduling tool, navigate to your current connected profiles, and see Instagram as an available integration.29. Use 'Type Mode' to enhance your Instagram Stories.Since its launch, Stories have become quite creative, and it takes more than a pretty filter to stand out to your audience. Enter "Type Mode," an option similar to Snapchat that gives you the power to caption Stories that need extra context to resonate with someone. Here's how to use it:1. Open Instagram Stories by swiping right from your Instagram feed. This will launch your smartphone camera. Then, take a photo or video and press the "Aa" icon to the top-right of your screen, as shown below:The "Aa" icon will open Type Mode, where you have eight fonts to choose from. Here's what a sample Story looks like with Modern font:30. Post content from other users to your Instagram Story.Although Instagram Stories are a great way to give your content exposure on your followers' homepages, you might not always have something Story-worthy. In those times, you can share an inspiring post from someone else through your Instagram Stories. Here's how:1. Find a post you want to share in your Instagram Stories and tap the paper airplane icon, as shown below.This icon will open a screen allowing you to send this post to specific followers, or add to your Story. Tap the latter option, as shown below.Tapping this option will automatically turn the post into an Instagram Story, which you can edit and design to your liking the same way you would any other Instagram Story.31. Share candid Stories with your followers.Instagram Candid Stories lets you share in-the-moment updates with friends to let them know what you’re up to. A unique feature is that each Story is only visible to others who have posted their own Candid Stories.To share a Candid Story, use the stories camera and select Candid Story, or wait for the daily Candid Story notification.Note that the Candid Story feature is not yet available to all users.Instagram User Preferences Features32. Mute Instagram notifications using Quiet Mode.Quiet Mode turns off all app notifications and adds a badge to your profile, so people know you’re taking a break. When you turn Quiet Mode off, you’ll get a roundup of notifications of things you’ve missed.To use Quiet Mode on Instagram, Navigate to your profile page. Click “Settings," then "Notifications," and then "Quiet mode."Toggle the “Quiet mode” button to enable it and turn it off when you’re ready to receive notifications again.You can also set a designated time to trigger Quiet Mode every day, so you don’t have to remember to turn it off and on.Quiet Mode is currently available in the U.S., UK, Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand.33. Create a Favorites list to see your favorite accounts first.If you have favorite accounts on Instagram or friends whose content you want to see more often, you can select up to 50 accounts to add to your Favorites list.You’ll see their posts higher up and more often in your Feed, and you can even swipe to a separate favorites-only feed to see what people are up to. Every Favorites feed is free of ads and suggested posts, and nobody else knows who you’ve added to the list.To choose your favorites, tap the Instagram logo on the top left corner, and select your favorite accounts to add.34. Get notifications when your favorite people post.Never want to miss an Instagram post from your favorite influencers again? You can choose to get a notification every time a specific user posts a new photo. All you have to do is turn on notifications for each user individually.To turn on these notifications, visit a user's profile, click the bell icon in the upper right corner, and choose what type of post you want a notification for: Posts, Stories, Reels, Videos, or Live Videos.Want to turn post notifications off? Just follow the same steps. It's important to note that you must enable notifications from the Instagram app in your phone's settings — here's how.To allow notifications on iPhone/iPad: Go to "Settings," then "Notifications." Choose "Instagram" and then turn on the setting to "Allow Notifications."To allow notifications on Android: Go to "Settings," then choose "Apps," then "Instagram." Select the option to show notifications.35. Hide Photos You've Been Tagged InWhen someone tags you in a photo or video on Instagram, it's automatically added to your profile under "Photos of You," unless you opt to add tagged photos manually (see the next tip).To see the posts you've been tagged in, go to your own profile and click the person icon below your bio.Next, click on an individual post (in your tagged photos) and click the three dots in the top right. Tap “Post options,” then tap “Remove me from post” or “Hide from my profile.”The first removes your tag, and the second removes it from your tagged photos.36. Adjust your settings to approve tagged photos before they show up in your profile.As we mentioned in the previous step, when someone tags a photo or video of you on Instagram, it's automatically added to your profile. But you can change your Instagram settings to enable manually selecting which photos you're tagged in that show up on your profile.To manually approve tagged posts, navigate to "Settings," tap "Privacy," "Posts," then "Manually approve tags," and toggle the on button. Now you'll be notified when you've been tagged in a post, and you can approve it to show up on your profile.37. Hide ads you don't find relevant.Instagram tries to show you ads that are interesting and relevant to you. You might see ads based on people you follow and things you Like on Instagram, or the third-party websites and apps you visit.If you see sponsored posts you don't find relevant, though, you can let Instagram know and slowly teach its algorithm what you like and don't like to see.To hide ads on Instagram, tap on the three dots to the right of a post labeled "Sponsored," and choose "Hide ad."From there, it'll ask you to share why you don't want to see the ad anymore.You can also opt out of seeing ads based on sites and apps off of Instagram and Facebook from your device's settings. Note that even if you choose to opt out of seeing these types of ads, you'll still see ads based on your Instagram and Facebook activity.To limit ad tracking on an iPhone/iPad: Go to "Settings" and choose "Privacy Security," then "Apple Advertising." From there, choose the option to turn off personalized ads.To turn off interest-based ads on Android: Go to "Google Settings," then "Ads." From there, choose the option to "Turn off interest-based ads."38. Send photos privately to your friends.Posting photos with all of your followers or with the public isn't the only way to share content on Instagram. You can also share them with individual or multiple users, kind of like a Facebook message or group text message.You can either send a new photo to friends, or send a photo that you or someone else has already posted.To send a new photo privately, upload a photo and begin editing it, as you would when editing a new post. When you get to the "Share" page, tap the top where it automatically says "New Post," but when prompted, select "Direct Message." From there, you can pick and choose whom you'd like to send the photo to.You can access your direct messages at any time by clicking the mailbox icon at the top right of your homepage.To send an existing photo privately, start by opening the post you want to share — it can be your own or someone else's, as long as the latter has a public account. Next, click the paper-airplane-like icon below the post, then select who you want to receive it when the "Send to" box appears.User Search Features39. Search Instagram users without an account.As much as Instagram would like to see you ultimately create an account for yourself or your business, you can peruse the beautiful brands, people, and dogs that are waiting for you without an account to see if it's worth signing up.There are two ways to search for people on Instagram without logging in:Entering a Username at the End of the Instagram URLThe first way to search users without an account is by using an Instagram username you already know, and adding it to the end of "www.instagram.com/."For example, if you were to start with our Instagram username — which is simply "LIKE.TG" — you can enter the following into your browser's address bar: www.instagram.com/LIKE.TG. This will bring you to our Instagram profile as well as the elusive search bar at the top of the page:Once you've reached this page, you can use the search bar to the left of the "Sign Up" button to browse users who are already active on the platform.Googling Them in an Instagram Site SearchA slightly "hackier" way of looking up users without an Instagram account of your own is to simply search their name in a Google site search. This means telling Google to only look up search terms on a website of your choice (in this case, Instagram).To site search a user, open a Google search and type the following: "site:instagram.com [name of user]."By keeping all the text prior to the brackets in your search bar, you can shuffle through names of people and businesses and Google will produce results that live only on Instagram. Here's what a site search looks like for LIKE.TG, below. As you can see, Google produces our main profile, our culture-focused LIKE.TG Life profile, Instagram posts that include the #LIKE.TG hashtag, and our LIKE.TG Academy Page.Instagram Features HacksI might be biased, but Instagram is one of the most fun (and visually appealing) social apps around. And now, with these tricks, you can use it to an even fuller extent.Plus, many of these features can help to enhance your brand's presence on Instagram. Now, you know how to use the app more efficiently, to make sure you're only tagged in photos you want to appear on your profile, and have even more ways to engage with the people by whom you'd like to be discovered.

                    How to Repost on Instagram: Ways to Reshare Content From Other Users
How to Repost on Instagram: Ways to Reshare Content From Other Users
Instagram is a powerful social media platform to help increase brand reach and drive new business, but it can be time-consuming and expensive to consistently share content you need to see your engagement grow in the long-term — which is why you should learn how to repost on Instagram. In this post, we'll show you different free ways to repost on Instagram in a few simple steps. But before diving in, let’s discuss why reposting on Instagram can benefit your brand. New Data: Instagram Engagement Report [Free Download] Why should your brand repost on Instagram? Instagram is one of the largest social media sites on the market. With over one billion monthly active users, brands that incorporate the site into marketing strategy can reach larger audiences and gain visibility faster over other social media channels. And with an audience like that, you want to consistently post high-quality content — but that can take time, effort, and resources that may not fit your budget just yet. Since most marketers post between 3-4 times per week, you should have a backlog of content to keep up with demand. Additionally, user-generated content (UGC) performs exceptionally well. In fact, 90% of consumers say UGC holds more influence over their buying decisions than promotional emails and even search engine results. For instance, consider the power of Warby Parker reposting this funny image from one of its customers, @cjronson: View this post on Instagram Not only does the image likely appeal to Warby Parker customers, but it ultimately made Warby Parker marketers' jobs easier — they didn’t need to create that content in-house. Reposting to Instagram can help you highlight brand endorsements from your customers, brand loyalists, and employees. UGC is typically considered more trustworthy since a consumer isn't gaining anything by promoting your product or service (unless it's an advertisement) — they're just doing it to tell their audiences that they like your product. How to Repost on Instagram Instagram allows you to repost other users’ Reels and posts to your own Instagram Story using its native reposting functionality. However, it has its limits: It doesn’t let you repost to any permanent part of your Instagram profile, including your feed, Reels, or videos. In other words, Instagram only lets you temporarily share someone else’s content for 24 hours max. If you do want to keep it permanently, you can add it to an Instagram Story Highlight. If you’re looking to add a post to your permanent feed and credit the original creator, read about how to do that in the next sections. For now, let’s learn how you can repost content to your Story and add it to your highlights. 1. Navigate to the post, Reel, or video you want to repost. First, find the right content to share with your followers. You can do this through several avenues: Search for industry hashtags and repost popular posts by other brands and influencers Search for branded hashtags, which will show you user-generated content made by your customers and fans See the posts you’ve been tagged in and repost any that align with your brand Find brands that you admire and repost the content that most aligns with your brand Remember that you can only repost content from users and brands with public profiles. Note: You can also repost other people’s Stories, so long as you’re tagged in them. You can find those who’ve mentioned you in their Story in your Direct Messages. 2. Click the paper airplane symbol on the post or Reel. On photos and videos, the button will be located next to the Like and Comment buttons. On Reels, it will be located between the Comment button and the three dots. 3. On the pop-up menu, click “Add post to your story.” A pop-up will appear with several options. If you’re sharing a post, you have the option to add it to your story, reply to the poster (if they allow replies), or send the post via Direct Message to anyone you’ve messaged recently. Similar options appear when you try to share a Reel. Click Add post to your story or Add reel to your story. 4. Tap to show and hide the post’s caption. Next, you should see a draft of your story. You have the option of either showing or hiding the caption. Simply tap the post to toggle between the two. 5. Add text, stickers, hashtags, and other elements. To get the most engagement possible and align the repost with your brand, spruce up the story with text and other elements. You can even add a link or a call-to-action. Learn how to customize your Instagram Story here. 6. To share, click “Your Story.” It’s time to finish your repost. At the bottom, click the button that says “Your Story” at the bottom. This will automatically share it with no additional action required. You also have the option to click "Close Friends", if you only want a select group to view your story. Last, if you click the right-hand arrow, you’ll see additional options to share the post via DM or with your close friends. 7. Add the shared post to your Highlights. While Instagram doesn’t allow you to share posts directly to your permanent feed, you can add it to one of your Highlights, which will remain permanently on your profile. Learn how to create Highlights here. Here’s one example from a stationer called MARK+FOLD: With Stories, the same best practices should be followed as for sharing a post. If you don’t know the person and suspect the content you’d like to re-share might be licensed material, ask for permission first. Give credit to the original posters whenever possible. How to Repost on Instagram Using a ScreenshotTake a screenshot of the Instagram post you want to use.Tap the new post button located on the top right corner, select post.Resize the photo in the app.Edit and add filters of your choice.Add a citation.Add a caption.Click share on the top right corner. The screenshot method doesn't require other websites to repost on Instagram. It's worth nothing that this method only works for reposting photos, not videos. Here's how to do it. 1. Find a photo on Instagram you'd like to repost, and take a screenshot with your phone. For iOS: Press down on the home and lock buttons simultaneously until your screen flashes. For Android: Press down on the sleep/wake and volume down buttons simultaneously until your screen flashes. 2. Tap the new post button. Once you've got your screenshot, return to your Instagram account. Tap the "new post button" in the top right of your Instagram screen (the plus sign inside a square). Then select "Post" (other options include "Story" "Reels" or "Live"). 3. Resize the photo in the app. Keep in mind that your phone will take a screenshot of everything on your screen, not just the photo you want to repost. So, be prepared to crop the sides of the screenshot to capture just the image you want to share with your followers. After you've cropped or resized the photo to your liking (by pinching the image and then widening your fingers apart), click "Next" in the top-right of your screen. 4. Edit and add filters of your choice. Edit and filter the post like you would any other Instagram post. 5. Add a citation. The repost won't include a citation, so we suggest adding one by typing "@ + [username]" to credit the original poster with the photo you're reposting. 6. Add a caption. At the top you'll see a preview of your post along with space for a caption. You can choose to tag people or organizations, and add a location. 7. Click share. Once you've finished customizing the post with the options above, click share at the top right corner. The post will be live. Here's how the finished product looks: Pro Tip: When reposting content through screenshots, make sure you properly tag or give credit to the original content owner either within your story by linking to their account, or in the description of a post or reel. Best Apps for Reposting on Instagram 1. Repost: Posts, Stories, Reels Price: Free with in-app purchases For Instagram for iOS or Android. The app integrates directly with Instagram so you can share content from other Instagram users from your mobile device. If your brand’s Instagram profile follows a distinct brand style guide, Repost can help you customize your reposts to adhere to those guidelines. Users can pick from 50+ different text styles and symbol art to create eye-catching captions to capture more attention. 2. Reposta Price: Free For Instagram for iOS or Android. Reposta for Instagram is a straightforward way to repost your favorite photos and videos on Instagram while giving credit to the original poster. When you find something you want to repost in Instagram, simply copy the share URL and open Reposta. Then in Reposta, you can position the attribution mark and send the reposted media back to Instagram. 3. DownloadGram Price: Free DownloadGram lets social media users download high-resolution copies of content to repost from their own accounts on channels like Instagram and Twitter. There’s no app you need to download to repost using this process, instead you can copy and paste the URL to download video, photos, reels or stories to repost via PC. Share Your Favorite Instagram Posts Now that you've learned how to repost on Instagram, you can diversify your profile with content sourced from friends, family, and brands. Use the methods above — being sure to cite the source of the original post — to quickly and easily reshare your favorite content. This article was originally published in November 2020 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.

                    The Ultimate Guide to Instagram for Business [+Data From 500 Marketers]
The Ultimate Guide to Instagram for Business [+Data From 500 Marketers]
More companies than ever are using Instagram for business. Back in 2017, the social platform celebrated having over 25 million businesses. Today, we can bet that number has likely doubled. Instagram has proven a worthwhile investment for marketing purposes. When we surveyed over 1,000 marketers in 2022, they revealed that Instagram is the most effective social media platform, above Facebook, YouTube, and TikTok. But using Instagram for business purposes can seem daunting, particularly if you've only ever used it for personal use. Here, we're going to explore how to promote your business on Instagram. How to Use Instagram for Business What is a business profile? How to Create a Business Profile on Instagram How to Switch to Your Business Profile Top Instagram Promotion Tactics of 2022 [Data] How to Use Instagram for Business Let's delve into the six strategies you'll need to employ to get the most out of Instagram. 1. Add value with your content. First and foremost, Instagram is a visual platform. To attract an audience, it's critical you spend time delivering high-quality, thoughtful content. To succeed on Instagram, it's essential you create valuable content that attracts an audience and encourages them to engage with your business. Consider how you can delight your customers while staying true to your brand. You don't need to just post images of your product to spread brand awareness and increase sales. In fact, in some cases, it's better if you don't. For instance, Hot Pockets sells microwaveable pocket sandwiches. Admittedly, I wasn't much of a fan of Hot Pockets — until I began following their business's Instagram account. There are only so many times you can post a picture of a sandwich. Hot Pockets goes in a different direction. Instead, they appeal to their audience through humor, often posting relevant memes or funny quotes. For instance, in response to @ShallowDivers' claim that Hot Pockets aren't sandwiches, Hot Pockets responded with this: Ultimately, it might take trial and error to find the content that works best for your business. While Hot Pockets relies on humor, other brands like The North Face use impressive adventure images to appeal to their demographic. The point is, brands need to add value to Instagram's community rather than using the platform for advertisements alone. This is critical for your long-term success. Looking for a few more tips on how to use Instagram to positively impact your business? Check out these Instagram hacks in the video below. Put these tips to work, and update your marketing mantra from "content is king" to "valuable content is king." 2. Maintain a consistent theme. Imagine each Instagram post as an individual page of your website. While each post should be good on its own, ideally you'll need to create a cohesive theme to maintain an audience's loyalty. It's important to note, I mean "theme" in the broad sense, as it relates to everything from hashtags and captions to pictures and videos. You'll need to create a consistent tone of voice and a unified feed aesthetic. Ultimately, the more specific and consistent you are with your posts, the more likely you are to attract your most authentic audience. You might think it's better to appeal to more people through various themes, but ultimately, staking your claim in a specific niche will help you create stronger, more genuine connections. For instance, consider MVMT. Their feed is undoubtedly consistent, with similar filters and color palette, and an emphasis on darker, edgier images: Their consistency is equally obvious in their captions, with phrases like "Create a life you can't wait to wake up to," and "Unexplored paths lead to undiscovered stories." In every post, you'll see the same hashtag: #jointhemvmt. Undoubtedly, their followers both expect and prefer this type of content, or they wouldn't have followed them in the first place. To continue delighting customers, it's essential MVMT keeps true to their theme. 3. Engage with your audience. Engaging with your audience helps your followers feel valued and, as a result, more connected to your business. There are plenty of ways to engage with your audience. You might reply to comments on your posts, participate in comment threads, run contests or giveaways, use Instagram Stories polls feature, or give shout-outs to followers on your Stories, particularly if they post something relevant to your brand. Halo Top Creamery does a fantastic job of engaging with their audience. They frequently post cute ice cream pictures with the caption "Ice cream is better with friends. Tag a friend you'd like to eat this with." A simple "tag a friend" caption is an effective strategy for growing your audience since your followers will then tag friends who might not know about you yet. Additionally, Halo Top often does contests and giveaways, like this one: By tagging winners in their posts, Halo Top incentivizes other followers to engage with their brand in the future. Additionally, Halo Top's giveaways demonstrate their genuine commitment to connecting with their audience. 4. Consider influencer marketing. As a consumer, you've likely seen the recent influx of influencer marketers on Instagram — and for good reason. Marketers we surveyed in 2021 said it was the marketing trend that offered the highest ROI, above experiential marketing, SEO, and short-form content. By leveraging the power of an influencer, who is already authentically connected with her audience and seen as a trusted source of information, you're able to spread brand awareness and drive sales. Micro-influencing in particular is a strong opportunity for brand endorsement. You could use your budget and resources to invest in traditional advertising, but it's often easier to create a more targeted, effective marketing campaign through influencer marketing. Ultimately, influencers have already cultivated an engaged, loyal following — by identifying the right influencers for your niche, you're much more likely to find followers who will truly enjoy and support your products or services. 5. Build an ad campaign. There are two reasons you might use Instagram ads: to spread brand awareness or to increase sales. It's critical you focus on one goal when creating an effective ad campaign. An Instagram ad aiming to sell a product will look vastly different from one intending to attract followers. For instance, consider this Greenchef ad that showed up on my Instagram feed. With various images of delicious food and an enticing "$40 OFF" discount, it's likely a high-converting ad. It's very clear what Greenchef's goal is: to get people to buy their product. YouTube, on the other hand, invested in Instagram ads for an entirely different reason. Their advertisements, featuring well-known singers like Camila Cabello, entice followers to simply follow YouTube Music's Instagram channel (and, ideally, YouTube's music channel itself). To implement an effective campaign, it's essential you decide what you're hoping to achieve before you begin creating it. Once you've chosen a goal, you'll want to create the ad creative. Similar to what we discussed in strategy one, you'll need to create high-value visual content if you want your ad to be successful. Take a look at other ads on Instagram and consider how you might emulate them. Additionally, A/B test multiple variations of the same ad (changing the copy, image, or targeted audience for each version), to figure out what works best for your business. When you're ready to create your ad, you'll need to use Facebook Ads Manager. Among other things, Ads Manager lets you narrow in on your target audience (including location, age, and various interests of your ideal demographic), choose your ad objective, and analyze ad performance. 6. Utilize shoppable posts. If you’re using Instagram for business, then, Shoppable Posts is one feature you’ll want to know well. It allows you to create posts and tag your products and/services to create a seamless shopping experience directly on the platform. It creates less friction for your followers, increasing the odds of turning them into customers. Before you begin executing these strategies, you’ll need one thing: an Instagram Business Profile. What is a business profile on Instagram?An Instagram business profile is a special account that Instagram offers to brands and organizations. With a business profile, you get access to additional features, such as Instagram Insights and the ability to run ads. A business profile legitimizes your Instagram account and enables you to add critical information like your company's business hours, location, and phone number. Pros and Cons of an Instagram Business Profile “Whoa, whoa, whoa,” you might be thinking. “I don’t know how I feel about committing to all that.” Here are some helpful pros and cons so you can determine if a business profile is right for you before jumping in: Pros Access to metrics on how your posts and stories perform. Ability to track how your followers engage with your content. Access to features necessary to run ad campaigns. Gain feature for adding URLs to Stories so you can send warm traffic to your site. Cons Being labeled as a business. May experience less organic reach and visibility. Must also have a Facebook account to access ad features. For most brands, the benefits of a business profile outweigh the cons due to the additional features and analytics. However, it’s important to consider your goals before taking action. How to Create a Business Instagram Profile In order to create a business profile on Instagram, you must first create a personal Instagram account and then switch it to a business profile. If you already have an Instagram account, skip to the next section for instructions on making the switch. If you don’t already have an Instagram account, there are two ways to get one: From the computer From a mobile device (IOS and Android) For detailed steps, check out our comprehensive article on how to create a business account on Instagram. How to Switch to Your Business Profile When you have an Instagram set up, follow these easy steps when you’re ready to make the switch: 1. Go to your profile on the mobile app. 2. Click the hamburger menu (three stacked horizontal bars) in the top right corner. 3. Click the "Settings" gear at the bottom of the menu. 4. Select Account. 5. Choose Linked Accounts. 6. Choose Facebook and follow the prompts to connect your business's Facebook page. If you do not have a Facebook Business Page, you will need to create one before completing this step. If your Facebook page is already linked, move on to the next step. 7. Once complete, return to the Settings menu. 8. Select Account. 9. Choose the new option "Switch to Professional Account." 10. Follow the prompts to add any additional details. 11. Select Done.You’re now ready to begin implementing your social media strategy on Instagram. From here, you’ll want to determine the audience you want to target, the aesthetic and tone you want to convey, and the content you want to create. Top Instagram Promotion Tactics of 2022 [Data] Audience Interaction On Instagram, the number one strategy marketers plan to leverage for the first time in 2022 is audience interaction. One of the most effective ways to do this is through IG Live. According to marketers surveyed, it offers the highest return on investment, out of all of Instagram’s features and tools. That’s why 22% of respondents are investing more in IG Live than any other format on the platform. Interacting with your audience offers so much more than just engagement. It helps build a sense of community with your followers and allows you to get to know them better. Content Engagement While audience interaction takes the #1 spot as the newest strategy, content engagement wins for the overall strategy marketers will invest the most in. On social media, engagement signals that your content is resonating with your audience. Whether it’s on an in-feed post, a Story, or a live stream, engagement can be a great indicator of your page’s health. In fact, 17% plan to invest more in it than any other strategy while 43% plan to use it for the first time this year. Wondering how to make your content more engaging? Try the funny route. Our research shows that funny content is most effective for audience growth, reach, and engagement. This adds up because funny content tends to be relatable, and that’s usually what gets someone to stop scrolling and pay attention. The format can also play a role in engagement, with most marketers posting more video than anything else on the platform. Eighty-two percent of marketers surveyed post video content on the platform and the content formats they use most are video-based. Stories is another tool that can be highly effective for marketers. In fact, those who leverage it are 23% more likely to say their 2021 IG strategy was effective. Product advertising With Instagram constantly expanding its shopping tools, it’s no surprise that a top goal for marketers is advertising their products and/or services. Our research suggests that the use of content centered around products and services will increase in 2022. For 39% of marketers, it will be their first time leveraging this type of content on the platform. Those who did prioritize this content in 2021 say that it offered the second-highest ROI of any content type on the platform. When it comes to IG shopping tools, 79% of marketers surveyed say they’ve used them, and 22% plan to invest in this feature the most. Whatever your goal is, whether it's increasing brand awareness or generating more revenue, using Instagram for business gets you one step closer to achieving it. While not all of Instagram's tools will offer a high ROI, they are all worth trying to see what works best for your audience. Editor's Note: This post was originally published in May 2020 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.

                    What to Post on Instagram: 18 Photo & Video Ideas to Spark Inspiration
What to Post on Instagram: 18 Photo & Video Ideas to Spark Inspiration
Instagram isn't just a go-to social network for individuals anymore. Many marketers have caught wind that it's a powerful social network where they need to have some sort of presence.Access Now: 22 Free Business Instagram Templates The platform's heavy emphasis on visual content like photos, videos, illustrations, and GIFs is becoming a critical way for brands to communicate their story and message. Plus, it's an excellent way for businesses to humanize their brand, recruit future employees, showcase their products and content, and delight and engage customers. Check out these 18 ideas for videos, photos, and other content you can post on Instagram. (And for more inspiration, check out our list of the best brands to follow on Instagram.) Things to post on InstagramBehind-the-Scenes ContentUser-generated ContentInspirational or Motivational QuotesInteresting StatisticsTimely or Current Events PostsHumorous Images or VideosCompelling Drawings or GraphicsContent PromotionsProduct PromotionsCompelling Videos, Reels, and StoriesHyperlapse VideosFun, Lighthearted GIFsContests and GiveawaysMosaicsAsks to Tag A FriendReposts From Your EmployeesCross-promotion of Another Social Media AccountWe’re Hiring. 18 Content Ideas for Videos, GIFs Photos to Post on Instagram 1. Behind-the-Scenes Content Instagram is a great platform for humanizing your brand, and giving your audience a sneak peek at what goes on behind the scenes is one way to do that. It's also a good way to show followers what it's like to work there, which is great for your recruiting efforts. Here's an example from the Boston Red Sox, showing what batting practice looks like close-up (with a really cool, fish-eye shot). And here's one from a small arts and crafts store called Cherry Tree Beads. We love how this one uses the hashtag #employeetakeover to share one of the faces behind the brand, giving followers the chance to get to know who's on the inside. Pro Tip: Posting candid photos of your work environment can help humanize your business and allow your customers to connect with your employees, which can translate into stronger brand loyalty. 2. User-generated Content Some of the best photos on brands' Instagram accounts are curated by fans and followers. (In fact, FedEx 's Instagram feed is almost entirely made up of curated photos.) Check out the posts people have tagged you in, and if you love them, consider reposting them to your followers. Not only does it make the original poster feel good, but it also shows everyone that you're listening to your fans. Just be sure the photos you're reposting are high-quality and that you @-mention the original poster in your caption. Here's a reposted image from ASOS. Take note of how they write the caption: They write an entirely new caption, which includes a tidbit on how their followers can get featured on their Instagram page (by using the hashtag #AsSeenOnMe). Then, they credit the original poster using the camera emoji and the poster's username. To repost a photo on Instagram, you can simply screenshot and crop it. You can also repost a photo to your Instagram story by tapping the share icon below the post you want to repost and tapping “Add video to your story.” 3. Inspirational or Motivational Quotes Some people poke fun at the number of quotes on Instagram. But if you post them sparingly, they tend to encourage your followers. If the post speaks to your audience, people love to share it and tag their friends in the comments. Quotes are also a great opportunity to share what your brand stands for, whether it's spiritual, inspiring, funny, or something else. To create a quote image, you'll want to download an app that lets you upload a photo and overlay it with text. Here are some good ones: Canva: A free app that you can use to create graphics with text overlays to share on social media. Phonto: A free app that you can use to overlay text on photos with text resizing, alignment, and positioning tools. Snapseed: A free app with professional photo editing tools that pairs fonts with different photo filters. You can also create a quote post through your Instagram story. To create a quote post on your Instagram story, simply upload an image from your gallery to use as a background and add a text overlay of the quote. Here are a few examples of quotes done well, starting with this one from TheSkimm. The key to this post's success is that it's hilarious to their specific audience — which shows that the quote doesn't have to be fancy to delight people. Here's a more beautifully designed quote from activewear brand Lorna Jane, which carries an empowering message from their founder: Pro Tip: Want to play around with words and images? WordFoto is a $2 app that lets you turn your pictures into images made of words instead of just adding words on top of photos. 4. Interesting Statistics Another cool way to overlay text on an image is by posting a statistic that resonates with your audience. Try using statistics from your own research or finding some relevant to your message, your value proposition, and so on. (Read this blog post to learn how and where to find accurate, compelling data.) Here's an example from the meditation app Headspace, with a simple text box overlaying a colored, nondescript background. 5. Timely or Current Events Posts Is something cool happening in the world or the country where your target market lives? A specific holiday? National Puppy Day? Get in on the action by posting something delightful. Remember to use good judgment when newsjacking — the last thing you want to do is publish inaccurate information or offend anyone. What are some examples of delightful, timely posts? Here's one from a Mediterranean restaurant called Cava Mezze Grill to celebrate Halloween. And here's a fun example from Starbucks for National Croissant Day. Pro Tip: Set up Google Alerts to get notified of breaking news related to your business’s industry. News stories are a great source of inspiration for timely social media posts. 6. Humorous Images or Videos If you can make your followers laugh, they'll likely enjoy your photo — and may even share it with others. After all, sometimes the most memorable photos are the ones that make us laugh. Try posting photos and images you think will make your audience laugh like Oreo did with this fake text message conversation with "Milk." Here's another example from BuzzFeed Parents, which shows how simple a super shareable post can be. And in this one from Pabst Blue Ribbon. All they did was put an empty case of Pabst beer on a dog’s head, and it worked like a charm. 7. Compelling Drawings or Graphics Have any artists on your team? One way to stand out in a sea of images is to post a cool, compelling illustration. They don't even have to be super fancy — check out this simple, black-and-white example from Oreo: Here's a more complex one from Pabst Blue Ribbon: 8. Content Promotions Beautiful images are critical to your Instagram marketing strategy because they tell a story and draw people in. Colored visuals increase people's willingness to read a piece of content by a whopping 80%. So if you're creating a piece of compelling written content like a recipe, a report, or a blog post, why not use a visual platform like Instagram to promote it? Simply pair an interesting and relevant image with a caption that promotes the content, and then ask people to follow the link in your bio or post description. (Again, be sure to make that link trackable.) Here's an example from Staples that promotes their hard-copy planners for National Planner Day: And here's an example from Nature's Path Organic, which shows off the finished product of a recipe that's linked in their bio: 9. Product Promotions Instagram isn't the place to publish product-centric posts every day — but that doesn't mean you can't use it to showcase products every once in a while. We suggest using the 80/20 rule on social media: 80% of the content you post to social media should be helpful and valuable to your audience, and 20% can be self-promotional. Making promotional content that’s fun, compelling, and lovable is even more important when posting on Instagram. To highlight a specific product, post a picture or video about it, and then tell people where they can find the product using the product names and codes or a trackable link in your bio. Here's an example from the online clothing company ASOS. (Check out how casual and cool the caption is.) Here's another one from Frank Body, which uses an image and some humor in the caption to pique followers' interest in the product without being overly promotional. Pro Tip: When you post is almost as important as what you post. We suggest posting to Instagram on Saturdays in the mid-to-late afternoon. 10. Compelling Videos, Reels, and Stories Instagram users can record and upload videos up to 60 seconds long, reels of multiple video clips that are each up to 15 seconds long, and stories composed of images and short videos that disappear after 24 hours. When executed well, videos, stories, and reels are a great way for your Instagram content to stand out. You can record a video from scratch (including recording multiple video clips) or upload videos to your feed, stories, or reels from your phone's library the same way you'd upload a photo. Pro Tip: By default, every Instagram video will start playing without sound — after which viewers can choose whether or not to turn the sound on. Because of this, you'll need to upload videos that don't need sound to be well understood or entice people to turn the sound in the first second or two. Here's a great video from Purina that delights viewers with some cute puppy love. 11. Hyperlapse Videos Want to use video to stand out from the crowd while also solving for your followers' short attention spans? Try creating a Hyperlapse video. Hyperlapse is a free app by Instagram that condenses videos into brief, moving, hyper-speed videos. The videos use built-in stabilization technology to film these time-lapse videos without keeping your hands still. (Want to make your own? Here are step-by-step instructions.) Here's one of our favorite examples, which comes from Starbucks. 12. Fun, Lighthearted GIFs GIFs are everywhere nowadays, and people love them because they help accurately convey ideas, messages, thoughts, and feelings in a snackable (and often laughable) way. On Instagram, you can upload a GIF just like a video (as long as it's less than 60 seconds long). Check out the examples of GIFs on Instagram below for some inspiration. (Click here for instructions for creating your own animated GIF using Photoshop.) Here's an example from Staples. And one from Starbucks. 13. Contests and Giveaways Are you trying to support the launch of a new product? Contests are one of the best ways to expand your reach and engage your community on Instagram. A study by Tailwind found that hosting an Instagram contest or giveaway can help you grow your followers 70% faster over three months than not holding a contest. Instagram doesn't make capturing leads and information from your followers easy, but a contest or giveaway is one way to do it. Just be sure to call your followers to take action by using the space in your caption to explain the contest and even guide them to a link in your bio. Pro Tip: Make the link trackable so you can see how much traffic your Instagram post is driving. Learn how to add a trackable link to your Instagram bio by reading #6 in this blog post. There are many, many different types of contests you can post on Instagram. Here are a few ideas, starting with the one below from Social Print Studio. Their call-to-action asks for comments on the post, from which they'll choose winners. Here's one from Root Well Being Studio asking people to enter a contest by liking the post and following their account. Participants can earn an extra entry by sharing the post to their Instagram story and tagging Root Well Being Studio. 14. Mosaics Not many brands use this tactic, but it’s a really cool, unique user experience. It's also a clever way to get users to visit your business' account page. Most of your followers won't look at your Instagram photos from your account page, as they'll typically look at them in their Instagram feed. When you start scrolling through the images below from MyStory Wiesbaden in your feed, it may take you a second to figure out what’s happening. MyStory Wiesbaden posted snippets of a tattoo, which is a cool teaser that entices you to go to their main account page, where you can see the full picture. 15. Asks to "Tag A Friend." While you can tag friends on Facebook and Twitter posts, it happens most regularly on Instagram. There's a culture around tagging your friends if you see a post that resonates with you or reminds you of someone. This helps you both increase engagement and broaden your reach. If you want to encourage your followers to share the post with others, sometimes all you've got to do is ask. In the caption, include a call-to-action asking people to tag their friends and give them a prompt to do so. For example, the post below from Rent the Runway asks followers to "Tag your future RTR BFF!" Our post below from LIKE.TG asked followers to tag their office coffee buddy. In this cute video from Headspace, they asked followers to tag someone they love to help celebrate Valentine's Day. Similar to asking your followers to tag a friend, you can ask them to "double-tap," which is how your followers can like your photo or video. The standard language for a request like this is: "Double-tap if..." In the example below from The Parentologist, she asks followers to double-tap if they’re looking for a last-minute gift for a parent, which is a fun way to engage her fans. 16. Reposts From Your Employees Reposting your employees is an awesome way to showcase what happens behind the scenes at your company, while really helping your followers "bond" with the people who work there. For example, the people behind the Boston Red Sox's Fenway Park account often repost photos and videos from their grounds crew. New Look has a really cool approach: They repost Instagram content from their employees, who function as brand lifestyle ambassadors with accounts specifically associated with New Look. Their deputy manager @newlook_georgia and their dress designer @newlook_emilie are a couple of New Look’s employees who act as brand ambassadors. While the main New Look account posts mostly their own content, they often repost from their employees, like in the image below. 17. Cross-promotion of Another Social Media Account Cross-promotion of other social media accounts on Instagram is a great way to let your Instagram followers know where else on social media they can find you. That way, you can get your Instagram followers to become your followers on Facebook, Twitter, and so on. 18. "We're Hiring." Finally, let your followers know you're hiring every once in a while by posting a simple call-to-action on your Instagram page, including a trackable link to your jobs page in your bio. Here's an example of a "we're hiring" post from Arey’s Pond Boat Yard: Post Like A Pro Now that we've gone over some tips to get your creativity flowing, it's time to create a post of your own. Use these content ideas for Instagram to increase brand awareness and connect with your community in new ways. Editor's note: This article was originally published in October 2019 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.

                    How to Build Your Brand With Instagram: 11 Tried-and-True Strategies
How to Build Your Brand With Instagram: 11 Tried-and-True Strategies
Instagram has demonstrated tremendous growth, with its community reaching over 2 billion monthly users in 2021. Despite its impressive reach, many business owners are still overlooking its marketing potential. As a result, they're leaving high levels of engagement, brand awareness, and even profit on the table. But why? In just 12 months, we used Instagram to gain 400,000 followers for Foundr -- which translated to over 70,000 email subscribers. At the end of that period, we were averaging 30,000 call-to-action clicks per month from Instagram, and converting 30% of the users who landed on our website from our Instagram page into email subscribers. We've seen it work, now it's time for you to get in on the action. In this article, we’ll show you how to build your brand with Instagram. (If you're looking for more marketing tools and resources for your new business, check out our comprehensive guide on how to start a business.) How to Build A Brand on InstagramBuild an Instagram strategy.Experiment with the platform's features. Jump on trends.Invest in high-quality creative assets.Leverage strategic partnerships. Foster a community of highly engaged followers.Post regularly. Review your data and optimize your approach. Share your profile on other channels. Convert your followers into subscribers.Optimize your bio. 1. Build an Instagram strategy. We listed this as the first step because it is the most crucial step in building a brand on Instagram. If you lack a clear strategy, you’ll end up with low-performing content and a scattered feed as you struggle to brainstorm new ideas. To build your Instagram strategy, you’ll need to do four things: Determine your goals. Narrow down your target audience. Research your competition. Develop your content plan. 2. Experiment with the platform’s features. Instagram is constantly evolving. In fact, every week, the Head of Instagram shares a video discussing new features and product updates on the platform. In one of his latest videos, he announced that they were testing a subscription feature that would allow people to subscribe to their favorite creators and get access to exclusive Lives and Stories. In addition to all the new features the social platform tests, there are a lot of established tools, such as Live Rooms, shoppable posts, scheduled Lives, and hashtags – just to name a few. Our advice is to choose one to two features to test out every month. This will prevent you from getting overwhelmed and allow you to measure the impact of each feature. For instance, hashtags can help you reach users who don’t follow you but could be interested in your products and services. Don’t know how many to use? Data from our latest Instagram Engagement Report suggests brands should only use one hashtag per post. Another reason to test Instagram features is that it can help you reach more users. The platform has admitted to prioritizing accounts that use features the brand wants to highlight, such as Reels. It’s a win all around: You stay ahead of the curve, discover which features work for you, and you can expand your reach in the process. 3. Jump on trends. On social media, all it takes is one person’s video or sound to go viral for the rest of the world to join in with their own version. Most of these trends are fun and harmless with a lifespan of about three weeks or less. Why should you join in? Well, it’s an opportunity to connect with your audience in a creative and fun way. If you jump in as the trend is rising, it can also give you a quick boost in engagement and reach. When considering joining any trend, there are two things you want to ask: How can I bring this back to my business and/or industry to make it relatable to my audience? What is the origin of this trend and could it go against our company values? 4. Invest in high-quality creative assets. A great Instagram post can be boiled down to a formula and requires two elements: beautiful imagery and engaging text. Beautiful Imagery Choose images that tell a story or elicit emotion. This image we shared is not only compelling and interesting, but it also elicits emotion and therefore drives engagement from our followers. What this will look like for your business will depend on your industry, but think outside of posting images of your own products and services. Posting about yourself repeatedly on social media is like being that person at a party who talks constantly about themselves. Also, beware of copyright issues. If the image is not your own, request permission to use it or source non-attribution-required photos. (Check out this awesome list of royalty-free stock photos here.) Engaging Copy While you don’t have to add text to your Instagram posts, doing so packs a punch that just an image won’t provide. Think of your caption as an additional way to reel in your followers and keep them engaged. It’s a place to add context, share more information, ask a question, and invite comments. 5. Leverage strategic partnerships. One of the biggest frustrations for most marketers delving into Instagram is that they don’t know how to build a following. After all, without a large number of followers, how can it possibly be an effective marketing channel? There’s one tactic in particular that we used to quickly grow our Instagram following to 10,000 in just a couple of weeks: partnering with other Instagram accounts. Are we talking about co-marketing or influencer marketing? Both because they lead to the same result: Expanding your reach. In addition, both require you to: Conduct research to see if their audience aligns with yours. Review your business goals and determine the KPIs for the partnership. Collaborate on a content strategy. For example. LIKE.TG recently teamed up with @ntwrk to celebrate Women’s History Month and promote the Grow Better mission. Now that Instagram allows the same post to be shared by two profiles, brands can co-market easily on the platform. Followers from both accounts will view the post, increasing each one’s reach and engagement. 6. Foster a community of highly engaged followers. Engagement on Instagram comes in many forms, including followers sharing your content, liking and commenting, tagging their friends, and clicking on your calls to action. In this section, we'll go over some of our tactics for fostering a community. Post When Your Followers Will Actually See Your Content Have you ever posted something to social media that you think will do really well, only to be met with crickets? Low likes, low shares, and the only comments you landed were from spambots. While it's easy to assume you miscalculated the potential of the post, it could just be that you posted the update at the wrong time. The easiest way to know when your followers will be active on the app is to head over to your insights dashboard. If you have a business account (you should), you can learn valuable insights about your audience’s demographics and behavior on the app, including location, age, gender, and activity. From there, you can schedule your posts based on your audience’s most active days and times. Invite the Engagement A lot of brands will start Instagram accounts and become frustrated when people aren't engaging with their content. It seems so obvious and simple, but sometimes actually asking for your audience to engage makes all the difference. You can either include the action you want your followers to take as part of the image itself, or include it in the caption. Take a look at this example from clothing brand Grass Fields. In their post, they share design images and ask their followers to name their favorites in the comments. Not only do they get real-time feedback on their product, but they also get great engagement on the post. 7. Post regularly. When a user is scrolling on the app, you are competing for their attention along with millions of other brands. Because of this, visibility is key. With so many ways to share content, from Reels to Stories to Lives, there are a lot of opportunities to reach your audience – each demanding a different level of effort and preparation. This is good news for brands, especially small ones. While it’s recommended that you share on the platform every day, you can choose how you share based on your bandwidth and which methods are offering the beinstst ROI. For instance, an in-feed post likely requires more work than a Story since it will live on your profile. With a Story, you can quickly engage your audience through a quick poll, a question, a reshared post knowing that it will disappear after 24 hours. A good rule of thumb: Publish an in-feed post three to four times a week and share on Stories every day. 8. Review your data and optimize your approach. If you’re already following all the tips we’ve outlined above and you’re still struggling to get meaningful traction on the app, the answer could be in your data. Too often, brands get stuck in one approach and don’t review their data to see if it’s actually working. Your Instagram Insights dashboar d offers a wealth of information on how each post performed, including impressions, accounts reached, content interactions, and profile activity. For instance, say you’ve been posting images for the past month, then you post one video and it outperforms 60% of your previous posts. That’s an indication that your audience may respond better to video content. It’s worth experimenting with more videos. If you don’t analyze your performance and look for optimization opportunities, there’s a good chance you’ll reach a plateau with no idea how to get out of it. 9. Share your Instagram profile on other channels. As you work to grow your following on Instagram, you can also drive traffic to your profile externally. One way to entice users to follow your page on that platform is by hosting a giveaway or sharing exclusive content. In addition, don’t be afraid to promote your Instagram on other social platforms. For instance, your website could include a section with your Instagram feed along with a call-to-action to follow your page. You can also include a link to your Instagram profile in your email marketing campaigns. Wherever you have an online presence, be sure to share the link to your profile so that your audience knows where to find you. 10. Convert your followers into subscribers. As you know, email marketing is crucial to a thriving business. Instagram has been an important driver of email subscribers for Foundr, converting around 15,000–30,000 followers into subscribers each month, depending on our promotions. If you’re familiar with Instagram’s limitations, you may be wondering how this is possible. After all, Instagram doesn’t allow links in photo descriptions. That’s where a well-crafted bio comes into play. Many businesses find it difficult to get followers to click the links in their bios because the tendency is to overload bios with ... well, junk. Break that pattern by writing your bio like you'd write a Tweet: short, useful, and packed with intention. Here’s what we’ve chosen as our bio: In your bio, you can include a URL that takes users to a link tree or a direct link to your subscription landing page. Once you’ve put the systems into place, start driving followers to your bio by including calls-to-action in your content. 11. Optimize your bio. When it comes to Instagram, many overlook the bios and focus on having great content. But your bio is a key point of discoverability so it’s essential you give it some love too. Say someone is looking for something specific on the platform, with an optimized bio, you’ll make sure your profile shows up in the search results. This means including a business category, a short description of your brand, and a few keywords related to your brand or industry. How many followers do you need to build a brand on Instagram? The beauty of social media is that there’s no minimum requirement to get started. This means that you don’t need any followers to get started building your brand. In fact, that’s how most brands start. Unless you’re launching a sub-brand or using your personal brand to promote your new brand, you will have to organically grow your followers by using the strategies outlined above. The key to success is consistency. Nothing will work if you do it for a month and give up. By remaining consistent, you increase your chances of reaching your audience and building a community. Best Way to Build a Brand on Instagram Instagram is a social platform with tremendous potential for businesses in almost any industry. All it takes is a robust strategy, high-quality content, and the ability to pivot when needed. It won’t happen overnight, but as long as you stay consistent, you’ll start to see your following grow and your community building. This can have a significant impact on your reach, brand awareness, and ultimately the revenue of your company. Editor's Note: This post was originally published in Dec 2015 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.

                    How to Use Instagram Insights (in 9 Easy Steps)
How to Use Instagram Insights (in 9 Easy Steps)
Instagram Insights shows you engagement analytics that empower you to improve your Instagram for Business strategy. You no longer have to guess about what works for your audience; Instagram Insights will tell you. You’ll therefore be able to get more likes, earn more followers, and grow your profile exponentially. In this post, we’ll go over everything you need to know about Instagram Insights(also known as Instagram Analytics)and how to leverage it to improve your Instagram profile. New Data: Instagram Engagement Report [Free Download] What is Instagram Insights?Instagram Insights is a feature that allows Instagram Business Account users to see analytics related to their profile and posts. From this data, you'll be able to identify what your audience likes and engages with the most to improve your Instagram strategy. Why use Instagram Insights? Instagram Insights allows you to get access to important user engagement data for your business profile. It’s not just enough to know the raw numbers, such as the amount of likes you get for one post. It’s important to understand your audience, too. That’s where Insights comes in. It tells you how they do things, what they prefer, and who they are. You can certainly make business decisions based on gut feeling, but you're much more likely to hit the mark when you can validate assumptions with cold, hard facts. Data and analytics help you measure the impact of your marketing efforts across different channels to see if there's something you need to do differently — like target a different audience, post at a certain time of day, or experiment with a new content format. Social media isn't any different from other aspects of your marketing in the sense that it can be measured and improved upon. That's why you'll be able to create a more effective Instagram strategy using Instagram Insights. To use Instagram Insights, you must first have a business profile. The good news? If you're already using a personal account, you can switch to a business profile right from your phone. Here's how to convert your account in a few simple steps. How to Get Access to Instagram InsightsOpen up your profile on the Instagram app.Access the Settings page.Tap 'Account.'Click 'Switch to Professional Account.'Choose your category and click 'Done.'Optional: Switch to a Business account.Optional: Connect your Facebook page. 1. Open up your profile on the Instagram app. You can convert your Instagram profile to a Business account directly from your Instagram mobile app. First up, open up the app and click on your profile picture on the bottom right-hand corner of your feed. 2. Access the Settings page. Next, it’s time to head to Settings. On your profile, click the hamburger icon on the top-right corner. On the pop-up, click “Settings.” 3. Tap "Account." A list menu will come up. Tap “Account.” 4. Click "Switch to Professional Account”. By switching to a Professional account, you can get access to Insights immediately — even if you’re not a business. 5. Choose your category and click “Done.” Choose the best category that describes you. Once you’re finished, click “Done.” After, go back to your profile. Here’s what it will look like: As you can see, you can immediately access Insights with a Professional account. If you’re a freelancer or content creator, you can stay as is, or you can take the extra step of switching to a Business account. 6. Optional: Switch to a Business account. If you’re a business, organization, or brand, you’ll want to take the additional step of turning your Professional account into a Business account. A Professional account gives you full access to Insights, but is designed for independent digital creators. A Business account is more apt for companies. Note that turning your account into a Professional account always comes before switching to a Business account. To turn your account into a Business account, click the hamburger menu in the top right corner of your profile. Click “Settings,” then “Account.” At the bottom, click “Switch Account Type.” Then click “Switch to Business Account.” Done! You’re now a Business account with access to Insights. 7. Optional: Connect your Facebook page. Lastly, if you have a Facebook Business page, it’s important to connect it to your Instagram Business or Professional account. To do so, go to your profile and click the “Edit Profile” button. Under “Profile Information,” click “Connect Facebook page.” Follow the prompts to connect your Page or create a new one. Be sure to already have a Facebook account prior to connecting your page. Click here for instructions for setting up your Facebook Page if you don't already have one. Once you’ve set up your Professional or Business Account, you can begin to use Instagram Insights. Before we get into specific instructions for using it, however, here are the analytics on this channel that marketers need to know and understand — and how to use them. Instagram Insights Explained Let’s look at Instagram Insights from a bird’s eye view and zoom in piece-by-piece. Insights Overview Insights Overview is the “home page” of Instagram Insights. Here, you’ll see how you’ve fared overall. You get several pieces of information on this page: Date Range: This represents the days and weeks of data on the screen. You can change the amount of time by clicking “Last 7 days” on the top left-hand corner. Information: If you’re ever lost or don’t know what something means, you can click on the “i” button on the top right-hand corner and get definitions for the terms on the screen. Accounts Reached: Accounts Reached refers to the number of unique users who have seen your content — posts, stories, reels, videos, Live videos, and promoted ads — at least once. Accounts Engaged: Accounts Engaged refers to the amount of users whom 1) you’ve reached and 2) interacted with your content in some way. Interactions can include likes, saves, comments, shares, and replies. Total Followers: Total Followers refers to the number of people who follow you. Content You Shared: This section gives you the overall number of posts, Stories, reels, videos, Live videos, and promotions that you’ve shared. Now, let’s go into “Accounts Reached,” “Accounts Engaged,” and “Total Followers” in more detail. Accounts Reached In Accounts Reached, you’ll see more specific information about the users who have seen your content and interacted with your profile in some way or form. Lets’ break down the different pieces of information you’ll find in this page. Reached Audience: The reached audience section shows you how many unique users have come across your content. Your reached audience will be broken down by follower status, gender, age, countries, and cities. You can also see the amount of people you’ve reached via ads and promotions. Content Reach: The content reach section allows you to see which types of posts have reached the greater amount of people. You’ll first see a graph with the number of people who’ve seen your posts, stories, reels, IGTV videos, and Live videos. Underneath, you’ll see your individual top-performing posts based on reach. Impressions: Impressions refers to the number of times all of your posts have been viewed — including repeat views by the same users. Profile Activity: Profile activity breaks down the actions users take after visiting your profile. You can see the number of website taps, business address taps, call button taps, email button taps, and text button taps. For these metrics to show up, however, you have to have set up those buttons. Accounts Engaged Accounts engaged refers to the number of users who interacted with your content beyond just watching it or scrolling past it. Let’s break down the sections on this page. Engaged Audience: The engaged audience section shows you how many unique users have liked, commented, saved, shared, or replied to your content. Your engaged audience will be broken down by follower status, gender, age, countries, and cities. Content Interactions: The content interactions section shows you the total number of times people have liked, commented, saved, shared, or replied to your content. It then breaks down this number on a per-post basis. You’ll also see your top-performing posts per category. Total Followers The total followers page of Instagram Insights allows you to see the total number of users who follow you. You can also see follows, unfollows, top locations, age ranges, and genders. Under total followers and its demographic breakdown, you’ll then see one more section: most active times. Most Active Times: The most active times section shows you the hours and days that your followers are most often on Instagram. This allows you to determine the best times to post so you can engage the greatest amount of followers. How to See Post Insights on InstagramTo see post insights on Instagram, navigate to your Instagram profile and click the button that says “Insights” right above your posts. Alternatively, click the hamburger menu on the top right-hand corner and tap Insights. There, you’ll be able to see Insights for all of your posts, reels, live videos, and more. Next, let’s go over how you can see insights for individual posts on Instagram. How to See Insights for an Individual Post Navigate to your profile. Navigate to the individual post you’d like to see insights for. At the bottom of the post, there will be a banner. Tap View Insights. You can now see how many likes, comments, shares, and saves your post received. How to See Insights for a Reel Navigate to your profile. Navigate to the individual reel you’d like to see insights for. At the bottom of the reel, there will be a banner. Tap View Insights. You can now see how many plays, likes, comments, shares, and saves your reel received. How to See Insights for a Story If your Story is currently live on your profile: Navigate to your profile. Click on your profile picture. Scroll up on the story. You’ll immediately access insights for that Story, including replies, exits, link clicks, forwards, and more. If your Story has already expired or more than 24 hours have passed: Navigate to your profile. Tap the Insights action button at the top of your post grid. Under Content You Shared, tap the row of Stories you’ve shared in the past. Swipe up on the individual story you’d like to see insights for. How to See Insights for a Live Video If you’ve just finished your Live video: Tap View Insights immediately after finishing your video. You’ll now be able to see the number of viewers, likes, drop-offs, comments, and other interactions. If you broadcasted your Live video in the past: Navigate to your profile. Tap the Insights action button at the top of your post grid. Under Content You Shared, tap the row of Live videos you’ve shared in the past. Click on the old Live video you’d like to see insights for. How to See Insights for a Video Navigate to your profile. Click the Play triangle button (▶) right above your post grid. Tap the video you’d like to see insights for. Tap the horizontal (⋯) or vertical (⋮) three dots on the corner of the video. Tap View Insights in the pop-up menu. Next, we'll get into how to use Instagram Insights in your day-to-day. How to Use Instagram Insights Instagram Insights is a fantastic tool, but it can be hard to know what to do once you gain access. Here are some of the most useful ways you can use Insights as you grow your Instagram profile. 1. Measure reach. Click the Accounts Reached section. As mentioned, reach reflects the number of unique users that have seen any of your Instagram posts. Within this category, you'll see insights for: Top Posts: The posts that generated the most reach. Top Stories: The Instagram Stories posts that generated the most reach. Top IGTV Videos: The IGTV videos that generated the most reach. Impressions: How many times your posts were seen. Profile Activity: Profile visits, website taps, and other activity. Some of these insights can be expanded for more insights. 2. Track profile visits and followers. On the Accounts Reached page under Account Activity, you'll be able to see Profile Visits. Profile Visits reflects the number of times your profile has been viewed. Find out how many of your profile visitors are turning into followers by dividing your number followers by the number of visitors. Track this number over time to find out whether your “conversion rate” is increasing or decreasing. 3. Determine website clicks. Website Taps can also be found under Accounts Reached > Profile Activity. This insight reflects the number of times any links you've included in your business profile have been clicked. 5. Track content interactions. Navigate back to Insights Overview and tap Accounts Engaged. This will bring up a page that shows how your content is performing in terms of engagement, breaking down the metrics by content type. Likes speaks for itself, reflecting the number of users who liked your post. As with likes, Comments reflects the number of comments left on your post. Saves highlights the number of unique users or accounts who saved your post. If any of these numbers are low, it’s important to reevaluate your Instagram strategy. 6. Track your followers. Navigate back to Insights Overview and click Total Followers. You'll then reach the Follower Breakdown page. This page reflects how many followers you've gained or lost over the past week, as well as the average times of day when your followers are using Instagram — data that can be highly beneficial when planning posts. 7. Learn which actions were taken on your post. To view insights for a specific Instagram post, start by visiting your profile. Tap on the post you'd like to look into, then click View Insights below the image Under the “Profile Activity” section, you’ll find out the number of actions that users took on your profile as a result of seeing your post — things like visiting your profile, then taking an action like clicking on your website link or following you. 8. Use "Reach" to see where your post showed up in feeds. Previously named “Discovery,” Reach indicates where your post was seen — or discovered — the most, including how many accounts weren't already following you when they first saw the post. This section includes metrics on Impressions, which reflect the number of times your post was discovered from a particular place within Instagram, like the user's home feed, a search, your profile, a location tag, or a hashtag. Reach insights also include data on a post's reach — which reflects the number of unique accounts that saw your post. 9. View Story insights. Instagram users with a business profile are able to view insights into their ephemeral Stories. To view your Story insights, navigate back to Insights and scroll down to Content You Shared section on the Insights Overview page. Scroll down to the Stories section, and you'll be able to see insights for older stories, as well as any that have not yet expired. Next, we'll get into the more specific insights you can explore. Impressions This insight represents how many times your Story was seen. When viewing these insights, keep in mind that you're able to add multiple images or videos to your Story. When you do this, every piece of visual content in your Story is counted as a single photo or video in your post. Let's say you add six photos to your Story. Whether someone only views one or views all six, Instagram only counts your entire Story having received one impression. The same goes for Story content that has been viewed by a single user more than once. Instagram still only counts that interaction as the entire Story having received one impression. Reach This insight reflects the number of unique users that have seen your Story. Taps Forward This insight reflects the number of times a user taps your Story photo or video to skip to the next piece of media. Taps Back This insight reflects the number of times a user taps your Story photo or video to go back to the previous piece of media. Replies This insight reflects the number of times users send messages through the Send Message text box on your Story. Swipe Aways This insight reflects the number of times users swipe to skip to the next account’s Story — not to be mistaken for "tap forward," which reflects users skipping ahead to your next piece of Story media. Exits This insight reflects the number of times a user leaves the Stories section entirely to return to the home feed. Measuring Your Effectiveness With Instagram Insights Now that you know how to access data to inform your strategy with Instagram Insights, you can analyze that data and determine what's working for your audience (and what's not). From there, creating content that gets a ton of engagement will be a lot easier as you consider those benchmarks. Editor's Note: This post was originally published in January 2018 but has been updated for comprehensiveness.

                    How Does the Instagram Algorithm Work? [+Changes Brands Should Know in 2021]
How Does the Instagram Algorithm Work? [+Changes Brands Should Know in 2021]
Instagram has been around for 11 years. While the app was initially meant for still images, content creators and everyday users can now share photos and videos in various forms, like Story posts, Instagram Reels, and longer-form videos on IGTV. Although there are many content types to post on the app, simply leveraging one of the options isn’t enough to find marketing success on the platform. This is because, no matter how high-quality the content you share, the Instagram algorithm determines what succeeds on the app and what doesn’t. While Instagram doesn’t disclose all the factors that the algorithm uses to assess content, they have released general information about what the algorithm looks for. In this post, we’ll explain everything you need to know about the algorithm to succeed on the app, from the factors that play into it and tips and tricks to use to make sure your content doesn’t go unnoticed. What is the Instagram algorithm?The Instagram algorithm studies user behavior on the app and uses your previous activity to decide what content you see on your feed and explore page and how others on the platform see your content. Essentially, the algorithm controls your organic reach. As a business, unless you’re entirely reliant on paid ads, it’s essential to understand how the algorithm works and what you need to do to ensure that it favors your content and shows your posts to your target audience. Below we’ll explain how the Instagram algorithm works and the factors it assesses when surfacing your content in news feeds. How does the Instagram algorithm work? If you’re a frequent Instagram user, you may have heard people say something like “Bring back reverse chronological order!” when talking about the algorithm. What they’re referring to is when Instagram showed the most recent posts at the top of someone's feed and older ones at the bottom. It was great for creators and Instagram users because, at some point, your post would be at the top of all of your followers' feeds, so they would be guaranteed to see it. However, in March 2016, the algorithm changed. Instagram said, “People miss, on average, 70 percent of their feeds. As Instagram has grown, it has become harder to keep up with all the photos and videos people share. This means you often don’t see the posts you might care about the most.” It’s no longer a question of when you post, but a variety of factors that we’ll discuss below: relationship, timing, frequency, following, usage, interest. Instagram Algorithm Factors Relationship Perceived relationships are the most important ranking factor. The algorithm prioritizes sharing content with you based on the relationships you have with the accounts you follow. The more you comment, like, and interact with an account on Instagram, the more likely you will see their content, and see it often. The algorithm also notes people you direct message, accounts you search for, and photos you’re tagged in. The relationship factor applies to brands as well. If a consumer regularly likes your content and interacts with it, repeat engagement will make your posts shown to them more often and closer to the top of their feed. This means that it’s essential for you to inspire engagement in your content, which we’ll discuss further below. Timing Although feeds aren’t chronological, the algorithm still wants users to see the most recent and relevant posts, especially from accounts that you have a stronger, established relationship with. Timing just means that you’re not as likely to see a post from three weeks ago as you were before 2016. You can leverage this factor to your advantage by using your profile analytics to discover the best time to post on Instagram, helping you meet your followers when they’re most active on the app and more likely to engage. Frequency Frequency refers to how often a user opens the Instagram app. Frequent users will see a more chronological feed, but those who seldom open the app will see posts most relevant to their interests and relationships since last opening the app. Following Following many people means that the algorithm has more content to choose from when surfacing posts in a feed. When this happens, they prioritize relationships, engagement, and perceived interests. Again, this factor emphasizes the importance of generating a relationship with your audience, encouraging engagement, and posting at the right times. Usage The usage factor is similar to frequency, as it relates to how much time is spent on the app. Those who do quick browsing sessions will see what the algorithm determines to be the day’s highlights based on the factors mentioned above, while those who spend more time on the app will see a more significant number of posts. Frequent browsers may even run out of content to see, at which point the algorithm will suggest new posts and accounts based on your interactions and engagement history. Interest Instagram makes many content recommendations, so a portion of the content users see is based on the app's understanding of their interest in specific topics. If it detects that you always like, comment, and interact with posts around similar topics, you’ll see those posts first. Users who engage with content similar to what you post are also more likely to be shown your posts, and vice versa. While not a direct factor that Instagram has noted as an algorithm factor in 2016, engagement does play a significant role in the algorithms process. How Instagram's Algorithm Uses Engagement In addition to all of the above factors, engagement plays a significant role in how the Instagram algorithm prioritizes and surfaces content to users. The most important engagement metrics are comments, likes, shares, and video views. Here is a breakdown of how engagement factors into the algorithm: 1. When you first post a photo, it’s shown to a small percentage of your audience. 2. Instagram measures how quickly that photo is interacted with, i.e., comments and likes. 3. Instagram compares the engagement that your post gets to other content you’ve shared at similar times and days. For example, is your post from today at 10 am getting more or less traffic than your post from last Monday at 10 am? The app compares to similar times to ensure accuracy when evaluating your engagement metrics, especially since certain times bring better results. 4. If your photo attracts a lot of engagement, Instagram will show it to a higher percentage of your audience and maybe even share it on explore pages. 5. If your post continues to attract engagement, your photo will stay at the top of your audience’s news feeds and reach more people. If it doesn’t attract a lot of initial attention, less of your audience will see your post. Instagram Algorithm Update 2021 The 2016 algorithm update was almost a complete overhaul to how the algorithm works, so it is the most notable, publicized, and confirmed by Instagram. Unfortunately, since then, Instagram doesn’t always make it public when they’ve changed the algorithm. So, if you notice changes to your engagement and reach, it is most likely not the result of an algorithm change but most likely due to the app's growth. There are so many accounts on the platform, and as people follow more and more users, competition on the app grows. It becomes more difficult to quickly generate a significant amount of engagement, which in turn impacts how, where, and when your posts are shown in your audience's feed. This is one of the many reasons why it’s important to monitor your Instagram analytics. Instagram Algorithm Recent Changes That being said, the most recent update to the algorithm as of 2021 is the removal of like counts on people's photos. The update hasn't yet been made available to all Instagram users, but it would effectively remove a total like count from a user's photo and instead display only the usernames of people that have liked the post. Users who post a photo still have the option to see the number of likes a photo has received, though. Instagram is making this update because they believe it will do numbers to diminish bullying on the app and protect users from being influenced by social pressure that says they need to get a certain amount of likes on their posts. How to Get Your Posts Shown Higher on Instagram Although there is not much you can do to beat the algorithm, or so to speak, there are ways to get your posts shown higher on Instagram. Post when you know your audience is most active. Like all social media platforms, one of the easiest ways to generate immediate engagement is to post content when you know your followers are most active, as they’re already browsing the app and ready to see what you have to offer. To get this information, you can use the native Instagram Analytics tool available to all users with business accounts or another option like Marketing Hub. If you’re new to the app, it will be challenging to get this information right away, so come back to this tip after you’ve spent enough time on the app to get valuable, actionable analytics. Post content you know your audience likes. Again, use your analytics. Understand the content that your audience engages with the most, whether it’s high-quality product photos, behind-the-scenes content, or Instagram Reels. Use this to your advantage, and continue creating content that they enjoy as they’re more likely to interact with something they like. Use business-relevant hashtags. Hashtags are a great way to signal to the algorithm about your content, which can help surface your profile to audience members interested in the hashtags you use. Don’t overload your hashtag use, but aim to use them in all of the content you share on Instagram, from Stories to IGTV to photo captions. Encourage engagement and interaction. Interaction on your profile will come naturally, but encouraging engagement and interaction with the content you share can be valuable in getting the algorithm to work for you. Create engaging captions that entice users to comment on your posts, ask for likes and shares, and be in conversation with those who interact to inspire loyalty and entice them to return. You can also place interactive elements in your Instagram Stories, like polls, stickers, and emojis. The benefits of this are twofold, as your customers will be interacting with your content, and you’ll also learn more about their interests and desires based on the responses they give. Stay consistent. One of the most important things to do to take control over the algorithm is to stay consistent on the app. Develop an Instagram-specific posting schedule, and stick to it. It’ll help you stay continuously active on the platform, which allows your followers to continuously engage with your content, which helps the algorithm learn more and more about your account. The more information they have, and the more engagement they see, the higher you will be on your followers’ feeds. Instagram Story Algorithm Instagram Stories appear at the top of a user’s feed. The Stories algorithm prioritizes timeliness, and you’re most likely to see the most recent stories from the accounts you engage and interact with the most. The accounts that the algorithm thinks you have the strongest relationships with will always have their Stories shown before all other stories. For businesses, this means that it’s essential to maintain an active presence on Instagram Stories and to encourage engagement within your Stories, like polls and asking questions. Instagram Explore Algorithm The feed algorithm and Explore page algorithm are relatively similar, as they both show content that Instagram thinks you’ll be most interested in based on your previous app activity. The main difference is that feed content features accounts you’re familiar with and following, while the Explore page is content from new accounts. You can think of it like this: if one of your favorite things to do on Instagram is watch food videos, your feed will display content from the accounts with food videos that you interact with the most. Your explore page would also contain food videos since the algorithm knows you like them, but you won’t follow those accounts already. The explore page is based entirely on interests, so, as a business, it’s important to share content related to your brand and utilize elements that would tell the algorithm who to show your content to, like relevant hashtags. Succeeding on Instagram is not just about posting content regularly. You also need to understand how the algorithm works and leverage its makeup to your advantage. While changes to the algorithm will always happen, staying on top of the trends will help you ensure that you’re prepared for them when they do.

                    How to Sell on Instagram Using Shoppable Posts
How to Sell on Instagram Using Shoppable Posts
After months of testing, Instagram announced a big change to its user interface (UI) in late 2020: replacing the user "Activity" tab with the "Shop" tab, the social platform's latest move to be more business-friendly. It's a big evolution from where the feature was just a few years ago. Today, it's infinitely easier for users to shop products from brands without ever leaving the app. So, how exactly does the tool work and how can you leverage it to generate revenue? Find out everything you need to know in the sections below. Why Your Business Should Sell on Instagram Thanks to the Instagram shoppable posts feature and other supportive tools (like the product wishlist, product launch reminder, and shopping stickers on Instagram Stories), users can go through the entire buyer's journey, from discovery to checkout. Social media platforms are typically seen as great brand awareness tools. However, Instagram's new integrations have made it a big revenue driver. A 2019 Facebook study revealed that 54% of respondents purchased items in the moment or some time after seeing a product or service on Instagram. And it's not only direct-to-consumer brands that can benefit from using Instagram's shopping features. A Q4 2020 report by HootSuite revealed that 36.2% of B2B decision-makers use the app to source new products and/or services. Shoppable posts are marked with a clickable shopping bag icon that displays the product information and the "View Products" call-to-action to visit the brand's Shop page. This creates a seamless experience for the user and allows you to advertise your products without being too promotional. How to Sell on Instagram Meet the eligibility criteria.Upload your product catalog.Submit your account for review. 1. Meet the eligibility criteria. There are a few eligibility requirements you must check off before you start selling on Instagram. You must: Be located in one of these markets. Have an Instagram business or creator account. Sell physical goods that comply with Instagram's merchant agreement and commerce policies. Connect your Instagram account to a Facebook Business Page. Once you meet the above requirements, follow the steps below. 2. Upload your product catalog. Your catalog is a file that contains the products you want to sell along with their information, such as pricing and description. There are two ways to upload your product catalog: Take the do-it-yourself route through the Facebook Business Manager by manually adding the items. Connect to an ecommerce platform partner, such as Shopify or BigCommerce. Find a full list of compatible partners here. How to Upload Your Products Manually To create a catalog through Facebook, you must first have a Facebook Business Manager account, which is different from a Business page. From there, head to the Commerce Manager and set up your catalog. Here's a step-by-step guide on how to do it. It's very important to keep your product catalog synced with your Instagram Page, and that your product descriptions and prices are accurate. If you're running a sale or promotion, be sure to update your product catalog to reflect it. How to Upload Your Products through an Ecommerce Platform A second way to connect your Instagram Business Profile to a Facebook catalog is to do it through an ecommerce platform. Here are the steps using two popular platforms. Shopify Before you get started, you need to have the Facebook sales channel (included in all paid Shopify plans) installed on your Shopify store, which creates a Shop tab on your Facebook page. For specific details on how to connect your Facebook page to your Shopify account, you can view the Shopify guide here. Once you've done the above, you can easily add the Instagram Sales Channel to your Shopify store, which connects the products from your Shopify page to your Instagram business profile. To do this, head to your Shopify admin and click on the "+" button located beside the "Sales Channels" heading. Next, on the "Add sales channel" dialogue, click "Instagram" and then "Add channel." You'll need to log into your Facebook account page to authenticate your Instagram account in the sales channel. Once the Instagram Sales Channel is installed, you can enable the feature in your settings on Instagram. BigCommerce Start by opening Channel Manager on your BigCommerce account and click "Get Started" next to Facebook. On the next screen, confirm that you're using a compatible currency, sign up for a Facebook account (if you don't have one), review the product requirements, then click "Get Started." Next, fill out your details on the Configuration page, including your business' contact email, phone number, and the Facebook Page you'd like your shop to appear on. Here's the complete BigCommerce guide on how to do it. Once Facebook approves your catalog, head back to Channel Manager, click "Get Started" next to Instagram, and confirm that your store meets the requirements. 3. Submit your account for review. Once you've connected your product catalog to your Instagram account, you can submit your account for approval. 1. Go to your professional dashboard. Once there, click on "Set Up Instagram Shopping." 2. On the setup page, click on "Get Started."3. Select your catalog. 4. Review the details and click "Submit for Review." The approval process can take a few days. You may also need to provide additional information, such as domain verification. How to Tag Products with Instagram Shoppable Posts Once you get access to shoppable posts on Instagram and you've completed all the steps listed above, adding tags to your posts is quick and easy. 1. Upload your image and once you're done editing, hit "Next." 2. Click on "Tag Products." 3. Tap on the item in your image you want to tag. 4. Search for the product and select it. 5. Click on "Done" and share the image. Have an older post that still gets good traction, but doesn't have a shoppable tag? You can tag products in both new and existing posts from your Instagram Business Profile, up to five products per single image post or 20 products per multi-photo (or carousel) post. How to Optimize Your Posts for Shoppable Purchases 1. Create posts that feel natural to the Instagram feed. While selling on Instagram is easier than ever, remember that your audience shouldn't feel like they are being sold to. You should maintain their current content strategy, incorporating shoppable tags on photos that are a natural fit for your profile. 2. Leverage influencer content. A great way to organically add shopping tags to your post is by leveraging posts from consumers. Studies show consumers trust influencers much more than brands and these posts serve as social proof, i.e., credibility and validation for the brand. For example, Fe Noel recently reposted this post from a fashion influencer and added the product tag. You can also optimize your Instagram sales strategy by using influencer posts. Influencer collaborations and sponsorships have nearly replaced traditional ads and are a huge part of social media strategies today. 55% of fashion shoppers have purchased a fashion item after seeing it promoted on the platform, according to a 2020 post from Instagram's creator account. Below, popular fashion model Michelle Dee is shown sporting a Herschel Supply suitcase on the brand's profile: An Instagram influencer's stamp of approval goes a long way and is a great strategy to drive sales from your Instagram shoppable posts. 3. Optimize your post with multiple tags. Lastly, including multiple shopping tags in your photos will help your audience explore and browse through your products quickly. You can also try adding shopping tags to carousel posts to test their performance against single-photo posts. 4. Activate the Shop page on your Instagram profile. Create at least nine shoppable posts to activate the "Shop" tab on your Instagram profile. This will group all your shoppable posts under one tab for easy shopping and product discovery. Measuring the Results of Your Shoppable Posts Instagram business accounts have access to analytics for their shoppable posts, including data on how many people viewed product information and clicked through to the product page. This information helps determine what type of products resonate with your Instagram followers and identify gaps in the buyer's journey. As with all of your social media marketing efforts, you should measure performance data to see what drives the best results (and why) and use that to inform future posts. Once your business begins selling on Instagram, keep experimenting with images, copy, shopping tags, and other factors that may contribute to your sales. No matter what type of products you sell, delving into your analytics allows you to understand your audience's wants, improves your content, and ultimately helps you drive more traffic and sales. Selling on Instagram is a unique opportunity to reach users in all stages of the buyer journey through a seamless experience.

                    How to Post on Instagram: A Step-by-Step Guide
How to Post on Instagram: A Step-by-Step Guide
With over 1 billion active users, Instagram is one of the best social media networks to advertise your business, reach new audiences, and grow brand awareness. So even if you aren’t active on the website yet, it’s never too late to adopt an Instagram strategy in your marketing plan. If you're ready to start sharing content through this channel, we've got you covered. Here, we're sharing a quick-and-easy guide to posting on Instagram, to ensure you can begin attracting the attention of your audience with Instagram marketing. How to Post on InstagramTap the + icon at the top of your screen.Choose a photo or video from your library or shoot one in the app.Post multiple images on Instagram.Crop the image.Pick a filter.Edit your photo.Type your caption.Use hashtags for post optimization.Tag friends.Add your location.Play with emojis.Share the post on other social media platforms.Edit the post. Posting to Instagram consistently can help businesses find resonance with their audience and grow better, but doing it right is just as important. Here's how to post to your Instagram account step-by-step. Grow Your Audience on Instagram Today Now that you know how to post to Instagram, you can begin creating content for the platform and connecting with your audience. If you're a business or brand, you'll want a solid strategy for earning engagement and awareness. Editor's note: This post was originally published in November 2019 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.

                    Why You Shouldn't Buy Instagram Followers (& What Experts Say to Do Instead)
Why You Shouldn't Buy Instagram Followers (& What Experts Say to Do Instead)
You might know your Instagram content is good, but imagine how much better it will seem if it looks like 10,000 people agree. Whether you’re trying to become a social media celebrity or simply looking to spread brand awareness on Instagram, it can be tempting to take shortcuts wherever you can in order to expand your audience, including 'buying' Instagram followers. Here, we’re covering all the questions you have about buying Instagram followers. We’ve also explored the pros and cons, so you can decide for yourself if it’s a good move for your brand. Can you buy Instagram followers? How to buy Instagram followers? Alternatives to Buying Instagram Followers Can you buy Instagram followers?Yes, you can buy Instagram followers. There are plenty of cheap services available that allow you to buy 1,000 followers for as little as $10. But you’re only paying for a number. Many of those followers are either bots or inactive accounts, which means they’ll never engage with your posts. 1,000 followers seem like a good deal for the price of a small Starbucks latte. But of course, if it really was that cheap and easy, everyone would be doing it. So what’s the catch? Is buying Instagram followers legal and safe for your business? Is it a worthwhile investment? And how much do these fake followers cost anyway? How much do Instagram followers cost? The cost for Instagram followers can range from a few dollars to thousands of dollars depending on how many you plan to purchase. However, keep in mind that buying followers is against Instagram's terms of service, so the price you pay could be more than monetary. Buying followers could cost you your Instagram account, at worst, and a decrease in engagement and reach, at best.How to Buy Instagram Followers The vast majority of purchasable followers are either bots or inactive accounts. Here's how it works: The Fake Follower Vendors Buying fake followers on Instagram is much harder now than it was a few years ago. Why? Instagram has been cracking down on accounts that violate their terms of service. What used to be fairly above-board is now an enigma. In order to buy Instagram followers these days, you’ll need to know someone who can put you in contact with a vendor who will actually deliver the bots — I mean followers — they say they will (you’ll also want to choose someone that you trust with your credit card information). But what happens once you’ve paid for your followers? Assuming the vendor is legitimate (as legitimate as can be for this type of service) you’ll wait anywhere from a few minutes to a few days for your followers to trickle in. The sellers roll out your followers over time so as not to alert Instagram that something fishy is going on. Once you have your brand new automated followers, don’t expect much. These followers won’t do anything for your engagement metrics. When you buy Instagram followers, you’re paying for a number alone. Engagement is not guaranteed. When you buy Instagram followers, you’re paying for a number alone. Engagement is not guaranteed, or even likely. When you buy Instagram followers, you’re paying for a number alone. Engagement is not guaranteed, or even likely. Instagram Bots Instagram bots are everywhere — you’ve likely come across several of them today alone. There are companies out there that have automated the process of creating bots so well that they can then sell them as followers. In some cases, the bots may even assume the identity of a real person, using stolen images and names. Depending on the service, these dummy accounts may even seem organic, running on automation to share and like content. Some can even be programmed to produce content. However, because they're not real people, they will not have an organic-looking following-to-follower ratio. As a result, the engagement they do produce will have little impact. Without real followers to engage with your content, your posts are essentially hidden from everyone except your inauthentic audience. Plus, your bot followers won’t discuss your brand in real life with friends or family, because, well … they don’t exist in real life (no offense, bots). Inactive Accounts However, not all fake followers are bots. Some companies sell followers with genuine accounts. In this situation, the accounts are created either because they're managed by users whose only goal is to get followed in return. And while these followers might show early engagement, they'll ultimately become a drain on your Instagram account's performance metrics when their accounts go dormant. After all, if their account was created for the sole purpose of fulfilling sponsorship requests, the real person behind the account has little reason to dwell on the newsfeed, interact with content, or purchase the goods and services being advertised. Without that interaction, your follower numbers are inflated with none of the value that organic followers would bring. Demographic Accounts In addition to buying followers directly, you can also pay services to strategically follow other accounts on your behalf based on your preferences (location, hashtag usage, account type, and gender). Ideally, those followed accounts will then follow you back. With this option, your followers are more likely to be real people, but engagement is still unlikely. Since you can't even guarantee these accounts will follow you back, it’s a risky investment. Most accounts won’t follow you back, and even if they do, they probably aren’t going to be long-term, loyal, or active followers. Should you buy Instagram followers?It’s not a good idea to buy Instagram followers. The purchased followers are likely bots or inactive accounts, so they won’t engage with your posts. This means your posts won’t show up on Explore Pages, or your real audience’s newsfeeds. It will also make it hard to measure metrics. Simply put — you'll get early engagement that tapers off over time. Purchased Instagram followers also provide no long-term value to your profile's content. The followers you buy might give you views, likes, and comments early into acquiring them as a follower, but the attention they throw you now won't be there later — when you start reporting on how your Instagram account is performing. And how helpful are 10,000 followers that don't engage with you? Engagement is key to how Instagram’s algorithm displays posts to users. Without likes or comments, your post probably won’t show up on your audience’s newsfeeds, and it also won’t show up on any Explore Pages. Fake followers could hurt your credibility. Having a lot of followers could convince users to follow you organically, but it's not a guarantee. Remember the risks: these followers will probably never like or comment on a post, and if you’re caught with a ton of fake followers, that could ruin your credibility with your real audience. Users might notice you don’t have a ton of engagement on your posts, which could deter them from following you. If you have 10,000 followers but only four likes per post, it won't take people long to realize something is up. Think of it this way: would you keep following an account if you saw that most of its “loyal audience” was made up of inactive accounts or bots? I’m guessing not. It could seem deceitful, and lead you to believe the brand couldn’t get authentic followers through good content alone. Purchased Instagram followers can distort your performance metrics. It’s practically impossible to measure how well your target audience is connecting with your brand if a high percentage of that audience isn’t real. How will you measure posts that do well with your real audience if those bots and inactive accounts skew the ratio? If you don’t know how well your posts are doing or what your real audience thinks, you’ll never convert your Instagram followers into real customers. And isn’t that the point? Ultimately, if you pay for Instagram followers, you aren’t paying for quality, real-life followers. You’re paying for a blank number. And since Instagram’s algorithm is largely tied to engagement, not followers, buying followers isn’t a long-term solution. In fact, it isn’t a solution at all. Take the time, energy, and money that you would’ve dedicated to buying followers, and focus instead on building genuine relationships with a real audience. If your content is engaging and authentic, your loyal followers will spread the word and engage with your brand without needing any bribes. Instagram identifies and purges fake followers. Recently, Instagram has updated its terms of use to identify and remove inauthentic accounts from its platform. Instagram is also removing likes, follows, or comments from third-party apps that are designed to artificially grow accounts' audiences. By buying followers, you violate Instagram's community guidelines and it may trigger a reaction from Instagram's moderators. Instagram is looking to maintain genuine interactions on its site, protecting real accounts and experiences. Fake activity infringes upon this mission and might result in consequences, so it's better to grow your audience organically. Depending on your brand personality, it can help to be funny or witty in your content. Having an awareness of how your brand is perceived and the trends going around Instagram will serve you when choosing content to post and how to interact with your Instagram community. Quality Content in Action HeytonyTV became an overnight viral sensation during the pandemic when he released skits where he plays the role of a school administrator. In a short period of time, he amassed hundreds of thousands of followers who couldn't get enough of his creativity and wholesome, nostalgic humor. You don't have to be a comedian to gain followers, though. Being relatable and providing value to your audience is the number one goal. When looking at the top Instagram posts of all time, the content is engaging and relatable, rallying followers to like, comment, and share these posts. 3. Try Instagram Reels. Instagram Reels has been known to increase the reach of a post beyond the audience that is following the account. This presents an opportunity for your content to attract people who are already engaging with posts similar to yours. Start by recording a simple video using Instagram Reels. Include a few hashtags to the caption and choose a popular sound that people enjoy listening to. Even if you don't see an immediate bump in followers, stay consistent and keep an eye on how many views your Reel gets. This will indicate how many people are watching your content. Reels in Action Hickory Lane Home uses Reels to show her followers more relatable content that draws the viewer in. As a result, the comments are flooded with relatable responses and amusement that you just can't get from purchased followers. 4. Use Hashtags. Hashtags are like goldmines for finding new audiences. Users follow hashtags for updates about specific topics that interest them. If you use them intentionally in your captions, you have a great chance of showing up on the newsfeeds of people who’ve never seen your content before. But don’t start adding random hashtags to all your content. You’ll need a hashtag strategy to ensure you’re targeting the right people. Moreover, the sweet spot for Instagram hashtags is 30. That might seem like a lot, but if you have a strategy for how you’ll use them, you’ll likely find more than 30 that would work for you. The key for hashtags is to be intentional with them. The reward will be well worth the effort. Hashtags in Action Take a look at the hashtag #dogsofinstagram for example. With over a quarter of a million posts, this hashtag has the potential to reach a wide audience.However, it's a great idea to pair that hashtag with a smaller, niche one like #ridgebackpuppy to reach people who love your particular breed of dog. 5. Engage with other Instagram users. A good rule of thumb on Instagram is to engage with other users. Whether you like, comment, save or share their posts, every interaction counts for you and them. Instagram’s algorithm favors engagement which means the more you interact (and the more people interact with you) the more likely it will be that your content appears on more and more news feeds. That means more visibility and growth for your page. Engagement in Action GoSimplified does a great job of responding to comments on its posts. This example shows that the comments don't have to be detailed or long, but a simple acknowledgment goes a long way for engagement. Pro Tip: Before you go overboard, remember that Instagram does have a limit to this “rule.” There have been cases where the social media platform blocked users from engaging with content if they liked and commented on more than a few hundred posts in an hour. 6. Use Instagram stories. The audience for Instagram stories is simply waiting and watching for the next viral video or meme to slide across their screens. What makes stories arguably even better for growth than the traditional Instagram feed is the ability for users to interact with the content in a story. Polls, quizzes, and questions are engagement magnets — the more people interact with those elements, the more people Instagram will share your story with. Stories in Action RMW.Home uses a series of stories to gauge her audience's taste in home decor. Not only does this help her understand her audience better, but the polls are also helping expand the reach of her story and her profile to potential followers. 7. Conduct market research. Each of the alternatives we mentioned above is native to the Instagram app. However, a solid Instagram strategy begins with comprehensive market research, and there's no shortcut to hearing directly from your audience about what content they want to see. Market Research in Action Stephanie Morgan, Founder and CEO at Social Lock stands by market research as an alternative to buying followers and says, "The alternative to buying followers is doing market research on what your ideal customer will resonate with, then posting that content in order to naturally accumulate [a] large following." Check out her methods for conducting market research on Instagram in the image below. There’s a Better Way to Grow on Instagram Instagram has been one of the fastest-growing social media platforms for several years and it’s showing no signs of slowing down any time soon. The pressure to keep up and with the growth can make buying followers tempting, but don’t succumb to that pressure. Between repercussions from the platform itself, lower engagement metrics, and the risk of spamming well-meaning users with bot comments, buying Instagram followers is simply not worth the trouble. The alternatives in this article can help you navigate a path toward organic follower growth that will be worth more than 10,000 fake followers could ever be. Editor's note: This post was originally published in March 2020 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.

                    How to Make Quotes for Instagram: 11 Apps to Try This Year
How to Make Quotes for Instagram: 11 Apps to Try This Year
When you come across a beautiful sight -- be it a beach, a mountain, or your pet's face -- sometimes, it inspires you to think bigger about what certain sights and experiences mean. For those moments, you might consider posting a photo on Instagram with an equally inspiring quote as the caption. But you could take it even further -- and save characters -- by posting the photo with the quote.Access Now: 9 Free Instagram Quote Templates You've likely seen quotes on Instagram posts before, but you may never have created one for your brand's account. Here's a recent Instagram quote we shared here at LIKE.TG: View this post on Instagram Posting quote images on Instagram can diversify your content on the platform and humanize your brand a little, too. Everyone could use a motivational quote during a busy Monday morning or a slow Tuesday afternoon, so try out an Instagram quote for your next post with the help of these free apps. Instagram Text Apps to Make Inspiring Quotes Featured Resource: 9 Instagram Quote Templates LIKE.TG created a collection of 9 Instagram quote templates for posts and stories – in addition to 13 more free Instagram posts for business. Download the collection of templates today to make Instagram quotes right in Google Slides for free. 1. Canva iOS, Android, Mac, or Web App Canva's many features extend beyond text-based pictures and, for that matter, social media. But the mobile app and its gorgeous pre-made templates make it perfect for Instagram quotes. Using the Canva's social media post setting, you can draft banners, flyers, cards, and posts of all shapes and sizes using one of millions of pro-level photos for your quote background. Of course, feel free to snap a photo on the go, as well. One you select your image, you can choose from more than 100 fonts, adjust the size and color, and publish. 2. Pablo by Buffer Web App or Chrome Extension Pablo is a simple app that allows you to make quotes for Instagram (as well as Facebook, Twitter, and Pinterest). You have the option of choosing among 600,000 images or uploading one of your own; adding header, body, and caption text; uploading logos or graphics; and customizing with a filter.The options are limited, but the interface is extremely streamlined, making it a great choice for beginners. In addition, you can share directly to the social platform of your choosing or use Buffer to schedule the post for a later date. 3. Stencil Web App, Chrome Extension, Firefox Add-On, Safari Extension, or WordPress Depending on the plan you choose, Stencil allows you to create quote images with their 140+ common presets, more than 5 million high-resolution photos (all royalty-free), and more than 1275 templates. Even better, Stencil has partnered with Google Fonts and some of the top icon providers to customize your designs even further. It also helps you determine if you're within Facebook's recommended text limits and whether any of your content might be cut off by common social media platforms. To make sharing easy, you can send your images straight to Instagram, using their in-app social sharing options, or through their native Buffer integration. 4. VanillaPen Android or iOS VanillaPen brands itself as a "powerful tool that will transform your regular posts into creative posters within seconds." It includes more than 200 templates (with presets to make the design process easier), 86 fonts, and 360 decorative elements. You'll also have the ability to perform basic design functions such as resizing, rotating, and more. From there, you can export and share to the social media platform of your choice. 5. Fotor Web App, Mac, Windows, Android, or iOS Fotor is an excellent tool that offers a wide range of templates, fonts, photos, and stickers to rival any of the apps on this list. However, what makes it stand out is its photo editing and retouching capabilities, making its feature set similar to that of Adobe Photoshop's but simpler. From background removers to blur effects, Fotor can help you create stunning graphics for Instagram. 6. Snappa Web App With Snappa, you'll have access to more than 6000 templates and 5 million photos and graphics to use for your designs. It also has basic photo editing capabilities such as background removal, brightness/lightness adjustment, and blurring functionality. You can also repurpose your designs into the ideal image dimensions for multiple social platforms without manually resizing and redesigning for each one. The only downside is that you only get 3 downloads per month on Snappa's free plan, but there are premium plans available. 7. QuotesCover Web App What's interesting about QuotesCover is that it integrates with a large database of quotes so that you don't have to supply the text for the image you create. Simply search the database, find a quote, and load it into the QuotesCover editor. From there, it will generate an automatic design, which you can edit with their background options, text formatting tool, stickers, and other design assets. In theory, you can go from zero ideas to full-fledged professional design in just a couple clicks. 8. PicMonkey Web App, iPhone, Android PicMonkey is another one of those tools that can do it all: photo editing (including background removals), graphics, and templates created with the best practices for each social platform in mind. You'll be able to draw from their library of millions of stock photos, videos, and animations. The big downside to this tool is that you'll need a subscription to download or share the images you create. However, the plus is that the subscription comes with 1GB of cloud storage (or unlimited storage if you choose one of the premium plans). This allows you to edit on the go, save to the cloud, and access designs on other devices. 9. Word Swag iOS Word Swag helps you create text images that are as edgy as the app's name sounds. The app uses a special typing engine to create fresh quote designs based on the background picture you're working with. Just select (or shoot) your picture, type your quote into the app's plain text editor, select one of +80 styles, and shuffle through the diverse choices that appear. Word Swag has literally thousands of quote and image options to choose from through a handy integration from Pixabay, a free image gallery. Keep in mind that the free version places a watermark on the image. 10. Quotes Creator iOS or Android Quotes Creator has a neat feature that suggests quotes to use -- including their attributions -- to take the work out of creating an inspirational post for you. We also like how subtly transparent the watermark is to make it as distraction-free as possible. This is another easy-to-use app that creates quotes for Instagram in just a few simple steps -- with an easy tap to upload to the platform. Quotes Creator's stock background options are a little cheesy, so we recommend finding your own and uploading them or using their library of photos. 11. Quote Maker iOS Quote Maker is another free app that requires a Pro version to unlock more background and style options, but you can always upload your own background if you feel too limited. You can add neat decals to your brand's name or a stamp-like effect to a company motto or mission statement. We recommend exploring the app, but another warning -- it can be glitchy if your design and editing actions get more complex. It's best for simple images, like the one above. Using an Instagram Post Template for Quotes The apps above help make quotes for Instagram quickly using templates instead of starting from scratch. When you're creating content at scale, this can help you reduce the amount of time spent on design and more time focusing on the tasks that matter to you. Editor's note: This post was originally published in April 2021 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.
加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈
营销拓客

					10 Benefits That Explain the Importance of CRM in Banking
10 Benefits That Explain the Importance of CRM in Banking
The banking industry is undergoing a digital transformation, and customer relationship management (CRM) systems are at the forefront of this change. By providing a centralised platform for customer data, interactions, and analytics, CRMs empower banks to deliver personalised and efficient services, fostering customer loyalty and driving business growth. We’ll look closer at the significance of CRM in banking, exploring its numerous benefits, addressing challenges in adoption, and highlighting future trends and innovations. Additionally, we present a compelling case study showcasing a successful CRM implementation in the banking sector. 10 Questions to Ask When Choosing a CRM in Banking When selecting a top CRM platform for your banking institution, it is necessary to carefully evaluate potential solutions to ensure they align with your specific requirements and objectives. Here are 10 key questions to ask during the selection process: 1. Does the CRM integrate with your existing, financial and banking organisation and systems? A seamless integration between your CRM and existing banking systems is essential to avoid data silos and ensure a holistic view of customer interactions. Look for a CRM that can easily integrate with your core banking system, payment platforms, and other relevant applications. 2. Can the CRM provide a 360-degree view of your customers? A CRM should offer a unified platform that consolidates customer data from various touchpoints, including online banking, mobile banking, branches, and contact centres. This enables bank representatives to access a complete customer profile, including account information, transaction history, and past interactions, resulting in more personalised and efficient customer service. 3. Does the CRM offer robust reporting and analytics capabilities? Leverage the power of data by selecting a CRM that provides robust reporting and analytics capabilities. This will allow you to analyse customer behaviour, identify trends, and gain actionable insights into customer needs and preferences. Look for a CRM that offers customisable reports, dashboards, and data visualisation tools to empower your bank with data-driven decision-making. 4. Is the CRM user-friendly and easy to implement? A user-friendly interface is essential for ensuring that your bank’s employees can effectively utilise the CRM. Consider the technical expertise of your team and opt for a CRM with an intuitive design, clear navigation, and minimal training requirements. Additionally, evaluate the implementation process to ensure it can be completed within your desired timeframe and budget. What is a CRM in the Banking Industry? Customer relationship management (CRM) is a crucial technology for banks to optimise customer service, improve operational efficiency, and drive business growth. A CRM system acts as a centralised platform that empowers banks to manage customer interactions, track customer information, and analyse customer data. By leveraging CRM capabilities, banks can also gain deeper insights and a larger understanding of their customers’ needs, preferences, and behaviours, enabling them to deliver personalised and exceptional banking experiences. CRM in banking fosters stronger customer relationships by facilitating personalised interactions. With a CRM system, banks can capture and store customer data, including personal information, transaction history, and communication preferences. This data enables bank representatives to have informed conversations with customers, addressing their specific needs and providing tailored financial solutions. Personalised interactions enhance customer satisfaction, loyalty, and overall banking experience. CRM enhances operational efficiency and productivity within banks. By automating routine tasks such as data entry, customer service ticketing, and report generation, banking CRM software streamlines workflows and reduces manual labour. This automation allows bank employees to focus on higher-value activities, such as customer engagement and financial advisory services. Furthermore, CRM provides real-time access to customer information, enabling employees to quickly retrieve and update customer data, thereby enhancing operational efficiency. Additionally, CRM empowers banks to analyse customer data and derive valuable insights. With robust reporting and analytics capabilities, banks can identify customer segments, analyse customer behaviour, and measure campaign effectiveness. This data-driven approach enables banks to make informed decisions, optimise marketing strategies, and develop targeted products and services that cater to specific customer needs. CRM also plays a vital role in risk management and compliance within the banking industry. By integrating customer data with regulatory requirements, banks can effectively monitor transactions, detect suspicious activities, and mitigate fraud risks. This ensures compliance with industry regulations and safeguards customer information. In summary, CRM is a transformative technology that revolutionises banking operations. By fostering personalised customer experiences and interactions, enhancing operational efficiency, enabling data-driven decision-making, and ensuring risk management, CRM empowers banks to deliver superior customer service, drive business growth, and maintain a competitive edge. The 10 Business Benefits of Using a Banking CRM 1. Streamlined Customer Interactions: CRMs enable banks to centralise customer data, providing a holistic view of each customer’s interactions with the bank. This allows for streamlined and personalised customer service, improving customer satisfaction and reducing the time and effort required to resolve customer queries. 2. Enhanced Data Management and Analytics: CRMs provide powerful data management capabilities, enabling banks to collect, store, and analyse customer data from various sources. This data can be leveraged to gain valuable insights into customer behaviour, preferences, and buying patterns. Banks can then use these insights to optimise their products, services, and marketing strategies. 3. Increased Sales and Cross-Selling Opportunities: CRMs help banks identify cross-selling and upselling opportunities by analysing customer data and identifying customer needs and preferences. By leveraging this information, banks can proactively recommend relevant products and services, increasing sales and revenue. 4. Improved Customer Retention and Loyalty: CRMs help banks build stronger customer relationships by enabling personalised interactions and providing excellent customer service. By understanding customer needs and preferences, banks can proactively address issues and provide tailored solutions, fostering customer loyalty and reducing churn. 5. Enhanced Regulatory Compliance and Risk Management: CRMs assist banks in complying with industry regulations and managing risks effectively. By centralising customer data and tracking customer interactions, banks can easily generate reports and demonstrate compliance with regulatory requirements. CRMs and other banking software programs also help in identifying and managing potential risks associated with customer transactions. 6. Improved Operational Efficiency: CRMs streamline various banking processes, including customer onboarding, loan processing, and account management. By automating repetitive tasks and providing real-time access to customer information, CRMs help banks improve operational efficiency and reduce costs. 7. Increased Employee Productivity: CRMs provide banking employees with easy access to customer data and real-time updates, enabling them to handle customer inquiries more efficiently. This reduces the time spent on administrative tasks and allows employees to focus on providing exceptional customer service. 8. Improved Decision-Making: CRMs provide banks with data-driven insights into customer behaviour and market trends. This information supports informed decision-making, enabling banks to develop and implement effective strategies for customer acquisition, retention, and growth. 9. Enhanced Customer Experience: CRMs help banks deliver a superior customer experience by providing personalised interactions, proactive problem resolution, and quick response to customer inquiries. This results in increased customer satisfaction and positive brand perception.10. Increased Profitability: By leveraging the benefits of CRM systems, banks can optimise their operations, increase sales, and reduce costs, ultimately leading to increased profitability and long-term success for financial service customers. Case studies highlighting successful CRM implementations in banking Several financial institutions have successfully implemented CRM systems to enhance their operations and customer service. Here are a few notable case studies: DBS Bank: DBS Bank, a leading financial institution in Southeast Asia, implemented a CRM system to improve customer service and cross-selling opportunities. The system provided a 360-degree view of customers, enabling the bank to tailor products and services to individual needs. As a result, DBS Bank increased customer retention by 15% and cross-selling opportunities by 20%. HDFC Bank: India’s largest private sector bank, HDFC Bank, implemented a CRM system to improve customer service and operational efficiency. The system integrated various customer touch points, such as branches, ATMs, and online banking, providing a seamless experience for customers. HDFC Bank achieved a 20% reduction in operating costs and a 15% increase in customer satisfaction. JPMorgan Chase: JPMorgan Chase, one of the largest banks in the United States, implemented a CRM system to improve customer interactions and data management. The system provided a centralised platform to track customer interactions and data, allowing the bank to gain insights into customer behaviour and preferences. As a result, JPMorgan Chase increased customer interactions by 15% and improved data accuracy by 20%. Bank of America: Bank of America, the second-largest bank in the United States, implemented a CRM system to improve sales and cross-selling opportunities. The system provided sales teams with real-time customer data, across sales and marketing efforts enabling them to tailor their pitches and identify potential cross-selling opportunities. Bank of America achieved a 10% increase in sales and a 15% increase in cross-selling opportunities.These case studies demonstrate the tangible benefits of CRM in the banking industry. By implementing CRM systems, banks can improve customer retention, customer service, cross-selling opportunities, operating costs, and marketing campaigns. Overcoming challenges to CRM adoption in banking While CRM systems offer numerous benefits to banks, their adoption can be hindered by certain challenges. One of the primary obstacles is resistance from employees who may be reluctant to embrace new technology or fear job displacement. Overcoming this resistance requires effective change management strategies, such as involving employees in the selection and implementation process, providing all-encompassing training, and addressing their concerns. Another challenge is the lack of proper training and support for employees using the CRM system. Insufficient training can lead to low user adoption and suboptimal utilisation of the system’s features. To address this, banks should invest in robust training programs that equip employees with the knowledge and skills necessary to effectively use the CRM system. Training should cover not only the technical aspects of the system but also its benefits and how it aligns with the bank’s overall goals. Integration challenges can also hinder the successful adoption of CRM software in banking. Banks often have complex IT systems and integrating a new CRM system can be a complex and time-consuming process. To overcome these challenges, banks should carefully plan the integration process, ensuring compatibility between the CRM system and existing systems. This may involve working with the CRM vendor to ensure a smooth integration process and providing adequate technical support to address any issues that arise. Data security is a critical concern for banks, and the adoption of a CRM system must address potential security risks. Banks must ensure that the CRM system meets industry standards and regulations for data protection. This includes implementing robust security measures, such as encryption, access controls, and regular security audits, to safeguard sensitive customer information. Finally, the cost of implementing and maintaining a CRM system can be a challenge for banks. CRM systems require significant upfront investment in software, hardware, and training. Banks should carefully evaluate the costs and benefits of CRM adoption, ensuring that the potential returns justify the investment. Additionally, banks should consider the ongoing costs associated with maintaining and updating the CRM system, as well as the cost of providing ongoing training and support to users. Future trends and innovations in banking CRM Navigating Evolving Banking Trends and Innovations in CRM The banking industry stands at the precipice of transformative changes, driven by a surge of innovative technologies and evolving customer expectations. Open banking, artificial intelligence (AI), blockchain technology, the Internet of Things (IoT), and voice-activated interfaces are shaping the future of banking CRM. Open banking is revolutionising the financial sphere by enabling banks to securely share customer data with third-party providers, with the customer’s explicit consent. This fosters a broader financial ecosystem, offering customers access to a varied range of products and services, while fostering healthy competition and innovation within the banking sector. AI has become an indispensable tool for banking institutions, empowering them to deliver exceptional customer experiences. AI-driven chatbots and virtual assistants provide round-the-clock support, assisting customers with queries, processing transactions, and ensuring swift problem resolution. Additionally, AI plays a pivotal role in fraud detection and risk management, safeguarding customers’ financial well-being. Blockchain technology, with its decentralised and immutable nature, offers a secure platform for financial transactions. By maintaining an incorruptible ledger of records, blockchain ensures the integrity and transparency of financial data, building trust among customers and enhancing the overall banking experience. The Internet of Things (IoT) is transforming banking by connecting physical devices to the internet, enabling real-time data collection and exchange. IoT devices monitor customer behaviour, track equipment status, and manage inventory, empowering banks to optimise operations, reduce costs, and deliver personalised services. Voice-activated interfaces and chatbots are revolutionising customer interactions, providing convenient and intuitive access to banking services. Customers can utilise voice commands or text-based chat to manage accounts, make payments, and seek assistance, enhancing their overall banking experience. These transformative trends necessitate banks’ ability to adapt and innovate continuously. By embracing these technologies and aligning them with customer needs, banks can unlock new opportunities for growth, strengthen customer relationships, and remain at the forefront of the industry. How LIKE.TG Can Help LIKE.TG is a leading provider of CRM solutions that can help banks achieve the benefits of CRM. With LIKE.TG, banks can gain a complete view of their customers, track interactions, deliver personalised experiences, and more. LIKE.TG offers a comprehensive suite of CRM tools that can be customised to meet the specific needs of banks. These tools include customer relationship management (CRM), sales and marketing automation, customer service, and analytics. By leveraging LIKE.TG, banks can improve customer satisfaction, increase revenue, and reduce costs. For example, one bank that implemented LIKE.TG saw a 20% increase in customer satisfaction, a 15% increase in revenue, and a 10% decrease in costs. Here are some specific examples of how LIKE.TG can help banks: Gain a complete view of customers: LIKE.TG provides a single, unified platform that allows banks to track all customer interactions, from initial contact to ongoing support. This information can be used to create a complete picture of each customer, which can help banks deliver more personalised and relevant experiences. Track interactions: LIKE.TG allows banks to track all interactions with customers, including phone calls, emails, chat conversations, and social media posts. This information can be used to identify trends and patterns, which can help banks improve their customer service and sales efforts. Deliver personalised experiences: LIKE.TG allows banks to create personalised experiences for each customer. This can be done by using customer data to tailor marketing campaigns, product recommendations, and customer service interactions. Increase revenue: LIKE.TG can help banks increase revenue by providing tools to track sales opportunities, manage leads, and forecast revenue. This information can be used to make informed decisions about which products and services to offer, and how to best target customers. Reduce costs: LIKE.TG can help banks reduce costs by automating tasks, streamlining processes, and improving efficiency. This can free up resources that can be used to focus on other areas of the business. Overall, LIKE.TG is a powerful CRM solution that can help banks improve customer satisfaction, increase revenue, and reduce costs. By leveraging LIKE.TG, banks can gain a competitive advantage in the rapidly changing financial services industry.

					10 Ecommerce Trends That Will Influence Online Shopping in 2024
10 Ecommerce Trends That Will Influence Online Shopping in 2024
Some ecommerce trends and technologies pass in hype cycles, but others are so powerful they change the entire course of the market. After all the innovations and emerging technologies that cropped up in 2023, business leaders are assessing how to move forward and which new trends to implement.Here are some of the biggest trends that will affect your business over the coming year. What you’ll learn: Artificial intelligence is boosting efficiency Businesses are prioritising data management and harmonisation Conversational commerce is getting more human Headless commerce is helping businesses keep up Brands are going big with resale Social commerce is evolving Vibrant video content is boosting sales Loyalty programs are getting more personalised User-generated content is influencing ecommerce sales Subscriptions are adding value across a range of industries Ecommerce trends FAQ 1. Artificial intelligence is boosting efficiency There’s no doubt about it: Artificial intelligence (AI) is changing the ecommerce game. Commerce teams have been using the technology for years to automate and personalise product recommendations, chatbot activity, and more. But now, generative and predictive AI trained on large language models (LLM) offer even more opportunities to increase efficiency and scale personalisation. AI is more than an ecommerce trend — it can make your teams more productive and your customers more satisfied. Do you have a large product catalog that needs to be updated frequently? AI can write and categorise individual descriptions, cutting down hours of work to mere minutes. Do you need to optimise product detail pages? AI can help with SEO by automatically generating meta titles and meta descriptions for every product. Need to build a landing page for a new promotion? Generative page designers let users of all skill levels create and design web pages in seconds with simple, conversational building tools. All this innovation will make it easier to keep up with other trends, meet customers’ high expectations, and stay flexible — no matter what comes next. 2. Businesses are prioritising data management and harmonisation Data is your most valuable business asset. It’s how you understand your customers, make informed decisions, and gauge success. So it’s critical to make sure your data is in order. The challenge? Businesses collect a lot of it, but they don’t always know how to manage it. That’s where data management and harmonisation come in. They bring together data from multiple sources — think your customer relationship management (CRM) and order management systems — to provide a holistic view of all your business activities. With harmonised data, you can uncover insights and act on them much faster to increase customer satisfaction and revenue. Harmonised data also makes it possible to implement AI (including generative AI), automation, and machine learning to help you market, serve, and sell more efficiently. That’s why data management and harmonisation are top priorities among business leaders: 68% predict an increase in data management investments. 32% say a lack of a complete view and understanding of their data is a hurdle. 45% plan to prioritise gaining a more holistic view of their customers. For businesses looking to take advantage of all the new AI capabilities in ecommerce, data management should be priority number one. 3. Conversational commerce is getting more human Remember when chatbot experiences felt robotic and awkward? Those days are over. Thanks to generative AI and LLMs, conversational commerce is getting a glow-up. Interacting with chatbots for service inquiries, product questions, and more via messaging apps and websites feels much more human and personalised. Chatbots can now elevate online shopping with conversational AI and first-party data, mirroring the best in-store interactions across all digital channels. Natural language, image-based, and data-driven interactions can simplify product searches, provide personalised responses, and streamline purchases for a smooth experience across all your digital channels. As technology advances, this trend will gain more traction. Intelligent AI chatbots offer customers better self-service experiences and make shopping more enjoyable. This is critical since 68% of customers say they wouldn’t use a company’s chatbot again if they had a bad experience. 4. Headless commerce is helping businesses keep up Headless commerce continues to gain steam. With this modular architecture, ecommerce teams can deliver new experiences faster because they don’t have to wait in the developer queue to change back-end systems. Instead, employees can update online interfaces using APIs, experience managers, and user-friendly tools. According to business leaders and commerce teams already using headless: 76% say it offers more flexibility and customisation. 72% say it increases agility and lets teams make storefront changes faster. 66% say it improves integration between systems. Customers reap the benefits of headless commerce, too. Shoppers get fresh experiences more frequently across all devices and touchpoints. Even better? Headless results in richer personalisation, better omni-channel experiences, and peak performance for ecommerce websites. 5. Brands are going big with resale Over the past few years, consumers have shifted their mindset about resale items. Secondhand purchases that were once viewed as stigma are now seen as status. In fact, more than half of consumers (52%) have purchased an item secondhand in the last year, and the resale market is expected to reach $70 billion by 2027. Simply put: Resale presents a huge opportunity for your business. As the circular economy grows in popularity, brands everywhere are opening their own resale stores and encouraging consumers to turn in used items, from old jeans to designer handbags to kitchen appliances. To claim your piece of the pie, be strategic as you enter the market. This means implementing robust inventory and order management systems with real-time visibility and reverse logistics capabilities. 6. Social commerce is evolving There are almost 5 billion monthly active users on platforms like Instagram, Facebook, Snapchat, and TikTok. More than two-thirds (67%) of global shoppers have made a purchase through social media this year. Social commerce instantly connects you with a vast global audience and opens up new opportunities to boost product discovery, reach new markets, and build meaningful connections with your customers. But it’s not enough to just be present on social channels. You need to be an active participant and create engaging, authentic experiences for shoppers. Thanks to new social commerce tools — like generative AI for content creation and integrations with social platforms — the shopping experience is getting better, faster, and more engaging. This trend is blurring the lines between shopping and entertainment, and customer expectations are rising as a result. 7. Vibrant video content is boosting sales Now that shoppers have become accustomed to the vibrant, attention-grabbing video content on social platforms, they expect the same from your brand’s ecommerce site. Video can offer customers a deeper understanding of your products, such as how they’re used, and what they look like from different angles. And video content isn’t just useful for ads or for increasing product discovery. Brands are having major success using video at every stage of the customer journey: in pre-purchase consultations, on product detail pages, and in post-purchase emails. A large majority (89%) of consumers say watching a video has convinced them to buy a product or service. 8. Loyalty programs are getting more personalised It’s important to attract new customers, but it’s also critical to retain your existing ones. That means you need to find ways to increase loyalty and build brand love. More and more, customers are seeking out brand loyalty programs — but they want meaningful rewards and experiences. So, what’s the key to a successful loyalty program? In a word: personalisation. Customers don’t want to exchange their data for a clunky, impersonal experience where they have to jump through hoops to redeem points. They want straightforward, exclusive offers. Curated experiences. Relevant rewards. Six out of 10 consumers want discounts in return for joining a loyalty program, and about one-third of consumers say they find exclusive or early access to products valuable. The brands that win customer loyalty will be those that use data-driven insights to create a program that keeps customers continually engaged and satisfied. 9. User-generated content is influencing ecommerce sales User-generated content (UGC) adds credibility, authenticity‌, and social proof to a brand’s marketing efforts — and can significantly boost sales and brand loyalty. In fact, one study found that shoppers who interact with UGC experience a 102.4% increase in conversions. Most shoppers expect to see feedback and reviews before making a purchase, and UGC provides value by showcasing the experiences and opinions of real customers. UGC also breaks away from generic item descriptions and professional product photography. It can show how to style a piece of clothing, for example, or how an item will fit across a range of body types. User-generated videos go a step further, highlighting the functions and features of more complex products, like consumer electronics or even automobiles. UGC is also a cost-effective way to generate content for social commerce without relying on agencies or large teams. By sourcing posts from hashtags, tagging, or concentrated campaigns, brands can share real-time, authentic, and organic social posts to a wider audience. UGC can be used on product pages and in ads, as well. And you can incorporate it into product development processes to gather valuable input from customers at scale. 10. Subscriptions are adding value across a range of industries From streaming platforms to food, clothing, and pet supplies, subscriptions have become a popular business model across industries. In 2023, subscriptions generated over $38 billion in revenue, doubling over the past four years. That’s because subscriptions are a win-win for shoppers and businesses: They offer freedom of choice for customers while creating a continuous revenue stream for sellers. Consider consumer goods brand KIND Snacks. KIND implemented a subscription service to supplement its B2B sales, giving customers a direct line to exclusive offers and flavours. This created a consistent revenue stream for KIND and helped it build a new level of brand loyalty with its customers. The subscription also lets KIND collect first-party data, so it can test new products and spot new trends. Ecommerce trends FAQ How do I know if an ecommerce trend is right for my business? If you’re trying to decide whether to adopt a new trend, the first step is to conduct a cost/benefit analysis. As you do, remember to prioritise customer experience and satisfaction. Look at customer data to evaluate the potential impact of the trend on your business. How costly will it be to implement the trend, and what will the payoff be one, two, and five years into the future? Analyse the numbers to assess whether the trend aligns with your customers’ preferences and behaviours. You can also take a cue from your competitors and their adoption of specific trends. While you shouldn’t mimic everything they do, being aware of their experiences can provide valuable insights and help gauge the viability of a trend for your business. Ultimately, customer-centric decision-making should guide your evaluation. Is ecommerce still on the rise? In a word: yes. In fact, ecommerce is a top priority for businesses across industries, from healthcare to manufacturing. Customers expect increasingly sophisticated digital shopping experiences, and digital channels continue to be a preferred purchasing method. Ecommerce sales are expected to reach $8.1 trillion by 2026. As digital channels and new technologies evolve, so will customer behaviours and expectations. Where should I start if I want to implement AI? Generative AI is revolutionising ecommerce by enhancing customer experiences and increasing productivity, conversions, and customer loyalty. But to reap the benefits, it’s critical to keep a few things in mind. First is customer trust. A majority of customers (68%) say advances in AI make it more important for companies to be trustworthy. This means businesses implementing AI should focus on transparency. Tell customers how you will use their data to improve shopping experiences. Develop ethical standards around your use of AI, and discuss them openly. You’ll need to answer tough questions like: How do you ensure sensitive data is anonymised? How will you monitor accuracy and audit for bias, toxicity, or hallucinations? These should all be considerations as you choose AI partners and develop your code of conduct and governance principles. At a time when only 13% of customers fully trust companies to use AI ethically, this should be top of mind for businesses delving into the fast-evolving technology. How can commerce teams measure success after adopting a new trend? Before implementing a new experience or ecommerce trend, set key performance indicators (KPIs) and decide how you’ll track relevant ecommerce metrics. This helps you make informed decisions and monitor the various moving parts of your business. From understanding inventory needs to gaining insights into customer behaviour to increasing loyalty, you’ll be in a better position to plan for future growth. The choice of metrics will depend on the needs of your business, but it’s crucial to establish a strategy that outlines metrics, sets KPIs, and measures them regularly. Your business will be more agile and better able to adapt to new ecommerce trends and understand customer buying patterns. Ecommerce metrics and KPIs are valuable tools for building a successful future and will set the tone for future ecommerce growth.

					10 Effective Sales Coaching Tips That Work
10 Effective Sales Coaching Tips That Work
A good sales coach unlocks serious revenue potential. Effective coaching can increase sales performance by 8%, according to a study by research firm Gartner.Many sales managers find coaching difficult to master, however — especially in environments where reps are remote and managers are asked to do more with less time and fewer resources.Understanding the sales coaching process is crucial in maximising sales rep performance, empowering reps, and positively impacting the sales organisation through structured, data-driven strategies.If you’re not getting the support you need to effectively coach your sales team, don’t despair. These 10 sales coaching tips are easy to implement with many of the tools already at your disposal, and are effective for both in-person and remote teams.1. Focus on rep wellbeingOne in three salespeople say mental health in sales has declined over the last two years, according to a recent LIKE.TG survey. One of the biggest reasons is the shift to remote work environments, which pushed sales reps to change routines while still hitting quotas. Add in the isolation inherent in virtual selling and you have a formula for serious mental and emotional strain.You can alleviate this in a couple of ways. First, create boundaries for your team. Set clear work hours and urge reps not to schedule sales or internal calls outside of these hours. Also, be clear about when reps should be checking internal messages and when they can sign off.Lori Richardson, founder of sales training company Score More Sales, advises managers to address this head-on by asking reps about their wellbeing during weekly one-on-ones. “I like to ask open-ended questions about the past week,” she said. “Questions like, ‘How did it go?’ and ‘What was it like?’ are good first steps. Then, you need to listen.”When the rep is done sharing their reflection, Richardson suggests restating the main points to ensure you’re on the same page. If necessary, ask for clarity so you fully understand what’s affecting their state of mind. Also, she urges: Don’t judge. The level of comfort required for sharing in these scenarios can only exist if you don’t jump to judgement.2. Build trust with authentic storiesFor sales coaching to work, sales managers must earn reps’ trust. This allows the individual to be open about performance challenges. The best way to start is by sharing personal and professional stories.These anecdotes should be authentic, revealing fault and weakness as much as success. There are two goals here: support reps with relatable stories so they know they’re not struggling alone, and let them know there are ways to address and overcome challenges.For example, a seasoned manager might share details about their first failed sales call as a cautionary tale – highlighting poor preparation, aggressive posturing, and lack of empathy during the conversation. This would be followed by steps the manager took to fix these mistakes, like call rehearsing and early-stage research into the prospect’s background, business, position, and pain points.3. Record and review sales callsSales coaching sessions, where recording and reviewing sales calls are key components aimed at improving sales call techniques, have become essential in today’s sales environment. Once upon a time, sales reps learned by shadowing tenured salespeople. While this is still done, it’s inefficient – and often untenable for virtual sales teams.To give sales reps the guidance and coaching they need to improve sales calls, deploy an intuitive conversation recording and analysis tool like Einstein Conversation Insights (ECI). You can analyse sales call conversations, track keywords to identify market trends, and share successful calls to help coach existing reps and accelerate onboarding for new reps. Curate both “best of” and “what not to do” examples so reps have a sense of where the guide rails are.4. Encourage self-evaluationWhen doing post-call debriefs or skill assessments – or just coaching during one-on-ones – it’s critical to have the salesperson self-evaluate. As a sales manager, you may only be with the rep one or two days a month. Given this disconnect, the goal is to encourage the sales rep to evaluate their own performance and build self-improvement goals around these observations.There are two important components to this. First, avoid jumping directly into feedback during your interactions. Relax and take a step back; let the sales rep self-evaluate.Second, be ready to prompt your reps with open-ended questions to help guide their self-evaluation. Consider questions like:What were your big wins over the last week/quarter?What were your biggest challenges and where did they come from?How did you address obstacles to sales closings?What have you learned about both your wins and losses?What happened during recent calls that didn’t go as well as you’d like? What would you do differently next time?Reps who can assess what they do well and where they can improve ultimately become more self-aware. Self-awareness is the gateway to self-confidence, which can help lead to more consistent sales.5. Let your reps set their own goalsThis falls in line with self-evaluation. Effective sales coaches don’t set focus areas for their salespeople; they let reps set this for themselves. During your one-on-ones, see if there’s an important area each rep wants to focus on and go with their suggestion (recommending adjustments as needed to ensure their goals align with those of the company). This creates a stronger desire to improve as it’s the rep who is making the commitment. Less effective managers will pick improvement goals for their reps, then wonder why they don’t get buy-in.For instance, a rep who identifies a tendency to be overly chatty in sales calls might set a goal to listen more. (Nine out of 10 salespeople say listening is more important than talking in sales today, according to a recent LIKE.TG survey.) To help, they could record their calls and review the listen-to-talk ratio. Based on industry benchmarks, they could set a clear goal metric and timeline – a 60/40 listen-to-talk ratio in four weeks, for example.Richardson does have one note of caution, however. “Reps don’t have all the answers. Each seller has strengths and gaps,” she said. “A strong manager can identify those strengths and gaps, and help reps fill in the missing pieces.”6. Focus on one improvement at a timeFor sales coaching to be effective, work with the rep to improve one area at a time instead of multiple areas simultaneously. With the former, you see acute focus and measurable progress. With the latter, you end up with frustrated, stalled-out reps pulled in too many directions.Here’s an example: Let’s say your rep is struggling with sales call openings. They let their nerves get the best of them and fumble through rehearsed intros. Over the course of a year, encourage them to practice different kinds of openings with other reps. Review their calls and offer insight. Ask them to regularly assess their comfort level with call openings during one-on-ones. Over time, you will see their focus pay off.7. Ask each rep to create an action planOpen questioning during one-on-ones creates an environment where a sales rep can surface methods to achieve their goals. To make this concrete, have the sales rep write out a plan of action that incorporates these methods. This plan should outline achievable steps to a desired goal with a clearly defined timeline. Be sure you upload it to your CRM as an attachment or use a tool like Quip to create a collaborative document editable by both the manager and the rep. Have reps create the plan after early-quarter one-on-ones and check in monthly to gauge progress (more on that in the next step).Here’s what a basic action plan might look like:Main goal: Complete 10 sales calls during the last week of the quarterSteps:Week 1: Identify 20-25 prospectsWeek 2: Make qualifying callsWeek 3: Conduct needs analysis (discovery) calls, prune list, and schedule sales calls with top prospectsWeek 4: Lead sales calls and close dealsThe power of putting pen to paper here is twofold. First, it forces the sales rep to think through their plan of action. Second, it crystallises their thinking and cements their commitment to action.8. Hold your rep accountableAs businessman Louis Gerstner, Jr. wrote in “Who Says Elephants Can’t Dance?”, “people respect what you inspect.” The effective manager understands that once the plan of action is in place, their role as coach is to hold the sales rep accountable for following through on their commitments. To support them, a manager should ask questions during one-on-ones such as:What measurable progress have you made this week/quarter?What challenges are you facing?How do you plan to overcome these challenges?You can also review rep activity in your CRM. This is especially easy if you have a platform that combines automatic activity logging, easy pipeline inspection, and task lists with reminders. If you need to follow up, don’t schedule another meeting. Instead, send your rep a quick note via email or a messaging tool like Slack to level-set.9. Offer professional development opportunitiesAccording to a study by LinkedIn, 94% of employees would stay at a company longer if it invested in their career. When companies make an effort to feed their employees’ growth, it’s a win-win. Productivity increases and employees are engaged in their work.Book clubs, seminars, internal training sessions, and courses are all great development opportunities. If tuition reimbursement or sponsorship is possible, articulate this up front so reps know about all available options.Richardson adds podcasts to the list. “Get all of your salespeople together to talk about a podcast episode that ties into sales,” she said. “Take notes, pull key takeaways and action items, and share a meeting summary the next day with the group. I love that kind of peer engagement. It’s so much better than watching a dull training video.”10. Set up time to share failures — and celebrationsAs Forbes Council member and sales vet Adam Mendler wrote of sales teams, successful reps and executives prize learning from failure. But as Richardson points out, a lot of coaches rescue their reps before they can learn from mistakes: “Instead of letting them fail, they try to save an opportunity,” she said. “But that’s not scalable and doesn’t build confidence in the rep.”Instead, give your reps the freedom to make mistakes and offer them guidance to grow through their failures. Set up a safe space where reps can share their mistakes and learnings with the larger team — then encourage each rep to toss those mistakes on a metaphorical bonfire so they can move on.By embracing failure as a learning opportunity, you also minimise the likelihood of repeating the same mistakes. Encourage your reps to document the circumstances that led to a missed opportunity or lost deal. Review calls to pinpoint where conversations go awry. Study failure, and you might be surprised by the insights that emerge.Also — and equally as important — make space for celebrating big wins. This cements best practices and offers positive reinforcement, which motivates reps to work harder to hit (or exceed) quota.Next steps for your sales coaching programA successful sales coach plays a pivotal role in enhancing sales rep performance and elevating the entire sales organisation. Successful sales coaching requires daily interaction with your team, ongoing training, and regular feedback, which optimises sales processes to improve overall sales performance. As Lindsey Boggs, global director of sales development at Quantum Metric, noted, it also requires intentional focus and a strategic approach to empower the sales team, significantly impacting the sales organisation.“Remove noise from your calendar so you can focus your day on what’s going to move the needle the most — coaching,” she said. Once that’s prioritised, follow the best practices above to help improve your sales reps’ performance, focusing on individual rep development as a key aspect of sales coaching. Remember: coaching is the key to driving sales performance.Steven Rosen, founder of sales management training company STAR Results, contributed to this article.
企业管理
AI translation apps: Benefits for your travels?
AI translation apps
Benefits for your travels?
This article explains the benefits of AI translation apps for travelers, which offer a practical and efficient solution worldwide.Despite the increasing accessibility of international travel, language barriers continue to pose a significant challenge. At LIKE.TG, our goal is to help you explore the world more easilyThe Revolution of AI in TranslationAI technology has revolutionized language translation, providing unprecedented accuracy and contextualization.These applications continuously learn, improving their ability to understand and translate linguistic and cultural nuances with each update.Benefits of AI Translation AppsTravel without language barriersImagine asking for directions, interacting with locals, or even resolving emergencies in a language you don’t speak.AI translation apps make it all possible, removing one of the biggest obstacles for travelers: language.Instant communicationImagine looking at a menu in an Italian restaurant and every dish sounds like a Harry Potter spell. This is where your AI translation app acts as your personal wand.Imagine having a magic button that allows you to instantly understand and speak any language. Well, in the real world, that “wand” fits in your pocket and is called an AI translation app.These apps are like having a personal mini translator with you 24/7, ready to help you order that strange dish on the menu without ending up eating something you can’t even pronounce.Whether you’re trying to unravel the mystery of a Japanese sign or want to know what the hell that road sign in Iceland means, the instant translation offered by some AI apps is your best friend.Cultural learning beyond wordsSome of these apps don’t just translate words for you; they immerse you in a pool of culture without the need for floats. Think of them as a bridge between you and the authentic native experiences that await you in every corner of the world.Suddenly you learn to say “thank you” in Italian so convincingly that even the “nonna” at the restaurant smiles at you.There are tools that not only teach you to speak like a native, but to understand their gestures, their jokes, and even prepare you to be the “King of Karaoke in Korea”.Gain independence and be the boss of your own trip.Need a tour guide? No way! With an AI translation app in your pocket, you become the hero of your own travel odyssey.These digital wonders give you the freedom to control your adventure, allowing you to discover those secret corners of Paris or navigate the back streets of Tokyo without becoming part of the scenery.They are your golden ticket to freedom, giving you the power to explore at your leisure without having to follow the pack like a duck in a line.It’s time to take the reins, blaze your own trail, and collect the epic stories everyone wants to hear.With these apps, independence isn’t just a word; it’s your new way of traveling.Improve your dining experienceHave you ever felt like a detective trying to solve the mystery of a foreign menu? With AI translation apps, the mystery is solved instantly.Imagine pointing your phone at a dish called “Risotto ai Funghi” and discovering that you’re not ordering a strange dessert, but a delicious rice with mushrooms.These apps are your personal Michelin guide, ensuring that every bite is an adventure for your taste buds and not an unwanted surprise.Makes using public transportation easierSay goodbye to the complicated signs and misunderstandings that get you around town.It’s like every traffic sign and schedule speaks your language, giving you a VIP pass to move around the city like a fish in water, ready to explain that the train leaves in 5 minutes, not 50.Suddenly, getting from point A to point B is as easy as ordering a pizza.Improve your personal safetyIn a pinch, these apps become your capeless hero. Whether it’s explaining a shellfish allergy or locating the nearest emergency exit, they help you communicate clearly and avoid those “lost in translation” moments no one wants to experience.Access real-time local information:See that poster about a local event? Yeah, the one that looks interesting but is in a language you don’t understand.With a quick scan, your translation app tells you all about that secret concert or food festival that only the locals go to.Congratulations! You’ve just upgraded your status from tourist to expert traveler.Flexibility and convenienceWant to change your plans and venture to a nearby town recommended by a local you met yesterday at the train station? Of course you can!With the confidence your translation app gives you, you can decide to follow that spontaneous advice and visit a nearby town without worrying about the language. Your trip, your rules.Choosing the best translation app for your travelsWhen choosing a translation app, it is important to consider the variety of languages available, the accuracy of the translation, and the additional features it offers.LIKE.TG apps, for example, stand out for their wide range of supported languages and innovative features that go beyond simple translation, such as real-time speech recognition and built-in language lessons.REMEMBER !!!You can downloadour available appsfor translating and learning languages correctly available for free on googleplay and applestores.Do not hesitate to visit ourLIKE.TG websiteand contact us with any questions or problems you may have, and of course, take a look at any ofour blog articles.
AI-based translation tools: Analysis and comparison of the best ones
AI-based translation tools
Analysis and comparison of the best ones
As globalization increases, companies and individuals are finding it necessary to communicate more frequently with people who speak different languages.As a result, the need for translation tools has become more pressing.The good news is that there are now AI-based translation tools that make the process of translating text and speech faster and more accurate than ever before.In this article, I will analyze and compare the best AI-based translation tools available, discussing their advantages, features and drawbacks.Introduction to AI-based translation toolsAI-based translation tools use artificial intelligence to translate text and speech from one language to another. These tools have become increasingly popular in recent years thanks to advances in machine learning and natural language processing. Such tools are faster, more accurate and can handle a higher volume of work.Benefits of using AI-based translation toolsOne of the main advantages of using AI-based translation tools is speed. These tools can translate large volumes of text in a matter of seconds, whereas it would take a human translator much longer to do the same job.They are less likely to make mistakes and can also be used to translate speeches in real time, which makes them very useful for international conferences or business meetings.Popular AI-based translation tools and their featuresThere are many AI-based translation tools, each with its own unique features. Here are some of the most popular ones and what they offer:1. Google TranslateGoogle Translate is one of the most well-known AI-based translation tools. It offers translations in over 100 languages and can be used to translate text, speech, and even images. Google Translate also offers a feature called “Conversation Mode,” which allows two people to have a conversation in different languages using the same device.2. Microsoft TranslatorMicrosoft Translator is another popular AI-based translation tool. It offers translations in over 60 languages and can be used to translate text, speech, and images. Microsoft Translator also offers a feature called “Live Feature,” which allows two people to have a conversation in different languages using their own devices.3. DeepLDeepL is a newer AI-based translation tool, but it has quickly gained popularity thanks to its high-quality translations. It offers translations in nine languages and can be used to translate text. DeepL uses deep learning algorithms to produce translations that are more accurate and natural-sounding than those produced by other translation tools.4. LIKE.TG TranslateLIKE.TG Translate is a relatively new AI-based translation tool that has gained popularity in recent years. It is available in over 125 languages and can translate text, voice and images. One of the unique features of LIKE.TG Translate is its ability to translate text within other apps.The best feature of these apps is that not only do they base their translation using AI but they have a team of native translators behind them constantly improving their applications to make them even better.Factors to consider when choosing an AI-based translation toolWhen choosing an AI-based translation tool, there are several factors to consider. The first is the languages you need to translate. Make sure the tool you choose supports the languages you need. The second factor is the type of translations you need. Do you need to translate text, speech, or images? Do you need real-time translation for conversations? The third factor is the accuracy of the translations. Consider the quality of the translations produced by each tool. Lastly, consider the cost of the tool. Some AI-based translation tools are free, while others require a subscription or payment per use.Pros and cons of using AI-based translation toolsLike any tool, AI-based translation tools have pros and cons. Here are some of the main advantages and drawbacks of using these tools:After a thorough analysis, I can faithfully describe to you some of the most characteristic pros and cons of these tools:PROSAccuracy: These tools are able to better understand the context and syntax of the language, which translates into greater translation accuracy.Speed: Translating large amounts of text can take a long time if done manually, whereas AI-based translation tools are able to process large amounts of text in a matter of seconds.Cost savings: AI-based translation tools are often less expensive than human translation services, especially for large projects.Integrations: Many of these tools integrate with other platforms and productivity tools, making them easy to use in different contexts.CONSLack of context: These tools often lack context, which can result in inaccurate or inconsistent translations. For example, a literal translation of a sentence in one language into another may not take into account cultural connotations or social context and result in a translation that makes no sense.Lack of accuracy: Although AI-based translation tools have improved significantly in recent years, they are still not as accurate as humans. Translations can be inaccurate or have grammatical and spelling errors, especially in more complex or technical languages.They cannot capture nuances or tones: Such translation tools cannot capture nuances or tones that are often important in human communication. For example, they may miss the sarcastic or ironic tone of a sentence and translate it literally.Language dependency: language dependent, meaning that they work best for translating between widely spoken and documented languages but do not represent less common languages or regional dialects well. .Cost: While there are some available for free, many of the high-quality tools are quite expensive.Lack of customization: AI-based translation tools cannot be customized to meet the specific needs of an individual or company. This can limit their usefulness especially when highly specialized or technical translation is required.Privacy and security: Some tools collect and store sensitive data, which can raise serious concerns about data privacy and security.In conclusion, AI-based translation tools offer a number of advantages in terms of speed, accuracy and cost, but it is important to be aware of their limitations and challenges when selecting a tool.How AI-based translation tools are changing the translation industryAI-based translation tools are changing the translation industry in several ways. The first is that the translation process is faster and more efficient. This allows translators to handle larger volumes of work and deliver projects faster. The second way in which they are changing the industry is that specialized translators are becoming more in demand, as human quality is irreplaceable and although they can do basic translations, they have problems with technical or specialized language.This means that specialized translators in certain areas are more in demand than ever.The future of AI-based translation toolsThe future of AI-based translation tools is bright. As technology continues to advance, these tools will become even more sophisticated and accurate. We may eventually see a tool capable of handling all forms of language, including slang and regional dialects. It is also possible that they will become more integrated into our daily lives, allowing us to communicate with people who speak different languages more easily than ever before, yet experts continue to warn that humans cannot be replaced.Conclusion and recommendations for the best AI-based translation toolsIn conclusion, AI-based translation tools offer many advantages over traditional methods. They are faster, more accurate and can handle a higher volume of work. However, it is important to consider the languages you need to translate, the type of translations you need, the accuracy of the translations and the cost of the tool when choosing an AI-based translation tool, because at the end of the day no AI can replace a human being, nor can it emulate the human quality that a human being can bring to us.Based on our analysis and comparison, we recommend Google Translate for its versatility and variety of features. However, if you need high quality translations, LIKE.TG Translate may be the best choice.REMEMBER !!!You can downloadour available appsfor translating and learning languages correctly available for free on googleplay and applestores.Do not hesitate to visit ourLIKE.TG websiteand contact us with any questions or problems you may have, and of course, take a look at any ofour blog articles.
Artificial intelligence (AI) in language teaching: Future perspectives and challenges
Artificial intelligence (AI) in language teaching
Future perspectives and challenges
In a world where educational technology is advancing by leaps and bounds, it is no surprise that artificial intelligence is revolutionizing the way we learn languages.The combination of machine learning in education and AI in language teaching has opened up a range of exciting possibilities and, at the same time, poses challenges that we must face to make the most of this innovation.What is Artificial Intelligence in Language Teaching?Artificial intelligence (AI) in language teaching refers to the use of algorithms and computer systems to facilitate the process of learning a new language.From mobile apps to online platforms, AI has been integrated into a variety of tools designed to help students improve their language skills efficiently and effectively.Advances in AI and its challenges in language learningArtificial intelligence (AI) is radically transforming the way we learn languages. With the emergence of AI-powered apps and platforms, students have access to innovative tools that personalize learning to their individual needs.These tools use machine learning algorithms to analyze student progress and deliver tailored content, from grammar exercises to conversation practice.Additionally, AI-powered translation has significantly improved in accuracy and speed. Apps like LIKE.TG Translate allow users to instantly translate between multiple languages ​​with just a few clicks, making multilingual communication easier.Artificial Intelligence offers unprecedented potential to improve the language learning process, providing students with personalized and efficient tools.Positive Perspectives of AI in Language TeachingOne of the main advantages of AI in language teaching is its ability to personalize learning. Through data analysis and machine learning, AI systems can adapt digital learning platforms, content and activities based on the needs and preferences of each student.This allows for a more individualized and effective approach to improving language skills.In addition, AI has also enabled the development of more accurate and faster real-time translation tools. With apps like LIKE.TG Translate, users can access instant translations in multiple languages ​​with just a few clicks.This facilitates communication in multilingual environments and expands opportunities for interaction and learning.AI in language teaching opens the doors to global communication without barriersChallenges and Future ChallengesDespite advances in AI applied to language teaching, there are still important challenges that we must overcome. One of the main challenges is to guarantee the quality and accuracy of the content generated by AI.While AI systems can be effective in providing feedback and practice exercises, there are still areas where human intervention is necessary to correct errors and provide high-quality teaching.Another important challenge is ensuring that AI in language teaching is accessible to everyone. As we move towards an increasingly digitalized future, it is crucial to ensure that all people, regardless of their geographic location or socioeconomic status, have access to AI language learning apps.This will require investment in technological infrastructure and digital literacy programs around the world.How Long Is It Possible to Learn a Language with Artificial Intelligence?With the help of artificial intelligence (AI), learning a new language can be more efficient than ever.Although the time required to master a language varies depending on various factors, such as the complexity of the language, the level of dedication of the learner, and the quality of the AI ​​tools used, many people have managed to acquire significant language skills in a relatively short period of time.Thanks to AI applications and platforms designed specifically for language learning, users can benefit from a personalized approach tailored to their individual needs.These tools use machine learning algorithms to identify areas for improvement and provide relevant content, speeding up the learning process.On average, some people have reported significant gains in their language proficiency in just a few months of consistent use of AI tools.However, it is important to keep in mind that learning a language is an ongoing process and that completing mastery can take years of constant practice and exposure to the language in real-world contexts.Ultimately, the time needed to learn a language with AI depends largely on the commitment and dedication of the student.“The journey to mastering a language with AI begins with small daily steps, but constant dedication is the key to achieving the desired fluency.”In conclusion, the integration of technology in education and artificial intelligence in language teaching offers exciting opportunities to improve the learning process and promote intercultural global communication.However, it also poses challenges that we must proactively address to ensure that everyone can benefit from this innovation in education.With a collaborative approach and a continued commitment to educational excellence, we can fully realize the potential of AI in language teaching and prepare for a multilingual and globalized future.Visit our website for more information and begin your journey towards mastering languages ​​​​with the best and most advanced technology.
海外工具
10个最好的网站数据实时分析工具
10个最好的网站数据实时分析工具
网络分析工具可以帮助你收集、预估和分析网站的访问记录,对于网站优化、市场研究来说,是个非常实用的工具。每一个网站开发者和所有者,想知道他的网站的完整的状态和访问信息,目前互联网中有很多分析工具,本文选取了20款最好的分析工具,可以为你提供实时访问数据。1.Google Analytics这是一个使用最广泛的访问统计分析工具,几周前,Google Analytics推出了一项新功能,可以提供实时报告。你可以看到你的网站中目前在线的访客数量,了解他们观看了哪些网页、他们通过哪个网站链接到你的网站、来自哪个国家等等。2. Clicky与Google Analytics这种庞大的分析系统相比,Clicky相对比较简易,它在控制面板上描供了一系列统计数据,包括最近三天的访问量、最高的20个链接来源及最高20个关键字,虽说数据种类不多,但可直观的反映出当前站点的访问情况,而且UI也比较简洁清新。3. WoopraWoopra将实时统计带到了另一个层次,它能实时直播网站的访问数据,你甚至可以使用Woopra Chat部件与用户聊天。它还拥有先进的通知功能,可让你建立各类通知,如电子邮件、声音、弹出框等。4. Chartbeat这是针对新闻出版和其他类型网站的实时分析工具。针对电子商务网站的专业分析功能即将推出。它可以让你查看访问者如何与你的网站进行互动,这可以帮助你改善你的网站。5. GoSquared它提供了所有常用的分析功能,并且还可以让你查看特定访客的数据。它集成了Olark,可以让你与访客进行聊天。6. Mixpane该工具可以让你查看访客数据,并分析趋势,以及比较几天内的变化情况。7. Reinvigorate它提供了所有常用的实时分析功能,可以让你直观地了解访客点击了哪些地方。你甚至可以查看注册用户的名称标签,这样你就可以跟踪他们对网站的使用情况了。8. Piwi这是一个开源的实时分析工具,你可以轻松下载并安装在自己的服务器上。9. ShinyStat该网站提供了四种产品,其中包括一个有限制的免费分析产品,可用于个人和非营利网站。企业版拥有搜索引擎排名检测,可以帮助你跟踪和改善网站的排名。10. StatCounter这是一个免费的实时分析工具,只需几行代码即可安装。它提供了所有常用的分析数据,此外,你还可以设置每天、每周或每月自动给你发送电子邮件报告。本文转载自:https://www.cifnews.com/search/article?keyword=工具
10款常用的SEO内容优化工具
10款常用的SEO内容优化工具
谷歌使用含有数百个加权因子的复杂算法,根据给定网页与给定关键词的相关性,对网页进行索引和排名。数字营销人员则通过实证测试试图弄清这个复杂算法背后的原理,并采用特定的方法来提高网页在搜索结果页中的排名,这一过程被叫做搜索引擎优化(SEO),这是数字营销人员必须掌握的重要技能。 如果没有优质SEO内容工具,优化网页内容将是一项冗长乏味的工作。为了帮助您节省大量时间和劳动力,本为会为您推荐10个最佳SEO内容创作工具,这些工具适用于内容创作过程的不同阶段。 1. Google Search Console 价格:网站所有者可免费使用 作用:Google Search Console是谷歌自己的工具,能够帮助提高网站在搜索引擎结果页面中的排名。它包括网站性能监视工具,页面加载时间监视工具。您还可以监控您的网站在Google搜索结果中的排名,了解哪些页面是针对特定关键词进行排名的。您还可以查看网页在搜索结果页面的展示次数和点击次数。它帮助您确定该优化哪些内容,以及接下来该定位哪些关键词。 2. Google Keyword Planner 价格:拥有Google Ads账户的人均可免费使用 作用:Google Keyword Planner是进行基本的关键词研究的最佳免费工具之一。您可以 1)发现新关键词:输入任何关键词来查看与其类似的关键词列表,以及它们的搜索量和相关指标,使得你很容易找到新的关键字优化目标;2)预测关键词趋势:监控趋势,以发现流行的搜索关键词。Kenny觉得这个工具只适合做SEM的小伙伴,如果你是做SEO的,那查找到的关键词数据不适合SEO。 3. WordStream 价格:免费 作用:WordStream 提供了一个精简版的Google Keyword Planner,它是免费的,易于使用。只需输入您选择的关键词,选择一个行业,并输入您的位置,然后单击Email All My Keywords按钮,您就可以获得关键词列表和它们在Google和Bing上的搜索量,以及每个关键词的平均每次点击成本(CPC) 4. SEMrush 价格:部分功能免费,订阅制99.95美元/月 作用:SEMrush 是最流行的工具之一,适用于所有类型的数字营销人员。它包含40多种不同的工具,可以帮助进行SEO、PPC和社交媒体管理。营销人员可以使用SEMrush分析反向链接、进行关键词研究、分析自己或竞争对手的网站性能和流量,并发现新的市场和机会。SEMrush还有一个SEO审计程序,可以帮助解决网站SEO的一些技术问题。 图片来源:SEMrush 5. BuzzSumo 价格:79美元/月 作用:BuzzSumo帮助营销人员有效分析网站内容,同时紧跟热门趋势。BuzzSumo能够找到用户在不同平台上最喜欢分享的内容。只需要输入网站链接,就能查看什么是该网站最热门的内容。您还可以分析过去一天内,一个月内以及一年内的趋势,并且按照作者或者平台过滤。 6. Answer the Public 价格:每天3次免费使用,无限使用99美元/月 作用:输入某一关键词,您可以查找到任何与之相联系的关键词,并获得可视化报告。这些关键字以您输入的关键词为中心,形成一个网状结构,展示它们之间的联系。借助Answer the Public,营销人员可以撰写针对性强的文章,使网页更有可能出现在Google Snippets中。 图片来源:Answer the Public 7. Yoast SEO 价格:基础版免费,高级版89美元/月 作用:Yoast SEO是一个WordPress插件。它可在您使用WordPress优化博客文章时,为您提供实时反馈,提供改进建议。它类似一个清单工具,实时告诉你撰写网站博文时还可以做哪些事来优化SEO。 8. Keyword Density Checker 价格:每月500次使用限制,如需解锁更多使用次数,可购买50美元/年的高级版 作用:关键字密度(Keyword density)是谷歌等搜索引擎用来对网页进行排名的重要因素。您应该确保目标关键词在每篇文章中被提到足够多的次数,同时还不能滥用关键词。keyword density checker可以计算出每个关键词在您的文章中被提及的次数。只要复制粘贴文本,您就能知道文章中出现频率最高的关键词列表。对于大多数内容而言,目标关键字的密度最好在2%到5%。 图片来源:Keyword Density Checker 9. Read-Able 价格:免费版可供使用,付费版4美元/月 作用:据统计,北美人的平均阅读水平在八年级左右。因此,如果北美人是您的目标受众,您应该撰写清晰易懂的句子和文章。如果您的目标受众受过大学教育,则可以使用较长的单词和复杂的句子。Read-able帮助您将文章写作水平与目标受众的阅读水平相匹配,为读者提供最佳体验。它提供阅读水平检查,语法和拼写检查等功能。 10. Grammarly Premium 价格:11.66美元/月 作用:搜索引擎将网站的拼写和语法纳入排名范围。如果网站内容包含许多拼写错误,它就不太可能获得一个高排名。Grammarly可以轻松创建语法正确且没有拼写错误的内容。您可以将Grammarly作为插件添加到浏览器,并在撰写电子邮件、社交媒体更新或博客文章时使用它。 从关键词研究到拼写检查和语法纠正,这10种工具涵盖了网站内容创建的每一个步骤。我们希望您在为网站编写内容时,可以使用其中一部分工具来节省时间和精力。如果您在实操上遇到困难,或者需要专业的咨询服务,一个专业的数字营销团队正是您需要的!Ara Analytics有丰富的搜索引擎优化经验,欢迎联系我们,我们将为您提供定制化的专业服务。 往期推荐: 支招!新网站引流SEO优化该怎么做? 十七招教你快速提升网站流量 | Google “SEO到底多久才可以见效啊?”-跨境电商提高自然流量必须知道的五个真相 【Google SEO】12款常用的免费谷歌SEO工具推荐- 助网站流量翻倍增长 (来源:Kenny出海推广) 以上内容属作者个人观点,不代表LIKE.TG立场!本文经原作者授权转载,转载需经原作者授权同意。​ 本文转载自:https://www.cifnews.com/search/article?keyword=工具
11大亚马逊数据工具,好用到尖叫!(黑五网一特惠福利)
11大亚马逊数据工具,好用到尖叫!(黑五网一特惠福利)
平台商家想要销量好,关键要选择有针对性的数据工具。本文将分享11款相关产品,帮助国内亚马逊卖家更好地解决日常销售中的问题。 这些工具可以帮助卖家找到一定需求的利基市场以及热销产品。 废话不多说,接着往下看吧! 1、 AmzChart (图片来源:AmzChart) AmzChart中的Amazon BSR图表工具涵盖9个国家,拥有超过数十万的产品分析。 如果你想在竞争中脱颖而出赢得竞品的市场份额,为企业带来财富的话,那么选择AmzChart准没错! 你可以选择AmzChart的理由: • Amazon BSR中可找到低竞争利基产品,助力销量增长至200%。 • 短短一分钟之内即可找到热销品类,帮助卖家深入更大的利润空间。 • 追踪竞争对手产品数据,并以电子邮件形式提供反馈。 • 反查对手ASIN功能可帮助商家分析竞争对手的关键词。 • 跟踪竞争对手的各项平台指标。 • 获取产品价格趋势,且可以轻松下载历史跟踪器插件,并安装自己的网站上。 • 通过分析报告和视频教程获得专业指导——在亚马逊经商之旅的各个阶段,你都不会孤立无援。 【点击此处】获取黑五网一福利:前3个月享5折优惠 2、 Jungle Scout (图片来源:Jungle Scout) 无论你是新手商家,或是已有经验的亚马逊老司机,Jungle Scout均可为你提供多方支持。 你可以选择Jungle Scout的理由: • 可使用筛选器从产品数据库中找到热销产品,快速又方便。 • 平台新手可通过量化数据做出决策,轻松推出产品。 • Jungel Scout可帮助商家精简业务流程,提高市场洞察能力。 • 大量的功能,如排名跟踪、listing搭建器、评价自动化、库存监管等。 3、Seller Labs Pro (图片来源:SellerLabs) 作为亚马逊智能关键字工具之一,SellerLabs能帮助商家提高自然排名和付费流量,以及一系列广泛工具。 无论是长尾关键词,还是PPC术语,你在这个工具中找到。专业版每个月49美元起价。年度计划更为划算,每月39美元起,共可节省120美元。 你可以选择Seller Labs Pro的理由: • 商家随时可监控流量、广告支出、转化率和下载报告,并将收到重要指标的通知。 • 实时通知可以帮助商家做出决策,避免缺货。 • 基于AI智能,为构建SEO策略提供详细建议。 • 访问优化工具,抓取热销产品关键字,节省运营时间。 4、 Helium 10 (图片来源:Helium 10) 作为一体化的亚马逊数据工具,Helium 10可轻松助力平台商家拓展业务。 你可以选择Helium 10 的理由: • 数据库中有4.5亿条ASIN数据,可帮助商家更快地找到产品。更直观进行分析和利润估算,以验证产品是否能够成功打入市场。 • 您可以探索关键字研究,如单字、反查对手ASIN、后端和低竞争度短语。 • 数百个关键字无缝编写listing,并让排名更靠前。 • 内置的安全工具能够避免安全威胁。可以使用警报和更新轻松地管理您的业务。 • 分析可以帮助做出强有力的决策,形成更好的产品排名。 • 可以轻松使用PPC管理和自动化以促进业务增长。 【点击此处】获取黑五限时特惠:购买两个月Diamond钻石套餐可享受5折优惠并获得额外福利。 5、AmaSuite 5 (图片来源:AmaSuite 5) AmaSuite 5具有强大的新功能,其中包括可以在Mac和Windows双系统完形成无缝工作流的Research桌面软件。 通过AmaSuite 5工具套件,商家可以发现利好关键字和产品,从而在亚马逊上赚到一笔。 你可以选择AmaSuite 5的理由: • 使用Ama Product Analyzer,可以找到各个品类的畅销产品。 • 可以通过输入主要产品关键字找到类似款式的畅销产品。 • 通过提取产品评论获得自有品牌产品想法,并可分析产品特点和优势,确保完成无风险销售行为。 • 访问亚马逊销售课程奖金,并学习如何在亚马逊开展规模化销售业务。其中的分步指南事无巨细地给予商家运营指导。 6、AMZBase (图片来源:AMZBase) AMZBase是一个免费的谷歌浏览器插件,以帮助亚马逊商家正确地选品。 你可以选择AMZBase 的理由: • 帮助获取亚马逊产品ASIN编码与listing标题描述。 • 免费访问CamelCamelCamel、阿里巴巴、全球速卖通、eBay和谷歌搜索。 • 可通过自动计算FBA费用确定预期利润。 • 一站式即时搜索工具,搜索谷歌及阿里巴巴上的相关产品。 • 只需选择关键字即可立即搜索。 • 使用AMZBase前,请将谷歌浏览器升级至最新版本。 7、Unicorn Smasher (图片来源:Unicorn Smasher) Unicorn Smasher是AmzTracker旗下产品,可以节省商家在亚马逊上的选品时间,帮助卖家更好地了解亚马逊上各个产品的定价、排名、评论和销售额。 你可以选择Unicorn Smasher的理由: • 简单、易操作的仪表盘界面,助力完成选品数据抓取。 • 根据亚马逊listing中的实时数据,获得每月的预估销售额。 • 保存商家或可节省511美元 8、Keepa (图片来源:Keepa) Keepa也是一个浏览器插件,也适用于其它所有主流浏览器。只需安装该插件,所有功能随即可全部免费使用。 你可以选择Keepa的理由: 一个免费的亚马逊产品搜索工具,具有深度数据筛选功能。 显示降价和可用性提醒的价格历史图表。 可在亚马逊上比较不同地区的价格。 可以依据价格高点下跌查询任一品类的近期交易。 可通过通知和愿望列表来进行数据跟踪。 9、ASINspector (图片来源:ASINspector) ASINspector是一个免费的谷歌插件,助力商家成为亚马逊上的专业人士。该工具不仅可以抓取利好产品信息,还能让商家以低价拿下供应商,从而获得较大利润。 你可以选择ASINspector的理由: 可提供预估销售和实时利润情况等数据。 使用AccuSales™数据分析引擎可节省选品时间。 挖掘利好产品想法,并可以红色、绿色和黄色进行标记。 用利润计算器查看决定产品是否存在合理利润空间。 与任一国家的任一亚马逊平台无缝衔接。 10、AMZScout AMZScout是卖家常用的亚马逊工具之一。 你可以选择AMZScout的理由: 访问产品数据库,查找热门新产品。 通过AMZSscout提供的培训课程提高销售技巧。 在任何国家/地区搜索国际供应商并以建立自己的品牌。 监控竞争对手的关键字、销售、定价等。 只需点击3次即可轻松安装,有中文版。 黑五福利:三五折优惠获完整工具集合,可节省511美元【点击此处】 11、 PickFu PickFu是一款亚马逊A/B测试工具,也是一个可以获取消费者问卷调查的平台。 你可以选择PickFu的理由: • 真实的美国消费者反馈 • 几分钟即可在线完成问卷调研 • 商品设计、图片、描述等及时反馈 • 精准的目标群众和属性划分 • 中文客服支持 【点击此处】获取网一福利:预购积分享8折 这11大效率型亚马逊工具已介绍完毕,相信你已经有了心仪的选择了!快去实践一下,试试看吧! (来源:AMZ实战) 以上内容仅代表作者本人观点,不代表LIKE.TG立场!如有关于作品内容、版权或其它问题请于作品发表后的30日内与LIKE.TG取得联系。 *上述文章存在营销推广内容(广告)本文转载自:https://www.cifnews.com/search/article?keyword=工具
全球峰会
1-4月美国电商支出3316亿美元,消费者转向低价商品
1-4月美国电商支出3316亿美元,消费者转向低价商品
AMZ123 获悉,日前,据外媒报道,Adobe Analytics 的数据显示,2024 年前四个月美国电商增长强劲,同比增长 7%,达到 3316 亿美元。据了解,Adobe Analytics 对美国在线交易数据进行了分析,涵盖美国零售网站的一万亿次访问、1 亿个 SKU 和 18 个产品类别。2024 年 1 月 1 日至 4 月 30 日,美国在线支出达 3316 亿美元,同比增长 7%,得益于电子产品、服装等非必需品的稳定支出以及在线杂货购物的持续激增。Adobe 预计,2024 年上半年在线支出将超过 5000 亿美元,同比增长 6.8%。今年前四个月,美国消费者在线上消费电子产品 618 亿美元(同比增长 3.1%),服装 525 亿美元(同比增长 2.6%)。尽管增幅较小,但这两个类别占电商总支出的 34.5%,帮助保持了营收增长。同时,杂货进一步推动了增长,在线支出达 388 亿美元,同比增长 15.7%。Adobe 预计,未来三年内,该类别将成为电商市场的主导力量,其收入份额与电子产品和服装相当。另一个在线支出费增长较快的类别是化妆品,该类别在 2023 年带来了 350 亿美元的在线消费,同比增长 15.6%。而这一上升趋势仍在继续,截至 4 月 30 日,2024 年美国消费者在化妆品上的在线支出为 132 亿美元,同比增长 8%。此外,数月持续的通货膨胀导致消费者在多个主要类别中购买更便宜的商品。Adobe 发现,个人护理(增长 96%)、电子产品(增长 64%)、服装(增长 47%)、家居/花园(增长 42%)、家具/床上用品(增长 42%)和杂货(增长 33%)等类别的低价商品份额均大幅增加。具体而言,在食品杂货等类别中,低通胀商品的收入增长 13.4%,而高通胀商品的收入下降 15.6%。在化妆品等类别中,影响相对较弱,低通胀商品的收入增长 3.06%,高通胀商品的收入仅下降 0.34%,主要由于消费者对自己喜欢的品牌表现出了更强的忠诚度。而体育用品(增长 28%)、家电(增长 26%)、工具/家装(增长 26%)和玩具(增长 25%)等类别的低价商品份额增幅均较小,这些类别的增幅也主要受品牌忠诚度影响,同时消费者更倾向于购买最高品质的此类产品。此外,“先买后付”(BNPL)支付方式在此期间也出现了持续增长。2024 年 1 月至 4 月,BNPL 推动了 259 亿美元的电商支出,较去年同期大幅增长 11.8%。Adobe 预计,BNPL 将在 2024 年全年推动 810 亿至 848 亿美元的支出,同比增长 8% 至 13%。
12月波兰社媒平台流量盘点,TikTok追赶Instagram
12月波兰社媒平台流量盘点,TikTok追赶Instagram
AMZ123 获悉,近日,市场分析机构 Mediapanel 公布了 2023 年 12 月波兰主流社交平台的最新用户统计数据。受 TikTok 的打击,Pinterest、Facebook 和 Instagram 的用户数量出现下降。根据 Mediapanel 的数据,截至 2023 年 12 月,TikTok 是波兰第三大社交媒体平台,拥有超过 1378 万用户,相当于波兰 46.45% 的互联网用户。排在 TikTok 之前的是 Facebook 和 Instagram,其中 Facebook 拥有超过 2435 万用户,相当于波兰 82.06% 的互联网用户;Instagram 则拥有超过 1409 万用户,相当于波兰 47.47% 的互联网用户。在用户使用时长方面,TikTok 排名第一。2023 年 12 月,TikTok 用户的平均使用时长为 17 小时 18 分钟 42 秒。Facebook 用户的平均使用时长为 15 小时 36 分钟 38 秒,位居第二。其次是 Instagram,平均使用时长为 5 小时 2 分钟 39 秒。与 11 月相比,12 月 Facebook 减少了 58.84 万用户(下降 2.4%),但其用户平均使用时间增加了 32 分钟 50 秒(增长 3.6%)。Instagram 流失了 25.9 万用户(下降 1.8%),但其用户平均使用时间增加了 15 分钟(增长 5.2%)。虽然 TikTok 的用户数量略有增长(增长 8.85 万,即 0.6%),但其用户平均使用时间减少了 47 分钟(减少 4.3%)。12 月份,波兰其他主流社交媒体平台的用户数据(与 11 月相比):X 增加了 39.64 万用户(增长 4.8%),用户平均使用时间增加了 6 分钟 19 秒(增长 9.3%);Pinterest 增加了 23.02 万用户(增长 3.5%),用户平均使用时间增加了 7 分钟 9 秒(增长 16.1%);Snapchat 则增加了 9.04 万用户(增长 1.8%),用户平均使用时间增加了 23 秒(增长 0.2%);LinkedIn 流失了 27.69 万用户(下降 6.2%),用户平均使用时间减少了 1 分钟 36 秒(下降 11.7%);Reddit 流失了 18.6 万用户(下降 7.1%),用户平均使用时间减少了 1 分钟 27 秒(下降 11.6%)。
178W应用、3700W注册开发者,图表详解苹果首个App Store数据透明度报告
178W应用、3700W注册开发者,图表详解苹果首个App Store数据透明度报告
近日,苹果发布 2022 年 App Store 透明度报告,展示了 App Store 在 175 个国家和地区运营的数据,包括在线/下架应用数量、提审被拒应用数量、每周访问量、搜索量等。为帮助开发者快速了解 App Store 新发布的各项数据情况,在本篇内容中,AppStare 拆解了各项数据,为开发者提供直观展示,可供参考。app 数据App Store 在线及下架 app 数量报告显示,2022 年,App Store 中在线 app 总数量超 178 万(1,783,232),从 App Store 下架的 app 数量超 18 万(186,195)。提交审核及被拒的 app 数量共有超 610 万(6,101,913)款 app 提交到 App Store 进行审核,其中近 168 万(1,679,694)款 app 提审被拒,占比 27.53%,审核拒绝的主要原因包括性能问题、违反当地法律、不符合设计规范等。此外,提审被拒后再次提交并通过审核的 app 数量超 25 万(253,466),占比 15.09%。不同原因提审被拒的 app 数量app 提审被 App Store 审核指南拒绝的原因包括 app 性能问题、违反当地法律、不符合设计规范、业务问题、存在安全风险及其他六大模块。从上图可见,性能问题是 app 提审被拒的最大原因,超 101 万(1,018,415)款 app 因此被 App Store 审核指南拒绝,占比达 50.98%。建议开发者在 app 提审前,针对 App Store 审核指南再做详细的自我审查,提升通过可能。从 App Store 下架的 app Top 10 分类2022 年,App Store 下架超 18 万(186,195)款 app,其中游戏类 app 是下架次数最多的应用类别,超 3.8 万(38,883)款,占比 20.88%,其次为 工具类 app,共下架 2 万(20,045)款,占比 10.77%。中国大陆下架 app 品类 top 10在中国大陆地区,下架 app 总计超 4 万(41,238)款。工具类 app 是下架数量最多的 app 子品类,达 9,077 款,占比 22.01%,其次为游戏类 app,下架 6,173 款,占比 14.97%。被下架后申诉的 app 数量在 175 个国家/地区中,被下架后申诉的 app 数量总计超 1.8 万(18,412)款。中国大陆下架后申诉的 app 数量最多,达 5,484 款,占比 29.78%。申诉后恢复上架的 app 数量申诉后恢复上架的 app 数量总计为 616 款,其中中国大陆申诉后恢复上架的 app 最多,为 169 款,占中国大陆下架后申诉 app 数量(5,484)的 3.08%。开发者数据注册苹果开发者总数近 3700 万(36,974,015),被终止开发者账户数量近 43 万(428,487),占比 1.16%。其中,开发者账户因违反开发者计划许可协议(DPLA)而被终止的主要原因分别有欺诈(428,249)、出口管制(238)等。被终止后申诉的开发者账户数量为 3,338,被终止后申诉并恢复的开发者账户数量为 159,占比 4.76%。用户数据在用户方面,平均每周访问 App Store 的用户数超 6.56 亿(656,739,889)。2022 年,App Store 终止用户账户数量超 2.82 亿(282,036,628)。值得注意的是,App Store 还阻止了金额超 $20.9亿($2,090,195,480)的欺诈交易。在用户 app 下载方面,平均每周下载 app 数量超 7.47 亿(747,873,877),平均每周重新下载 app 数量超 15.39 亿(1,539,274,266),是前者的 2 倍。因此,建议开发者多加重视对回访用户的唤醒,相关推广策略的制定可能起到较为理想的效果。在 app 更新方面,平均每周自动更新 app 数量超 408 亿(40,876,789,492),平均每周手动更新 app 数量超 5 亿(512,545,816)。可见,用户在 app 更新问题上更偏向依赖自动更新。搜索数据平均每周在 App Store 搜索的用户数超 3.73 亿(373,211,396),App Store 的高质流量有目共睹。在至少 1000 次搜索中出现在搜索结果前 10 名的 app 总数近 140 万(1,399,741),平均每周出现在至少 1000 次搜索结果前 10 名的 app 数量 近 20 万(197,430)。除了通过元数据优化等操作提升 app 的搜索排名外,Apple Search Ads 也是帮助开发者提升 app 曝光和下载的重要渠道。
全球大数据
   探索Discord注册的多重用途
探索Discord注册的多重用途
在当今数字化时代,社交网络平台是人们沟通、分享和互动的重要场所。而Discord作为一款功能强大的聊天和社交平台,正吸引着越来越多的用户。那么,Discord注册可以用来做什么呢?让我们来探索它的多重用途。 首先,通过Discord注册,您可以加入各种兴趣群组和社区,与志同道合的人分享共同的爱好和话题。不论是游戏、音乐、电影还是科技,Discord上有无数个群组等待着您的加入。您可以与其他成员交流、参与讨论、组织活动,结识新朋友并扩大自己的社交圈子。 其次,Discord注册也为个人用户和团队提供了一个协作和沟通的平台。无论您是在学校、工作场所还是志愿组织,Discord的群组和频道功能使得团队成员之间可以方便地分享文件、讨论项目、安排日程,并保持密切的联系。它的语音和视频通话功能还能让远程团队更好地协同工作,提高效率。 对于商业用途而言,Discord注册同样具有巨大潜力。许多品牌和企业已经认识到了Discord作为一个与年轻受众互动的渠道的重要性。通过创建自己的Discord服务器,您可以与客户和粉丝建立更紧密的联系,提供独家内容、产品促销和用户支持。Discord还提供了一些商业工具,如机器人和API,帮助您扩展功能并提供更好的用户体验。 总结起来,Discord注册不仅可以让您加入各种兴趣群组和社区,享受与志同道合的人交流的乐趣,还可以为个人用户和团队提供协作和沟通的平台。对于品牌和企业而言,Discord也提供了与受众互动、推广产品和提供用户支持的机会。所以,赶紧注册一个Discord账号吧,开启多重社交和商业可能性的大门! -->
  商海客discord群发软件:开启营销革命的利器
商海客discord群发软件
开启营销革命的利器
商海客discord群发软件作为一款前沿的营销工具,以其独特的特点和出色的功能,在商业领域掀起了一场营销革命。它不仅为企业带来了全新的营销方式,也为企业创造了巨大的商业价值。 首先,商海客discord群发软件以其高效的群发功能,打破了传统营销方式的束缚。传统营销常常面临信息传递效率低、覆盖范围有限的问题。而商海客discord群发软件通过其强大的群发功能,可以将信息迅速传递给大量的目标受众,实现广告的精准推送。不论是产品推广、品牌宣传还是促销活动,商海客discord群发软件都能帮助企业快速触达潜在客户,提高营销效果。 其次,商海客discord群发软件提供了丰富的营销工具和功能,为企业的营销活动增添了更多的可能性。商海客discord群发软件支持多种媒体形式的推送,包括文本、图片、音频和视频等。企业可以根据自身需求,定制个性化的消息内容和推广方案,以吸引目标受众的注意。此外,商海客discord群发软件还提供了数据分析和统计功能,帮助企业了解营销效果,进行精细化的调整和优化。 最后,商海客discord群发软件的用户体验和易用性也为企业带来了便利。商海客discord群发软件的界面简洁明了,操作简单易懂,即使对于非技术人员也能够快速上手。商海客discord群发软件还提供了稳定的技术支持和优质的客户服务,确保用户在使用过程中能够获得及时的帮助和解决问题。 -->
 Discord|海外社媒营销的下一个风口?
Discord|海外社媒营销的下一个风口?
Discord这个软件相信打游戏的各位多少都会有点了解。作为功能上和YY相类似的语音软件,已经逐渐成为各类游戏玩家的青睐。在这里你可以创建属于自己的频道,叫上三五个朋友一起开黑,体验线上五连坐的游戏体验。但Discord可不是我们口中说的美国版YY这么简单。 Discord最初是为了方便人们交流而创立的应用程序。游戏玩家、电影迷和美剧迷、包括NFT创作者和区块链项目都在Discord上装修起一个个属于自己的小家。而在互联网的不断发展中,Discord现如今已经发展成为一种高效的营销工具,其强大的社区的功能已远不止语音交谈这一单一功能了。本文我们将结合市场营销现有的一些概念,带你领略Discord背后的无穷价值。 初代海外社媒营销: 当我们谈及Marketing市场营销,我们大多能想到的就是广告,以广告投放去获得较为多的转化为最终目的。但随着公众利益的变化,市场营销的策略也在不断改变。社交媒体类别的营销是现在更多品牌更为看重的一块流量池。我们可以选择付费营销,当然也可以选择不付费,这正式大多数的品牌所处的阶段。如国内的微博,抖音。又好比海外的Facebook, Instagram等。 但是,当我们深入地了解这些社交媒体的算法时不难发现。人们经常会错过我们的内容,又或者在看到这是一个广告之后就选择离开,其推广的触达率并不显著。其原因其实和初代社交媒体的属性分不开。 我们来打个比方:当你在YouTube上看着喜爱的博主视频,YouTube突然暂停了你的视频,给你插入了品牌方的广告。试问你的心情如何?你会选择安心看完这个广告,对其推广的产品产生了兴趣。还是想尽一切办法去关掉这个烦人的广告?而在不付费的内容上:你更喜欢看那些能娱乐你,充实你生活的内容。还是选择去看一个可能和你毫不相干的品牌贴文?在大数据的加持下,品牌方可能绞尽脑汁的想去获得你这个用户。但选择权仍就在用户手上,用户选择社交媒体的原因更多是为了娱乐和社交。我们也不愿意和一个个客气的“品牌Logo”去对话。 Discord是如何改变营销世界的? Discord又有什么不一样呢?你觉的他的营销手段就像发Email一样,给你特定的社群发送一组消息?谈到Email,这里要插一嘴。其触达率表现也并不优异,你发送的重要通告,新闻稿,打折促销。都有可能在用户还未浏览收之前就已经进了垃圾箱,又或者是和其他数百封未读邮件中等待着缘分的到来。 其实Discord的频道属性很美妙的化解了社交媒体现在的窘境,我们再来打个比方:比如你很喜欢篮球,因此你进入到了这个Discord篮球频道。而在这个频道里又包含了中锋,前锋,后卫这些细分频道。后卫又细分到了控球后卫,得分后卫。但总的来说,这个频道的用户都是喜欢篮球的群体。Discord的属性也拉近了品牌和用户的距离,你们不再是用户和一个个官方的“品牌Logo”对话。取而代之的则是一个个亲近感十足的好兄弟。直播带货中的“家人们”好像就是这一形式哈哈。 因此在Discord 上你可以针对不同频道发送不同的公告消息,使目标用户能够及时获得你的任何更新。他可不像电子邮件一样,淹没在一堆未读邮件中,也不会像社媒贴文一样被忽视。更精准的去区分不同的目标受众这一独特性也注定了Discord Marketing的强大功能。 Discord拓展属性: 自Facebook更名Meta等一系列动作下,2021年被世人称为元宇宙元年。在这一大背景下,更多的社交媒体开始逐渐向元宇宙靠拢。Twitter逐渐成为各类项目方的首选宣发媒体。Discord的属性也被更多项目方所发现,现如今Discord已被广泛运用在区块链领域。Discord事实上已经成为加密货币社区的最大聚集地,学习使用Discord也已经成为了圈内最入门技能。随着未来大量的区块链项目的上线Discord也将获得更加直接的变现手段。 Discord的各类载体已经数不胜数,区块链、游戏开黑、公司办公软件、线上教课。Discord是否能成为海外社媒的下一个风口?还是他已经成为了?这个不是我们能说了算的,但甭管你是想做品牌推广,还是单纯的就想酣畅漓淋的和朋友一起开个黑。选择Discord都是一个不错的选择。 -->
社交媒体

                    100+ Instagram Stats You Need to Know in 2024
100+ Instagram Stats You Need to Know in 2024
It feels like Instagram, more than any other social media platform, is evolving at a dizzying pace. It can take a lot of work to keep up as it continues to roll out new features, updates, and algorithm changes. That‘s where the Instagram stats come in. There’s a lot of research about Instagram — everything from its users' demographics, brand adoption stats, and all the difference between micro and nano influencers. I use this data to inform my marketing strategies and benchmark my efforts. Read on to uncover more social media stats to help you get ideas and improve your Instagram posting strategy. 80+ Instagram Stats Click on a category below to jump to the stats for that category: Instagram's Growth Instagram User Demographics Brand Adoption Instagram Post Content Instagram Posting Strategy Instagram Influencer Marketing Statistics Instagram's Growth Usage 1. Instagram is expected to reach 1.44 billion users by 2025. (Statista) 2. The Instagram app currently has over 1.4 billion monthly active users. (Statista) 3. U.S. adults spend an average of 33.1 minutes per day on Instagram in 2024, a 3-minute increase from the year before. (Sprout Social) 4. Instagram ad revenue is anticipated to reach $59.61 billion in 2024. (Oberlo) 5. Instagram’s Threads has over 15 Million monthly active users. (eMarketer) 6. 53.7% of marketers plan to use Instagram reels for influencer marketing in 2024. (eMarketer) 7. 71% of marketers say Instagram is the platform they want to learn about most. (Skillademia) 8. There are an estimated 158.4 million Instagram users in the United States in 2024. (DemandSage) 9. As of January 2024, India has 362.9 million Instagram users, the largest Instagram audience in the world. (Statista) 10. As of January 2024, Instagram is the fourth most popular social media platform globally based on monthly active users. Facebook is first. YouTube and WhatsApp rank second and third. (Statista) https://youtu.be/EyHV8aZFWqg 11. Over 400 million Instagram users use the Stories feature daily. (Keyhole) 12. As of April 2024, the most-liked post on Instagram remains a carousel of Argentine footballer Lionel Messi and his teammates celebrating the 2022 FIFA World Cup win. (FIFA) 13. The fastest-growing content creator on Instagram in 2024 is influencer Danchmerk, who grew from 16k to 1.6 Million followers in 8 months. (Instagram) 14. The most-followed Instagram account as of March 2024 is professional soccer player Cristiano Ronaldo, with 672 million followers. (Forbes) 15. As of April 2024, Instagram’s own account has 627 million followers. (Instagram) Instagram User Demographics 16. Over half of the global Instagram population is 34 or younger. (Statista) 17. As of January 2024, almost 17% of global active Instagram users were men between 18 and 24. (Statista) 18. Instagram’s largest demographics are Millennials and Gen Z, comprising 61.8% of users in 2024. (MixBloom) 19. Instagram is Gen Z’s second most popular social media platform, with 75% of respondents claiming usage of the platform, after YouTube at 80%. (Later) 20. 37.74% of the world’s 5.3 billion active internet users regularly access Instagram. (Backlinko) 21. In January 2024, 55% of Instagram users in the United States were women, and 44% were men. (Statista) 22. Only 7% of Instagram users in the U.S. belong to the 13 to 17-year age group. (Statista) 23. Only 5.7% of Instagram users in the U.S. are 65+ as of 2024. (Statista) 24. Only 0.2% of Instagram users are unique to the platform. Most use Instagram alongside Facebook (80.8%), YouTube (77.4%), and TikTok (52.8%). (Sprout Social) 25. Instagram users lean slightly into higher tax brackets, with 47% claiming household income over $75,000. (Hootsuite) 26. Instagram users worldwide on Android devices spend an average of 29.7 minutes per day (14 hours 50 minutes per month) on the app. (Backlinko) 27. 73% of U.S. teens say Instagram is the best way for brands to reach them. (eMarketer) 28. 500 million+ accounts use Instagram Stories every day. (Facebook) 29. 35% of music listeners in the U.S. who follow artists on Facebook and Instagram do so to connect with other fans or feel like part of a community. (Facebook) 30. The average Instagram user spends 33 minutes a day on the app. (Oberlo) 31. 45% of people in urban areas use Instagram, while only 25% of people in rural areas use the app. (Backlinko) 32. Approximately 85% of Instagram’s user base is under the age of 45. (Statista) 33. As of January 2024, the largest age group on Instagram is 18-24 at 32%, followed by 30.6% between ages 25-34. (Statista) 34. Globally, the platform is nearly split down the middle in terms of gender, with 51.8% male and 48.2% female users. (Phyllo) 35. The numbers differ slightly in the U.S., with 56% of users aged 13+ being female and 44% male. (Backlinko) 36. As of January 2024, Instagram is most prevalent in India, with 358.55 million users, followed by the United States (158.45 million), Brazil (122.9 million), Indonesia (104.8 million), and Turkey (56.7 million). (Backlinko) 37. 49% of Instagram users are college graduates. (Hootsuite) 38. Over 1.628 Billion Instagram users are reachable via advertising. (DataReportal) 39. As of January 2024, 20.3% of people on Earth use Instagram. (DataReportal) Brand Adoption 40. Instagram is the top platform for influencer marketing, with 80.8% of marketers planning to use it in 2024. (Sprout Social) 41. 29% of marketers plan to invest the most in Instagram out of any social media platform in 2023. (Statista) 42. Regarding brand safety, 86% of marketers feel comfortable advertising on Instagram. (Upbeat Agency) 43. 24% of marketers plan to invest in Instagram, the most out of all social media platforms, in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 44. 70% of shopping enthusiasts turn to Instagram for product discovery. (Omnicore Agency) 45. Marketers saw the highest engagement rates on Instagram from any other platform in 2024. (Hootsuite) 46. 29% of marketers say Instagram is the easiest platform for working with influencers and creators. (Statista) 47. 68% of marketers reported that Instagram generates high levels of ROI. (LIKE.TG) 48. 21% of marketers reported that Instagram yielded the most significant ROI in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 49. 52% of marketers plan to increase their investment in Instagram in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 50. In 2024, 42% of marketers felt “very comfortable” advertising on Instagram, and 40% responded “somewhat comfortable.” (LIKE.TG) 51. Only 6% of marketers plan to decrease their investment in Instagram in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 52. 39% of marketers plan to leverage Instagram for the first time in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 53. 90% of people on Instagram follow at least one business. (Instagram) 54. 50% of Instagram users are more interested in a brand when they see ads for it on Instagram. (Instagram) 55. 18% of marketers believe that Instagram has the highest growth potential of all social apps in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 56. 1 in 4 marketers say Instagram provides the highest quality leads from any social media platform. (LIKE.TG) 57. Nearly a quarter of marketers (23%) say that Instagram results in the highest engagement levels for their brand compared to other platforms. (LIKE.TG) 58. 46% of marketers leverage Instagram Shops. Of the marketers who leverage Instagram Shops, 50% report high ROI. (LIKE.TG) 59. 41% of marketers leverage Instagram Live Shopping. Of the marketers who leverage Instagram Live Shopping, 51% report high ROI. (LIKE.TG) 60. Education and Health and Wellness industries experience the highest engagement rates. (Hootsuite) 61. 67% of users surveyed have “swiped up” on the links of branded Stories. (LIKE.TG) 62. 130 million Instagram accounts tap on a shopping post to learn more about products every month. (Omnicore Agency) Instagram Post Content 63. Engagement for static photos has decreased by 44% since 2019, when Reels debuted. (Later) 64. The average engagement rate for photo posts is .059%. (Social Pilot) 65. The average engagement rate for carousel posts is 1.26% (Social Pilot) 66. The average engagement rate for Reel posts is 1.23% (Social Pilot) 67. Marketers rank Instagram as the platform with the best in-app search capabilities. (LIKE.TG) 68. The most popular Instagram Reel is from Samsung and has over 1 billion views. (Lifestyle Asia) 69. Marketers rank Instagram as the platform with the most accurate algorithm, followed by Facebook. (LIKE.TG) 70. A third of marketers say Instagram offers the most significant ROI when selling products directly within the app. (LIKE.TG) 71. Instagram Reels with the highest engagement rates come from accounts with fewer than 5000 followers, with an average engagement rate of 3.79%. (Social Pilot) 72. A third of marketers say Instagram offers the best tools for selling products directly within the app. (LIKE.TG) 73. Over 100 million people watch Instagram Live every day. (Social Pilot) 74. 70% of users watch Instagram stories daily. (Social Pilot) 75. 50% of people prefer funny Instagram content, followed by creative and informative posts. (Statista) 76. Instagram Reels are the most popular post format for sharing via DMs. (Instagram) 77. 40% of Instagram users post stories daily. (Social Pilot) 78. An average image on Instagram gets 23% more engagement than one published on Facebook. (Business of Apps) 79. The most geo-tagged city in the world is Los Angeles, California, and the tagged location with the highest engagement is Coachella, California. (LIKE.TG) Instagram Posting Strategy 80. The best time to post on Instagram is between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m. on weekdays. (Social Pilot) 81. Posts with a tagged location result in 79% higher engagement than posts without a tagged location. (Social Pilot) 82. 20% of users surveyed post to Instagram Stories on their business account more than once a week. (LIKE.TG) 83. 44% of users surveyed use Instagram Stories to promote products or services. (LIKE.TG) 84. One-third of the most viewed Stories come from businesses. (LIKE.TG) 85. More than 25 million businesses use Instagram to reach and engage with audiences. (Omnicore Agency) 86. 69% of U.S. marketers plan to spend most of their influencer budget on Instagram. (Omnicore Agency) 87. The industry that had the highest cooperation efficiency with Instagram influencers was healthcare, where influencer posts were 4.2x more efficient than brand posts. (Emplifi) 88. Instagram is now the most popular social platform for following brands. (Marketing Charts) Instagram Influencer Marketing Statistics 89. Instagram is the top platform for influencer marketing, with 80.8% of marketers planning to use the platform for such purposes in 2024 (Oberlo) 90. Nano-influencers (1,000 to 10,000 followers) comprise most of Instagram’s influencer population, at 65.4%. (Statista) 91. Micro-influencers (10,000 to 50,000 followers) account for 27.73% (Socially Powerful) 92. Mid-tier influencers (50,000 to 500,000 followers) account for 6.38% (Socially Powerful) 93. Nano-influencers (1,000 to 10,000 followers) have the highest engagement rate at 5.6% (EmbedSocial) 94. Mega-influencers and celebrities with more than 1 million followers account for 0.23%. (EmbedSocial) 95. 77% of Instagram influencers are women. (WPBeginner) 96. 30% of markers say that Instagram is their top channel for ROI in influencer marketing (Socially Powerful) 97. 25% of sponsored posts on Instagram are related to fashion (Socially Powerful) 98. The size of the Instagram influencer marketing industry is expected to reach $22.2 billion by 2025. (Socially Powerful) 99. On average, Instagram influencers charge $418 for a sponsored post in 2024, approximately 15.17%​​​​​​​ higher than in 2023. (Collabstr) 100. Nano-influencers charge between $10-$100 per Instagram post. (ClearVoice) 101. Celebrities and macro influencers charge anywhere from $10,000 to over $1 million for a single Instagram post in 2024. (Shopify) 102. Brands can expect to earn $4.12 of earned media value for each $1 spent on Instagram influencer marketing. (Shopify) The landscape of Instagram is vast and ever-expanding. However, understanding these key statistics will ensure your Instagram strategy is well-guided and your marketing dollars are allocated for maximum ROI. There’s more than just Instagram out there, of course. So, download the free guide below for the latest Instagram and Social Media trends.

                    130 Instagram Influencers You Need To Know About in 2022
130 Instagram Influencers You Need To Know About in 2022
In 2021, marketers that used influencer marketing said the trend resulted in the highest ROI. In fact, marketers have seen such success from influencer marketing that 86% plan to continue investing the same amount or increase their investments in the trend in 2022. But, if you’ve never used an influencer before, the task can seem daunting — who’s truly the best advocate for your brand? Here, we’ve cultivated a list of the most popular influencers in every industry — just click on one of the links below and take a look at the top influencers that can help you take your business to the next level: Top Food Influencers on Instagram Top Travel Influencers on Instagram Top Fashion Style Influencers on Instagram Top Photography Influencers on Instagram Top Lifestyle Influencers on Instagram Top Design Influencers on Instagram Top Beauty Influencers on Instagram Top Sport Fitness Influencers on Instagram Top Influencers on Instagram Top Food Influencers on Instagram Jamie Oliver (9.1M followers) ladyironchef (620k followers) Megan Gilmore (188k followers) Ashrod (104k followers) David Chang (1.7M followers) Ida Frosk (299k followers) Lindsey Silverman Love (101k followers) Nick N. (60.5k followers) Molly Tavoletti (50.1k followers) Russ Crandall (39.1k followers) Dennis the Prescott (616k followers) The Pasta Queen (1.5M followers) Thalia Ho (121k followers) Molly Yeh (810k followers) C.R Tan (59.4k followers) Michaela Vais (1.2M followers) Nicole Cogan (212k followers) Minimalist Baker (2.1M followers) Yumna Jawad (3.4M followers) Top Travel Influencers on Instagram Annette White (100k followers) Matthew Karsten (140k followers) The Points Guy (668k followers) The Blonde Abroad (520k followers) Eric Stoen (330k followers) Kate McCulley (99k followers) The Planet D (203k followers) Andrew Evans (59.9k followers) Jack Morris (2.6M followers) Lauren Bullen (2.1M followers) The Bucket List Family (2.6M followers) Fat Girls Traveling (55K followers) Tara Milk Tea (1.3M followers) Top Fashion Style Influencers on Instagram Alexa Chung (5.2M followers) Julia Berolzheimer (1.3M followers) Johnny Cirillo (719K followers) Chiara Ferragni (27.2M followers) Jenn Im (1.7M followers) Ada Oguntodu (65.1k followers) Emma Hill (826k followers) Gregory DelliCarpini Jr. (141k followers) Nicolette Mason (216k followers) Majawyh (382k followers) Garance Doré (693k followers) Ines de la Fressange (477k followers) Madelynn Furlong (202k followers) Giovanna Engelbert (1.4M followers) Mariano Di Vaio (6.8M followers) Aimee Song (6.5M followers) Danielle Bernstein (2.9M followers) Gabi Gregg (910k followers) Top Photography Influencers on Instagram Benjamin Lowy (218k followers) Michael Yamashita (1.8M followers) Stacy Kranitz (101k followers) Jimmy Chin (3.2M followers) Gueorgui Pinkhassov (161k followers) Dustin Giallanza (5.2k followers) Lindsey Childs (31.4k followers) Edith W. Young (24.9k followers) Alyssa Rose (9.6k followers) Donjay (106k followers) Jeff Rose (80.1k followers) Pei Ketron (728k followers) Paul Nicklen (7.3M followers) Jack Harries (1.3M followers) İlhan Eroğlu (852k followers) Top Lifestyle Influencers on Instagram Jannid Olsson Delér (1.2 million followers) Oliver Proudlock (691k followers) Jeremy Jacobowitz (434k followers) Jay Caesar (327k followers) Jessie Chanes (329k followers) Laura Noltemeyer (251k followers) Adorian Deck (44.9k followers) Hind Deer (547k followers) Gloria Morales (146k followers) Kennedy Cymone (1.6M followers) Sydney Leroux Dwyer (1.1M followers) Joanna Stevens Gaines (13.6M followers) Lilly Singh (11.6M followers) Rosanna Pansino (4.4M followers) Top Design Influencers on Instagram Marie Kondo (4M followers) Ashley Stark Kenner (1.2M followers) Casa Chicks (275k followers) Paulina Jamborowicz (195k followers) Kasia Będzińska (218k followers) Jenni Kayne (500k followers) Will Taylor (344k followers) Studio McGee (3.3M followers) Mandi Gubler (207k followers) Natalie Myers (51.6k followers) Grace Bonney (840k followers) Saudah Saleem (25.3k followers) Niña Williams (196k followers) Top Beauty Influencers on Instagram Michelle Phan (1.9M followers) Shaaanxo (1.3M followers) Jeffree Star (13.7M followers) Kandee Johnson (2M followers) Manny Gutierrez (4M followers) Naomi Giannopoulos (6.2M followers) Samantha Ravndahl (2.1M followers) Huda Kattan (50.5M followers) Wayne Goss (703k followers) Zoe Sugg (9.3M followers) James Charles (22.9M followers) Shayla Mitchell (2.9M followers) Top Sport Fitness Influencers on Instagram Massy Arias (2.7M followers) Eddie Hall (3.3M followers) Ty Haney (92.6k followers) Hannah Bronfman (893k followers) Kenneth Gallarzo (331k followers) Elisabeth Akinwale (113k followers) Laura Large (75k followers) Akin Akman (82.3k followers) Sjana Elise Earp (1.4M followers) Cassey Ho (2.3M followers) Kayla Itsines (14.5M followers) Jen Selter (13.4M followers) Simeon Panda (8.1M followers) Top Instagram InfluencersJamie OliverDavid ChangJack Morris and Lauren BullenThe Bucket List FamilyChiara FerragniAlexa ChungJimmy ChinJannid Olsson DelérGrace BonneyHuda KattanZoe SuggSjana Elise EarpMassy Arias 1. Jamie Oliver Jamie Oliver, a world-renowned chef and restaurateur, is Instagram famous for his approachable and delicious-looking cuisine. His page reflects a mix of food pictures, recipes, and photos of his family and personal life. His love of beautiful food and teaching others to cook is clearly evident, which must be one of the many reasons why he has nearly seven million followers. 2. David Chang Celebrity chef David Chang is best known for his world-famous restaurants and big personality. Chang was a judge on Top Chef and created his own Netflix show called Ugly Delicious, both of which elevated his popularity and likely led to his huge followership on Instagram. Most of his feed is filled with food videos that will make you drool. View this post on Instagram 3. Jack Morris and Lauren Bullen Travel bloggers Jack Morris (@jackmorris) and Lauren Bullen (@gypsea_lust)have dream jobs -- the couple travels to some of the most beautiful places around the world and documents their trips on Instagram. They have developed a unique and recognizable Instagram aesthetic that their combined 4.8 million Instagram followers love, using the same few filters and posting the most striking travel destinations. View this post on Instagram 4. The Bucket List Family The Gee family, better known as the Bucket List Family, travel around the world with their three kids and post videos and images of their trips to YouTube and Instagram. They are constantly sharing pictures and stories of their adventures in exotic places. This nomad lifestyle is enjoyed by their 2.6 million followers. View this post on Instagram 5. Chiara Ferragni Chiara Ferragni is an Italian fashion influencer who started her blog The Blonde Salad to share tips, photos, and clothing lines. Ferragni has been recognized as one of the most influential people of her generation, listed on Forbes’ 30 Under 30 and the Bloglovin’ Award Blogger of the Year. 6. Alexa Chung Model and fashion designer Alexa Chung is Instagram famous for her elegant yet charming style and photos. After her modeling career, she collaborated with many brands like Mulberry and Madewell to create her own collection, making a name for herself in the fashion world. Today, she shares artistic yet fun photos with her 5.2 million Instagram followers. 7. Jimmy Chin Jimmy Chin is an award-winning professional photographer who captures high-intensity shots of climbing expeditions and natural panoramas. He has won multiple awards for his work, and his 3.2 million Instagram followers recognize him for his talent. 8. Jannid Olsson Delér Jannid Olsson Delér is a lifestyle and fashion blogger that gathered a huge social media following for her photos of outfits, vacations, and her overall aspirational life. Her 1.2 million followers look to her for travel and fashion inspirations. 9. Grace Bonney Design*Sponge is a design blog authored by Grace Bonney, an influencer recognized by the New York Times, Forbes, and other major publications for her impact on the creative community. Her Instagram posts reflect her elegant yet approachable creative advice, and nearly a million users follow her account for her bright and charismatic feed. 10. Huda Kattan Huda Kattan took the beauty world by storm -- her Instagram began with makeup tutorials and reviews and turned into a cosmetics empire. Huda now has 1.3 million Instagram followers and a company valued at $1.2 billion. Her homepage is filled with makeup videos and snaps of her luxury lifestyle. View this post on Instagram 11. Zoe Sugg Zoe Sugg runs a fashion, beauty, and lifestyle blog and has nearly 10 million followers on Instagram. She also has an incredibly successful YouTube channel and has written best-selling books on the experience of viral bloggers. Her feed consists mostly of food, her pug, selfies, and trendy outfits. View this post on Instagram 12. Sjana Elise Earp Sjana Elise Earp is a lifestyle influencer who keeps her Instagram feed full of beautiful photos of her travels. She actively promotes yoga and healthy living to her 1.4 million followers, becoming an advocate for an exercise program called SWEAT. 13. Massy Arias Personal trainer Massy Arias is known for her fitness videos and healthy lifestyle. Her feed aims to inspire her 2.6 million followers to keep training and never give up on their health. Arias has capitalized on fitness trends on Instagram and proven to both herself and her followers that exercise can improve all areas of your life. View this post on Instagram

                    24 Stunning Instagram Themes (& How to Borrow Them for Your Own Feed)
24 Stunning Instagram Themes (& How to Borrow Them for Your Own Feed)
Nowadays, Instagram is often someone's initial contact with a brand, and nearly half of its users shop on the platform each week. If it's the entryway for half of your potential sales, don't you want your profile to look clean and inviting? Taking the time to create an engaging Instagram feed aesthetic is one of the most effective ways to persuade someone to follow your business's Instagram account or peruse your posts. You only have one chance to make a good first impression — so it's critical that you put effort into your Instagram feed. Finding the perfect place to start is tough — where do you find inspiration? What color scheme should you use? How do you organize your posts so they look like a unit? We know you enjoy learning by example, so we've compiled the answers to all of these questions in a list of stunning Instagram themes. We hope these inspire your own feed's transformation. But beware, these feeds are so desirable, you'll have a hard time choosing just one. What is an Instagram theme?An instagram theme is a visual aesthetic created by individuals and brands to achieve a cohesive look on their Instagram feeds. Instagram themes help social media managers curate different types of content into a digital motif that brings a balanced feel to the profile. Tools to Create Your Own Instagram Theme Creating a theme on your own requires a keen eye for detail. When you’re editing several posts a week that follow the same theme, you’ll want to have a design tool handy to make that workflow easier. Pre-set filters, color palettes, and graphic elements are just a few of the features these tools use, but if you have a sophisticated theme to maintain, a few of these tools include advanced features like video editing and layout previews. Here are our top five favorite tools to use when editing photos for an Instagram theme. 1. VSCO Creators look to VSCO when they want to achieve the most unique photo edits. This app is one of the top-ranked photo editing tools among photographers because it includes advanced editing features without needing to pull out all the stops in Photoshop. If you’re in a hurry and want to create an Instagram theme quickly, use one of the 200+ VSCO presets including name-brand designs by Kodak, Agfa, and Ilford. If you’ll be including video as part of your content lineup on Instagram, you can use the same presets from the images so every square of content blends seamlessly into the next no matter what format it’s in. 2. FaceTune2 FaceTune2 is a powerful photo editing app that can be downloaded on the App Store or Google Play. The free version of the app includes all the basic editing features like brightness, lighting, cropping, and filters. The pro version gives you more detailed control over retouching and background editing. For video snippets, use FaceTune Video to make detailed adjustments right from your mobile device — you’ll just need to download the app separately for that capability. If you’re starting to test whether an Instagram theme is right for your brand, FaceTune2 is an affordable tool worth trying. 3. Canva You know Canva as a user-friendly and free option to create graphics, but it can be a powerful photo editing tool to curate your Instagram theme. For more abstract themes that mix imagery with graphic art, you can add shapes, textures, and text to your images. Using the photo editor, you can import your image and adjust the levels, add filters, and apply unique effects to give each piece of content a look that’s unique to your brand. 4. Adobe Illustrator Have you ever used Adobe Illustrator to create interesting overlays and tints for images? You can do the same thing to develop your Instagram theme. Traditionally, Adobe Illustrator is the go-to tool to create vectors and logos, but this software has some pretty handy features for creating photo filters and designs. Moreover, you can layout your artboards in an Instagram-style grid to see exactly how each image will appear in your feed. 5. Photoshop Photoshop is the most well-known photo editing software, and it works especially well for creating Instagram themes. If you have the capacity to pull out all the stops and tweak every detail, Photoshop will get the job done. Not only are the editing, filter, and adjustment options virtually limitless, Photoshop is great for batch processing the same edits across several images in a matter of seconds. You’ll also optimize your workflow by using photoshop to edit the composition, alter the background, and remove any unwanted components of an image without switching to another editing software to add your filter. With Photoshop, you have complete control over your theme which means you won’t have to worry about your profile looking exactly like someone else’s. Instagram ThemesTransitionBlack and WhiteBright ColorsMinimalistOne ColorTwo ColorsPastelsOne ThemePuzzleUnique AnglesText OnlyCheckerboardBlack or White BordersSame FilterFlatlaysVintageRepetitionMix-and-match Horizontal and Vertical BordersQuotesDark ColorsRainbowDoodleTextLinesAnglesHorizontal Lines 1. Transition If you aren’t set on one specific Instagram theme, consider the transition theme. With this aesthetic, you can experiment with merging colors every couple of images. For example, you could start with a black theme and include beige accents in every image. From there, gradually introduce the next color, in this case, blue. Eventually, you’ll find that your Instagram feed will seamlessly transition between the colors you choose which keeps things interesting without straying from a cohesive look and feel. 2. Black and White A polished black and white theme is a good choice to evoke a sense of sophistication. The lack of color draws you into the photo's main subject and suggests a timeless element to your business. @Lisedesmet's black and white feed, for instance, focuses the user’s gaze on the image's subject, like the black sneakers or white balloon. 3. Bright Colors If your company's brand is meant to imply playfulness or fun, there's probably no better way than to create a feed full of bright colors. Bright colors are attention-grabbing and lighthearted, which could be ideal for attracting a younger audience. @Aww.sam's feed, for instance, showcases someone who doesn't take herself too seriously. 4. Minimalist For an artsier edge, consider taking a minimalist approach to your feed, like @emwng does. The images are inviting and slightly whimsical in their simplicity, and cultivate feelings of serenity and stability. The pup pics only add wholesomeness to this minimalist theme. Plus, minimalist feeds are less distracting by nature, so it can be easier to get a true sense of the brand from the feed alone, without clicking on individual posts. 5. One Color One of the easiest ways to pick a theme for your feed is to choose one color and stick to it — this can help steer your creative direction, and looks clean and cohesive from afar. It's particularly appealing if you choose an aesthetically pleasing and calm color, like the soft pink used in the popular hashtag #blackwomeninpink. 6. Two Colors If you're interested in creating a highly cohesive feed but don't want to stick to the one-color theme, consider trying two. Two colors can help your feed look organized and clean — plus, if you choose branded colors, it can help you create cohesion between your other social media sites the website itself. I recommend choosing two contrasting colors for a punchy look like the one shown in @Dreaming_outloud’s profile. 7. Pastels Similar to the one-color idea, it might be useful to choose one color palette for your feed, like @creativekipi's use of pastels. Pastels, in particular, often used for Easter eggs or cupcake decorations, appear childlike and cheerful. Plus, they're captivating and unexpected. 8. One Subject As evident from @mustdoflorida's feed (and username), it's possible to focus your feed on one singular object or idea — like beach-related objects and activities in Florida. If you're aiming to showcase your creativity or photography skills, it could be compelling to create a feed where each post follows one theme. 9. Puzzle Creating a puzzle out of your feed is complicated and takes some planning, but can reap big rewards in terms of uniqueness and engaging an audience. @Juniperoats’ posts, for instance, make the most sense when you look at it from the feed, rather than individual posts. It's hard not to be both impressed and enthralled by the final result, and if you post puzzle piece pictures individually, you can evoke serious curiosity from your followers. 10. Unique Angles Displaying everyday items and activities from unexpected angles is sure to draw attention to your Instagram feed. Similar to the way lines create a theme, angles use direction to create interest. Taking an image of different subjects from similar angles can unite even the most uncommon photos into a consistent theme. 11. Text Only A picture is worth a thousand words, but how many pictures is a well-designed quote worth? Confident Woman Co. breaks the rules of Instagram that say images should have a face in them to get the best engagement. Not so with this Instagram theme. The bright colors and highlighted text make this layout aesthetically pleasing both in the Instagram grid format and as a one-off post on the feed. Even within this strict text-only theme, there’s still room to break up the monotony with a type-treated font and textured background like the last image does in the middle row. 12. Checkerboard If you're not a big fan of horizontal or vertical lines, you might try a checkerboard theme. Similar to horizontal lines, this theme allows you to alternate between content and images or colors as seen in @thefemalehustlers’ feed. 13. Black or White Borders While it is a bit jarring to have black or white borders outlining every image, it definitely sets your feed apart from everyone else's. @Beautifulandyummy, for instance, uses black borders to draw attention to her images, and the finished feed looks both polished and sophisticated. This theme will likely be more successful if you're aiming to sell fashion products or want to evoke an edgier feel for your brand. 14. Same Filter If you prefer uniformity, you'll probably like this Instagram theme, which focuses on using the same filter (or set of filters) for every post. From close up, this doesn't make much difference on your images, but from afar, it definitely makes the feed appear more cohesive. @marianna_hewitt, for example, is able to make her posts of hair, drinks, and fashion seem more refined and professional, simply by using the same filter for all her posts. 15. Flatlays If your primary goal with Instagram is to showcase your products, you might want a Flatlay theme. Flatlay is an effective way to tell a story simply by arranging objects in an image a certain way and makes it easier to direct viewers' attention to a product. As seen in @thedailyedited's feed, a flatlay theme looks fresh and modern. 16. Vintage If it aligns with your brand, vintage is a creative and striking aesthetic that looks both artsy and laid-back. And, while "vintage" might sound a little bit vague, it's easy to conjure. Simply try a filter like Slumber or Aden (built into Instagram), or play around with a third-party editing tool to find a soft, hazy filter that makes your photos look like they were taken from an old polaroid camera. 17. Repetition In @girleatworld's Instagram account, you can count on one thing to remain consistent throughout her feed: she's always holding up food in her hand. This type of repetition looks clean and engaging, and as a follower, it means I always recognize one of her posts as I'm scrolling through my own feed. Consider how you might evoke similar repetition in your own posts to create a brand image all your own. 18. Mix-and-match Horizontal and Vertical Borders While this admittedly requires some planning, the resulting feed is incredibly eye-catching and unique. Simply use the Preview app and choose two different white borders, Vela and Sole, to alternate between horizontal and vertical borders. The resulting feed will look spaced out and clean. 19. Quotes If you're a writer or content creator, you might consider creating an entire feed of quotes, like @thegoodquote feed, which showcases quotes on different mediums, ranging from paperback books to Tweets. Consider typing your quotes and changing up the color of the background, or handwriting your quotes and placing them near interesting objects like flowers or a coffee mug. 20. Dark Colors @JackHarding 's nature photos are nothing short of spectacular, and he highlights their beauty by filtering with a dark overtone. To do this, consider desaturating your content and using filters with cooler colors, like greens and blues, rather than warm ones. The resulting feed looks clean, sleek, and professional. 21. Rainbow One way to introduce color into your feed? Try creating a rainbow by slowly progressing your posts through the colors of the rainbow, starting at red and ending at purple (and then, starting all over again). The resulting feed is stunning. 22. Doodle Most people on Instagram stick to photos and filters, so to stand out, you might consider adding drawings or cartoon doodles on top of (or replacing) regular photo posts. This is a good idea if you're an artist or a web designer and want to draw attention to your artistic abilities — plus, it's sure to get a smile from your followers, like these adorable doodles shown below by @josie.doodles. 23. Content Elements Similar elements in your photos can create an enticing Instagram theme. In this example by The Container Store Custom Closets, the theme uses shelves or clothes in each image to visually bring the feed together. Rather than each photo appearing as a separate room, they all combine to create a smooth layout that displays The Container Store’s products in a way that feels natural to the viewer. 24. Structural Lines Something about this Instagram feed feels different, doesn’t it? Aside from the content focusing on skyscrapers, the lines of the buildings in each image turn this layout into a unique theme. If your brand isn’t in the business of building skyscrapers, you can still implement a theme like this by looking for straight or curved lines in the photos your capture. The key to creating crisp lines from the subjects in your photos is to snap them in great lighting and find symmetry in the image wherever possible. 25. Horizontal Lines If your brand does well with aligning photography with content, you might consider organizing your posts in a thoughtful way — for instance, creating either horizontal or vertical lines, with your rows alternating between colors, text, or even subject distance. @mariahb.makeup employs this tactic, and her feed looks clean and intriguing as a result. How to Create an Instagram Theme 1. Choose a consistent color palette. One major factor of any Instagram theme is consistency. For instance, you wouldn't want to regularly change your theme from black-and-white to rainbow — this could confuse your followers and damage your brand image. Of course, a complete company rebrand might require you to shift your Instagram strategy, but for the most part, you want to stay consistent with the types of visual content you post on Instagram. For this reason, you'll need to choose a color palette to adhere to when creating an Instagram theme. Perhaps you choose to use brand colors. LIKE.TG's Instagram, for instance, primarily uses blues, oranges, and teal, three colors prominently displayed on LIKE.TG's website and products. Alternatively, maybe you choose one of the themes listed above, such as black-and-white. Whatever the case, to create an Instagram theme, it's critical you stick to a few colors throughout all of your content. 2. Use the same filter for each post, or edit each post similarly. As noted above, consistency is a critical element in any Instagram theme, so you'll want to find your favorite one or two filters and use them for each of your posts. You can use Instagram's built-in filters, or try an editing app like VSCO or Snapseed. Alternatively, if you're going for a minimalist look, you might skip filters entirely and simply use a few editing features, like contrast and exposure. Whatever you choose, though, you'll want to continue to edit each of your posts similarly to create a cohesive feed. 3. Use a visual feed planner to plan posts far in advance. It's vital that you plan your Instagram posts ahead of time for a few different reasons, including ensuring you post a good variety of content and that you post it during a good time of day. Additionally, when creating an Instagram theme, you'll need to plan posts in advance to figure out how they fit together — like puzzle pieces, your individual pieces of content need to reinforce your theme as a whole. To plan posts far in advance and visualize how they reinforce your theme, you'll want to use a visual Instagram planner like Later or Planoly. Best of all, you can use these apps to preview your feed and ensure your theme is looking the way you want it to look before you press "Publish" on any of your posts. 4. Don't lock yourself into a theme you can't enjoy for the long haul. In middle school, I often liked to change my "look" — one day I aimed for preppy, and the next I chose a more athletic look. Of course, as I got older, I began to understand what style I could stick with for the long haul and started shopping for clothes that fit my authentic style so I wasn't constantly purchasing new clothes and getting sick of them a few weeks later. Similarly, you don't want to choose an Instagram theme you can't live with for a long time. Your Instagram theme should be an accurate reflection of your brand, and if it isn't, it probably won't last. Just because rainbow colors sound interesting at the get-go doesn't mean it's a good fit for your company's social media aesthetic as a whole. When in doubt, choose a more simple theme that provides you the opportunity to get creative and experiment without straying too far off-theme. How to Use an Instagram Theme on Your Profile 1. Choose what photos you want to post before choosing your theme. When you start an Instagram theme, there are so many options to choose from. Filters, colors, styles, angles — the choices are endless. But it’s important to keep in mind that these things won’t make your theme stand out. The content is still the star of the show. If the images aren’t balanced on the feed, your theme will look like a photo dump that happens to have the same filter on it. To curate the perfect Instagram theme, choose what photos you plan to post before choosing a theme. I highly recommend laying these photos out in a nine-square grid as well so you can see how the photos blend together. 2. Don’t forget the captions. Sure, no one is going to see the captions of your Instagram photos when they’re looking at your theme in the grid-view, but they will see them when you post each photo individually. There will be times when an image you post may be of something abstract, like the corner of a building, an empty suitcase, or a pair of sunglasses. On their own, these things might not be so interesting, but a thoughtful caption that ties the image to your overall theme can help keep your followers engaged when they might otherwise check out and keep scrolling past your profile. If you’re having a bit of writer’s block, check out these 201 Instagram captions for every type of post. 3. Switch up your theme with color blocks. Earlier, we talked about choosing a theme that you can commit to for the long haul. But there’s an exception to that rule — color transitions. Some of the best themes aren’t based on a specific color at all. Rather than using the same color palette throughout the Instagram feed, you can have colors blend into one another with each photo. This way, you can include a larger variety of photos without limiting yourself to specific hues. A Cohesive Instagram Theme At Your Fingertips Instagram marketing is more than numbers. As the most visual social media platform today, what you post and how it looks directly affects engagement, followers, and how your brand shows up online. A cohesive Instagram theme can help your brand convey a value proposition, promote a product, or execute a campaign. Colors and filters make beautiful themes, but there are several additional ways to stop your followers mid-scroll with a fun, unified aesthetic. Editor's note: This post was originally published in August 2018 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.
全球代理
 Why do SEO businesses need bulk IP addresses?
Why do SEO businesses need bulk IP addresses?
Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) has become an integral part of businesses competing on the internet. In order to achieve better rankings and visibility in search engine results, SEO professionals use various strategies and techniques to optimise websites. Among them, bulk IP addressing is an important part of the SEO business. In this article, we will delve into why SEO business needs bulk IP addresses and how to effectively utilise bulk IP addresses to boost your website's rankings and traffic.First, why does SEO business need bulk IP address?1. Avoid search engine blocking: In the process of SEO optimisation, frequent requests to search engines may be identified as malicious behaviour, resulting in IP addresses being blocked. Bulk IP addresses can be used to rotate requests to avoid being blocked by search engines and maintain the stability and continuity of SEO activities.2. Geo-targeting optimisation: Users in different regions may search through different search engines or search for different keywords. Bulk IP address can simulate different regions of the user visit, to help companies geo-targeted optimisation, to improve the website in a particular region of the search rankings.3. Multiple Keyword Ranking: A website is usually optimised for multiple keywords, each with a different level of competition. Batch IP address can be used to optimise multiple keywords at the same time and improve the ranking of the website on different keywords.4. Website content testing: Bulk IP address can be used to test the response of users in different regions to the website content, so as to optimise the website content and structure and improve the user experience.5. Data collection and competition analysis: SEO business requires a lot of data collection and competition analysis, and bulk IP address can help enterprises efficiently obtain data information of target websites.Second, how to effectively use bulk IP address for SEO optimisation?1. Choose a reliable proxy service provider: Choose a proxy service provider that provides stable and high-speed bulk IP addresses to ensure the smooth progress of SEO activities.2. Formulate a reasonable IP address rotation strategy: Formulate a reasonable IP address rotation strategy to avoid frequent requests to search engines and reduce the risk of being banned.3. Geo-targeted optimisation: According to the target market, choose the appropriate geographical location of the IP address for geo-targeted optimisation to improve the search ranking of the website in a particular region.4. Keyword Optimisation: Optimise the ranking of multiple keywords through bulk IP addresses to improve the search ranking of the website on different keywords.5. Content Optimisation: Using bulk IP addresses for website content testing, to understand the reaction of users in different regions, optimise website content and structure, and improve user experience.Third, application Scenarios of Bulk IP Address in SEO Business1. Data collection and competition analysis: SEO business requires a large amount of data collection and competition analysis, through bulk IP address, you can efficiently get the data information of the target website, and understand the competitors' strategies and ranking.2. Website Geo-targeting Optimisation: For websites that need to be optimised in different regions, bulk IP addresses can be used to simulate visits from users in different regions and improve the search rankings of websites in specific regions.3. Multi-keyword Ranking Optimisation: Bulk IP addresses can be used to optimise multiple keywords at the same time, improving the ranking of the website on different keywords.4. Content Testing and Optimisation: Bulk IP addresses can be used to test the response of users in different regions to the content of the website, optimise the content and structure of the website, and improve the user experience.Conclusion:In today's competitive Internet environment, SEO optimisation is a key strategy for companies to improve their website ranking and traffic. In order to achieve effective SEO optimisation, bulk IP addresses are an essential tool. By choosing a reliable proxy service provider, developing a reasonable IP address rotation strategy, geo-targeting optimisation and keyword optimisation, as well as conducting content testing and optimisation, businesses can make full use of bulk IP addresses to boost their website rankings and traffic, and thus occupy a more favourable position in the Internet competition.
1. Unlocking the Power of IP with Iproyal: A Comprehensive Guide2. Discovering the World of IP Intelligence with Iproyal3. Boosting Online Security with Iproyal's Cutting-Edge IP Solutions4. Understanding the Importance of IP Management: Exploring
1. Unlocking the Power of IP with Iproyal
A Comprehensive Guide2. Discovering the World of IP Intelligence with Iproyal3. Boosting Online Security with Iproyal's Cutting-Edge IP Solutions4. Understanding the Importance of IP Management
All You Need to Know About IPRoyal - A Reliable Proxy Service ProviderBenefits of Using IPRoyal:1. Enhanced Online Privacy:With IPRoyal, your online activities remain anonymous and protected. By routing your internet traffic through their secure servers, IPRoyal hides your IP address, making it virtually impossible for anyone to track your online behavior. This ensures that your personal information, such as banking details or browsing history, remains confidential.2. Access to Geo-Restricted Content:Many websites and online services restrict access based on your geographical location. IPRoyal helps you overcome these restrictions by providing proxy servers located in various countries. By connecting to the desired server, you can browse the internet as if you were physically present in that location, granting you access to region-specific content and services.3. Improved Browsing Speed:IPRoyal's dedicated servers are optimized for speed, ensuring a seamless browsing experience. By utilizing their proxy servers closer to your location, you can reduce latency and enjoy faster page loading times. This is particularly useful when accessing websites or streaming content that may be slow due to network congestion or geographical distance.Features of IPRoyal:1. Wide Range of Proxy Types:IPRoyal offers different types of proxies to cater to various requirements. Whether you need a datacenter proxy, residential proxy, or mobile proxy, they have you covered. Each type has its advantages, such as higher anonymity, rotational IPs, or compatibility with mobile devices. By selecting the appropriate proxy type, you can optimize your browsing experience.2. Global Proxy Network:With servers located in multiple countries, IPRoyal provides a global proxy network that allows you to choose the location that best suits your needs. Whether you want to access content specific to a particular country or conduct market research, their extensive network ensures reliable and efficient proxy connections.3. User-Friendly Dashboard:IPRoyal's intuitive dashboard makes managing and monitoring your proxy usage a breeze. From here, you can easily switch between different proxy types, select the desired server location, and view important usage statistics. The user-friendly interface ensures that even those with limited technical knowledge can make the most of IPRoyal's services.Conclusion:In a world where online privacy and freedom are increasingly threatened, IPRoyal provides a comprehensive solution to protect your anonymity and enhance your browsing experience. With its wide range of proxy types, global network, and user-friendly dashboard, IPRoyal is suitable for individuals, businesses, and organizations seeking reliable and efficient proxy services. Say goodbye to restrictions and safeguard your online presence with IPRoyal's secure and trusted proxy solutions.
1. Unveiling the World of Proxies: An In-Depth Dive into their Uses and Benefits2. Demystifying Proxies: How They Work and Why You Need Them3. The Power of Proxies: Unlocking a World of Online Possibilities4. Exploring the Role of Proxies in Data S
1. Unveiling the World of Proxies
An In-Depth Dive into their Uses and Benefits2. Demystifying Proxies
Title: Exploring the Role of Proxies in Ensuring Online Security and PrivacyDescription: In this blog post, we will delve into the world of proxies and their significance in ensuring online security and privacy. We will discuss the different types of proxies, their functionalities, and their role in safeguarding our online activities. Additionally, we will explore the benefits and drawbacks of using proxies, and provide recommendations for choosing the right proxy service.IntroductionIn today's digital age, where our lives have become increasingly interconnected through the internet, ensuring online security and privacy has become paramount. While we may take precautions such as using strong passwords and enabling two-factor authentication, another valuable tool in this endeavor is the use of proxies. Proxies play a crucial role in protecting our online activities by acting as intermediaries between our devices and the websites we visit. In this blog post, we will explore the concept of proxies, their functionalities, and how they contribute to enhancing online security and privacy.Understanding Proxies Proxies, in simple terms, are intermediate servers that act as connectors between a user's device and the internet. When we access a website through a proxy server, our request to view the webpage is first routed through the proxy server before reaching the website. This process helps ensure that our IP address, location, and other identifying information are not directly visible to the website we are accessing.Types of Proxies There are several types of proxies available, each with its own purpose and level of anonymity. Here are three common types of proxies:1. HTTP Proxies: These proxies are primarily used for accessing web content. They are easy to set up and can be used for basic online activities such as browsing, but they may not provide strong encryption or complete anonymity.2. SOCKS Proxies: SOCKS (Socket Secure) proxies operate at a lower level than HTTP proxies. They allow for a wider range of internet usage, including applications and protocols beyond just web browsing. SOCKS proxies are popular for activities such as torrenting and online gaming.Benefits and Drawbacks of Using Proxies Using proxies offers several advantages in terms of online security and privacy. Firstly, proxies can help mask our real IP address, making it difficult for websites to track our online activities. This added layer of anonymity can be particularly useful when accessing websites that may track or collect user data for advertising or other purposes.Moreover, proxies can also help bypass geolocation restrictions. By routing our internet connection through a proxy server in a different country, we can gain access to content that may be blocked or restricted in our actual location. This can be particularly useful for accessing streaming services or websites that are limited to specific regions.However, it is important to note that using proxies does have some drawbacks. One potential disadvantage is the reduced browsing speed that can occur when routing internet traffic through a proxy server. Since the proxy server acts as an intermediary, it can introduce additional latency, resulting in slower webpage loading times.Another potential concern with using proxies is the potential for malicious or untrustworthy proxy servers. If we choose a proxy service that is not reputable or secure, our online activities and data could be compromised. Therefore, it is crucial to research and select a reliable proxy service provider that prioritizes user security and privacy.Choosing the Right Proxy Service When selecting a proxy service, there are certain factors to consider. Firstly, it is essential to evaluate the level of security and encryption provided by the proxy service. Look for services that offer strong encryption protocols such as SSL/TLS to ensure that your online activities are protected.Additionally, consider the speed and availability of proxy servers. Opt for proxy service providers that have a wide network of servers in different locations to ensure optimal browsing speed and access to blocked content.Lastly, read user reviews and consider the reputation of the proxy service provider. Look for positive feedback regarding their customer support, reliability, and commitment to user privacy.Conclusion In an era where online security and privacy are of utmost importance, proxies offer a valuable tool for safeguarding our digital lives. By understanding the different types of proxies and their functionalities, we can make informed choices when it comes to selecting the right proxy service. While proxies provide enhanced privacy and security, it is crucial to be mindful of the potential drawbacks and choose reputable proxy service providers to ensure a safe online experience.
云服务
2018年,中小电商企业需要把握住这4个大数据趋势
2018年,中小电商企业需要把握住这4个大数据趋势
新的一年意味着你需要做出新的决定,这当然不仅限于发誓要减肥或者锻炼。商业和技术正飞速发展,你的公司需要及时跟上这些趋势。以下这几个数字能帮你在2018年制定工作规划时提供一定的方向。 人工智能(AI)在过去的12到18个月里一直是最热门的技术之一。11月,在CRM 软件服务提供商Salesforce的Dreamforce大会上,首席执行官Marc Benioff的一篇演讲中提到:Salesforce的人工智能产品Einstein每天都能在所有的云计算中做出了4.75亿次预测。 这个数字是相当惊人的。Einstein是在一年多前才宣布推出的,可现在它正在疯狂地“吐出”预测。而这仅仅是来自一个拥有15万客户的服务商。现在,所有主要的CRM服务商都有自己的人工智能项目,每天可能会产生超过10亿的预测来帮助公司改善客户交互。由于这一模式尚处于发展初期,所以现在是时候去了解能够如何利用这些平台来更有效地吸引客户和潜在客户了。 这一数字来自Facebook于2017年底的一项调查,该调查显示,人们之前往往是利用Messenger来与朋友和家人交流,但现在有越来越多人已经快速习惯于利用该工具与企业进行互动。 Facebook Messenger的战略合作伙伴关系团队成员Linda Lee表示,“人们提的问题有时会围绕特定的服务或产品,因为针对这些服务或产品,他们需要更多的细节或规格。此外,有时还会涉及到处理客户服务问题——或许他们已经购买了一个产品或服务,随后就会出现问题。” 当你看到一个3.3亿人口这个数字时,你必须要注意到这一趋势,因为在2018年这一趋势将很有可能会加速。 据Instagram在11月底发布的一份公告显示,该平台上80%的用户都关注了企业账号,每天有2亿Instagram用户都会访问企业的主页。与此相关的是,Instagram上的企业账号数量已经从7月的1500万增加到了2500万。 根据该公司的数据显示,Instagram上三分之一的小企业表示,他们已经通过该平台建立起了自己的业务;有45%的人称他们的销售额增加了;44%的人表示,该平台帮助了他们在其他城市、州或国家销售产品。 随着视频和图片正在吸引越多人们的注意力,像Instagram这样的网站,对B2C和B2B公司的重要性正在与日俱增。利用Instagram的广泛影响力,小型企业可以用更有意义的方式与客户或潜在客户进行互动。 谈到亚马逊,我们可以列出很多吸引眼球的数字,比如自2011年以来,它向小企业提供了10亿美元的贷款。而且在2017年的网络星期一,亚马逊的当天交易额为65.9亿美元,成为了美国有史以来最大的电商销售日。同时,网络星期一也是亚马逊平台卖家的最大销售日,来自全世界各地的顾客共从这些小企业订购了近1.4亿件商品。 亚马逊表示,通过亚马逊app订购的手机用户数量增长了50%。这也意味着,有相当数量的产品是通过移动设备销售出的。 所有这些大数据都表明,客户与企业的互动在未来将会发生巨大的变化。有些发展会比其他的发展更深入,但这些数字都说明了该领域的变化之快,以及技术的加速普及是如何推动所有这些发展的。 最后,希望这些大数据可以对你的2018年规划有一定的帮助。 (编译/LIKE.TG 康杰炜)
2020 AWS技术峰会和合作伙伴峰会线上举行
2020 AWS技术峰会和合作伙伴峰会线上举行
2020年9月10日至11日,作为一年一度云计算领域的大型科技盛会,2020 AWS技术峰会(https://www.awssummit.cn/) 正式在线上举行。今年的峰会以“构建 超乎所见”为主题,除了展示AWS最新的云服务,探讨前沿云端技术及企业最佳实践外,还重点聚焦垂直行业的数字化转型和创新。AWS宣布一方面加大自身在垂直行业的人力和资源投入,组建行业团队,充分利用AWS的整体优势,以更好的发掘、定义、设计、架构和实施针对垂直行业客户的技术解决方案和场景应用;同时携手百家中国APN合作伙伴发布联合解决方案,重点覆盖金融、制造、汽车、零售与电商、医疗与生命科学、媒体、教育、游戏、能源与电力九大行业,帮助这些行业的客户实现数字化转型,进行数字化创新。峰会期间,亚马逊云服务(AWS)还宣布与毕马威KPMG、神州数码分别签署战略合作关系,推动企业上云和拥抱数字化。 亚马逊全球副总裁、AWS大中华区执董事张文翊表示,“AWS一直致力于不断借助全球领先的云技术、广泛而深入的云服务、成熟和丰富的商业实践、全球的基础设施覆盖,安全的强大保障以及充满活力的合作伙伴网络,加大在中国的投入,助力中国客户的业务创新、行业转型和产业升级。在数字化转型和数字创新成为‘新常态’的今天,我们希望通过AWS技术峰会带给大家行业的最新动态、全球前沿的云计算技术、鲜活的数字创新实践和颇具启发性的文化及管理理念,推动中国企业和机构的数字化转型和创新更上层楼。” 构建场景应用解决方案,赋能合作伙伴和客户 当前,传统企业需要上云,在云上构建更敏捷、更弹性和更安全的企业IT系统,实现数字化转型。同时,在实现上云之后,企业又迫切需要利用现代应用开发、大数据、人工智能与机器学习、容器技术等先进的云技术,解决不断涌现的业务问题,实现数字化创新,推动业务增长。 亚马逊云服务(AWS)大中华区专业服务总经理王承华表示,为了更好的提升行业客户体验,截至目前,AWS在中国已经发展出了数十种行业应用场景及相关的技术解决方案。 以中国区域部署的数字资产管理和云上会议系统两个应用场景解决方案为例。其中,数字资产盘活机器人让客户利用AWS云上资源低成本、批处理的方式标记数字资产,已经在银行、证券、保险领域率先得到客户青睐;AWS上的BigBlueButton,让教育机构或服务商可以在AWS建一套自己的在线会议系统,尤其适合当前急剧增长的在线教育需求。 这些行业应用场景解决方案经过客户验证成熟之后,AWS把它们转化为行业解决方案,赋能APN合作伙伴,拓展给更多的行业用户部署使用。 发布百家APN合作伙伴联合解决方案 打造合作伙伴社区是AWS服务企业客户的一大重点,也是本次峰会的亮点。AWS通过名为APN(AWS合作伙伴网络)的全球合作伙伴计划,面向那些利用AWS为客户构建解决方案的技术和咨询企业,提供业务支持、技术支持和营销支持,从而赋能这些APN合作伙伴,更好地满足各行各业、各种规模客户地需求。 在于9月9日举行的2020 AWS合作伙伴峰会上,AWS中国区生态系统及合作伙伴部总经理汪湧表示,AWS在中国主要从四个方面推进合作伙伴网络的构建。一是加快AWS云服务和功能落地,从而使合作伙伴可以利用到AWS全球最新的云技术和服务来更好地服务客户;二是推动跨区域业务扩展,帮助合作伙伴业务出海,也帮助全球ISV落地中国,同时和区域合作伙伴一起更好地服务国内各区域市场的客户;三是与合作伙伴一起着力传统企业上云迁移;四是打造垂直行业解决方案。 一直以来,AWS努力推动将那些驱动中国云计算市场未来、需求最大的云服务优先落地中国区域。今年上半年,在AWS中国区域已经落地了150多项新服务和功能,接近去年的全年总和。今年4月在中国落地的机器学习服务Amazon SageMaker目前已经被德勤、中科创达、东软、伊克罗德、成都潜在(行者AI)、德比软件等APN合作伙伴和客户广泛采用,用以创新以满足层出不穷的业务需求,推动增长。 联合百家APN合作伙伴解决方案打造垂直行业解决方案是AWS中国区生态系统构建的战略重点。 以汽车行业为例,东软集团基于AWS构建了云原生的汽车在线导航业务(NOS),依托AWS全球覆盖的基础设施、丰富的安全措施和稳定可靠的云平台,实现车规级的可靠性、应用程序的持续迭代、地图数据及路况信息的实时更新,服务中国车企的出海需求。 上海速石科技公司构建了基于AWS云上资源和用户本地算力的一站式交付平台,为那些需要高性能计算、海量算力的客户,提供一站式算力运营解决方案,目标客户涵盖半导体、药物研发、基因分析等领域。利用云上海量的算力,其客户在业务峰值时任务不用排队,极大地提高工作效率,加速业务创新。 外研在线在AWS上构建了Unipus智慧教学解决方案,已经服务于全国1700多家高校、1450万师生。通过将应用部署在AWS,实现SaaS化的交付模式,外研在线搭建了微服务化、自动伸缩的架构,可以自动适应教学应用的波峰波谷,提供稳定、流畅的体验,并且节省成本。 与毕马威KPMG、神州数码签署战略合作 在2020AWS技术峰会和合作伙伴峰会上,AWS还宣布与毕马威、神州数码签署战略合作关系,深化和升级合作。 AWS与毕马威将在中国开展机器学习、人工智能和大数据等领域的深入合作,毕马威将基于AWS云服务,结合其智慧之光系列数字化解决方案,为金融服务、制造业、零售、快消、以及医疗保健和生命科学等行业客户,提供战略规划、风险管理、监管与合规等咨询及实施服务。AWS将与神州数码将在赋能合作伙伴上云转型、全生命周期管理及助力全球独立软件开发商(ISV)落地中国方面展开深入合作,助力中国企业和机构的数字化转型与创新。
2021re:Invent全球大会圆满落幕 亚马逊云科技致敬云计算探路者
2021re
Invent全球大会圆满落幕 亚马逊云科技致敬云计算探路者
本文来源:LIKE.TG 作者:Ralf 全球最重磅的云计算大会,2021亚马逊云科技re:Invent全球大会已圆满落幕。re:Invent大会是亚马逊云科技全面展示新技术、产品、功能和服务的顶级行业会议,今年更是迎来十周年这一里程碑时刻。re:Invent,中文意为重塑,是亚马逊云科技一直以来坚持的“精神内核”。 作为Andy Jassy和新CEO Adam Selipsky 交接后的第一次re:Invent大会,亚马逊云科技用诸多新服务和新功能旗帜鲜明地致敬云计算探路者。 致敬云计算探路者 亚马逊云科技CEO Adam Selipsky盛赞云上先锋客户为“探路者”,他说,“这些客户都有巨大的勇气和魄力通过上云做出改变。他们勇于探索新业务、新模式,积极重塑自己和所在的行业。他们敢于突破边界,探索未知领域。有时候,我们跟客户共同努力推动的这些工作很艰难,但我们喜欢挑战。我们把挑战看作探索未知、发现新机遇的机会。回过头看,每一个这样的机构都是在寻找一条全新的道路。他们是探路者。” Adam 认为,探路者具有三个特征:创新不息,精进不止(Constant pursuit of a better way);独识卓见,领势而行(Ability to see what others don’t);授人以渔,赋能拓新(Enable others to forge their own paths)。 十五年前,亚马逊云科技缔造了云计算概念,彼时IT和基础设施有很大的局限。不仅贵,还反应慢、不灵活,大大限制了企业的创新。亚马逊云科技意识到必须探索一条新的道路,重塑企业IT。 从2006年的Amazon S3开始,IT应用的基础服务,存储、计算、数据库不断丰富。亚马逊云科技走过的15年历程 也是云计算产业发展的缩影。 目前,S3现在存储了超过100万亿个对象,EC2每天启用超过6000万个新实例。包括S3和EC2,亚马逊云科技已经提供了200大类服务,覆盖了计算、存储、网络、安全、数据库、数据分析、人工智能、物联网、混合云等各个领域,甚至包括最前沿的量子计算服务和卫星数据服务 (图:亚马逊全球副总裁、亚马逊云科技大中华区执行董事张文翊) 对于本次大会贯穿始终的探路者主题,亚马逊全球副总裁、亚马逊云科技大中华区执行董事张文翊表示:“大家对这个概念并不陌生,他们不被规则所限,从不安于现状;他们深入洞察,开放视野;还有一类探路者,他们不断赋能他人。我们周围有很多鲜活的例子,无论是科研人员发现新的治疗方案挽救生命,还是为身处黑暗的人带去光明; 无论是寻找新的手段打破物理边界,还是通过云进行独特的创新,探路源源不断。” 技术升级创新不断 本次re:Invent大会,亚马逊云科技发布涵盖计算、物联网、5G、无服务器数据分析、大机迁移、机器学习等方向的多项新服务和功能,为业界带来大量重磅创新服务和产品技术更新,包括发布基于新一代自研芯片Amazon Graviton3的计算实例、帮助大机客户向云迁移的Amazon Mainframe Modernization、帮助企业构建移动专网的Amazon Private 5G、四个亚马逊云科技分析服务套件的无服务器和按需选项以及为垂直行业构建的云服务和解决方案,如构建数字孪生的服务Amazon IoT TwinMaker和帮助汽车厂商构建车联网平台的Amazon IoT FleetWise。 (图:亚马逊云科技大中华区产品部总经理顾凡) 亚马逊云科技大中华区产品部总经理顾凡表示,新一代的自研ARM芯片Graviton3性能有显著提升。针对通用的工作负载,Graviton3比Graviton2的性能提升25%,而专门针对高性能计算里的科学类计算,以及机器学习等这样的负载会做更极致的优化。针对科学类的计算负载,Graviton3的浮点运算性能比Graviton2提升高达2倍;像加密相关的工作负载产生密钥加密、解密,这部分性能比Graviton2会提升2倍,针对机器学习负载可以提升高达3倍。Graviton3实例可以减少多达60%的能源消耗。 新推出的Amazon Private 5G,让企业可以轻松部署和扩展5G专网,按需配置。Amazon Private 5G将企业搭建5G专网的时间从数月降低到几天。客户只需在亚马逊云科技的控制台点击几下,就可以指定想要建立移动专网的位置,以及终端设备所需的网络容量。亚马逊云科技负责交付、维护、建立5G专网和连接终端设备所需的小型基站、服务器、5G核心和无线接入网络(RAN)软件,以及用户身份模块(SIM卡)。Amazon Private 5G可以自动设置和部署网络,并按需根据额外设备和网络流量的增长扩容。 传统工业云化加速 在亚马逊云科技一系列新服务和新功能中,针对传统工业的Amazon IoT TwinMaker和Amazon IoT FleetWise格外引人关注。 就在re:Invent大会前一天。工业和信息化部发布《“十四五”信息化和工业化深度融合发展规划》(《规划》),《规划》明确了到2025年发展的分项目标,其中包括工业互联网平台普及率达45%。 亚马逊云科技布局物联网已经有相当长的时间。包括工业互联网里的绿色产线的维护、产线的质量监控等,在数字孪生完全构建之前,已经逐步在实现应用的实体里面。亚马逊云科技大中华区产品部计算与存储总监周舸表示,“在产线上怎么自动化地去发现良品率的变化,包括Amazon Monitron在产线里面可以直接去用,这些传感器可以监测震动、温度等,通过自动的建模去提早的预测可能会出现的问题,就不用等到灾难发生,而是可以提早去换部件或者加点机油解决潜在问题。” 周舸认为工业互联的场景在加速。但很多中小型的工厂缺乏技术能力。“Amazon IoT TwinMaker做数字孪生的核心,就是让那些没有那么强的能力自己去构建或者去雇佣非常专业的构建的公司,帮他们搭建数字孪生,这个趋势是很明确的,我们也在往这个方向努力。” 对于汽车工业,特别是新能源汽车制造。数据的收集管理已经变得越来越重要。Amazon IoT FleetWise,让汽车制造商更轻松、经济地收集、管理车辆数据,同时几乎实时上传到云端。通过Amazon IoT FleetWise,汽车制造商可以轻松地收集和管理汽车中任何格式的数据(无论品牌、车型或配置),并将数据格式标准化,方便在云上轻松进行数据分析。Amazon IoT FleetWise的智能过滤功能,帮助汽车制造商近乎实时地将数据高效上传到云端,为减少网络流量的使用,该功能也允许开发人员选择需要上传的数据,还可以根据天气条件、位置或汽车类型等参数来制定上传数据的时间规则。当数据进入云端后,汽车制造商就可以将数据应用于车辆的远程诊断程序,分析车队的健康状况,帮助汽车制造商预防潜在的召回或安全问题,或通过数据分析和机器学习来改进自动驾驶和高级辅助驾驶等技术。
全球支付
1210保税备货模式是什么?1210跨境电商中找到适合的第三方支付接口平台
1210保税备货模式是什么?1210跨境电商中找到适合的第三方支付接口平台
  1210保税备货模式是一种跨境电商模式,它允许电商平台在境外仓库存储商品,以便更快、更便宜地满足国内消费者的需求。这种模式的名称“1210”代表了其核心特点,即1天出货、2周入仓、10天达到终端用户。它是中国跨境电商行业中的一种创新模式,为消费者提供了更快速、更便宜的购物体验,同时也促进了国际贸易的发展。   在1210保税备货模式中,电商平台会在国外建立仓库,将商品直接从生产国或供应商处运送到境外仓库进行存储。   由于商品已经在国内仓库存储,当消费者下单时,可以更快速地发货,常常在1天内出货,大大缩短了交付时间。   1210模式中,商品已经进入国内仓库,不再需要跨越国际海运、海关清关等环节,因此物流成本较低。   由于商品直接从生产国或供应商处运送到境外仓库,不需要在国内仓库大量储备库存,因此降低了库存成本。   1210模式可以更精确地控制库存,减少滞销和过期商品,提高了库存周转率。   在实施1210保税备货模式时,选择合适的第三方支付接口平台也是非常重要的,因为支付环节是电商交易中不可或缺的一环。   确保第三方支付接口平台支持国际信用卡支付、外币结算等功能,以便国际消费者能够顺利完成支付。   提供多种支付方式,以满足不同消费者的支付习惯。   第三方支付接口平台必须具备高度的安全性,包含数据加密、反欺诈措施等,以保护消费者的支付信息和资金安全。   了解第三方支付接口平台的跨境结算机制,确保可以顺利将国际销售收入转换为本地货币,并减少汇率风险。   选择一个提供良好技术支持和客户服务的支付接口平台,以应对可能出现的支付问题和故障。   了解第三方支付接口平台的费用结构,包含交易费率、结算费用等,并与自身业务规模和盈利能力相匹配。   确保第三方支付接口平台可以与电商平台进行顺畅的集成,以实现订单管理、库存控制和财务管理的无缝对接。   考虑未来业务扩展的可能性,选择一个具有良好扩展性的支付接口平台,以适应不断增长的交易量和新的市场需求。   在选择适合的第三方支付接口平台时,需要考虑到以上支付功能、安全性、成本、技术支持等因素,并与自身业务需求相匹配。 本文转载自:https://www.ipaylinks.com/
2023年德国VAT注册教程有吗?增值税注册注意的事及建议
2023年德国VAT注册教程有吗?增值税注册注意的事及建议
  作为欧洲的经济大国,德国吸引了许多企业在该地区抢占市场。在德国的商务活动涉及增值税(VAT)难题是在所难免的。   1、决定是否务必注册VAT   2023年,德国的增值税注册门槛是前一年销售额超过17500欧。对在德国有固定经营场所的外国企业,不管销售状况怎样,都应开展增值税注册。   2、备好所需的材料   企业注册证实   业务地址及联络信息   德国银行帐户信息   预估销售信息   公司官方文件(依据公司类型可能有所不同)   3、填写申请表   要访问德国税务局的官网,下载并递交增值税注册申请表。确保填好精确的信息,由于不准确的信息可能会致使申请被拒或审计耽误。   4、提交申请   填写申请表后,可以经过电子邮箱把它发给德国税务局,或在某些地区,可以网上申请申请。确保另附全部必须的文件和信息。   5、等待审批   递交了申请,要耐心地等待德国税务局的准许。因为税务局的工作负荷和个人情况,准许时长可能会有所不同。一般,审计可能需要几周乃至几个月。   6、得到VAT号   假如申请获得批准,德国税务局可能授于一个增值税号。这个号码应当是德国增值税申报和支付业务视频的关键标示。   7、逐渐申报和付款   获得了增值税号,你应该根据德国的税收要求逐渐申报和付款。根据规定时间表,递交增值税申请表并缴纳相应的税款。   注意的事和提议   填写申请表时,确保信息精确,避免因错误报告导致审批耽误。   假如不强化对德国税制改革的探索,提议寻求专业税务顾问的支持,以保障申请和后续申报合规。   储存全部申请及有关文件的副本,用以日后的审查和审计。 本文转载自:https://www.ipaylinks.com/
2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用
2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用
  在国际贸易和跨境电商领域,注册代理英国增值税(VAT)是一项关键且必要的步骤。2023年,许多企业为了遵守英国的税务法规和合规要求,选择注册代理VAT。   1. 注册代理英国VAT的背景:   英国是一个重要的国际贸易和电商市场,许多企业选择在英国注册VAT,以便更好地服务英国客户,并利用英国的市场机会。代理VAT是指经过一个英国境内的注册代理公司进行VAT申报和纳税,以简化税务流程。   2. 费用因素:   注册代理英国VAT的费用取决于多个因素,包括但不限于:   业务规模: 企业的业务规模和销售额可能会影响注册代理VAT的费用。常常来说,销售额较大的企业可能需要支付更高的费用。   代理公司选择: 不同的注册代理公司可能收取不同的费用。选择合适的代理公司很重要,他们的费用结构可能会因公司而异。   服务范围: 代理公司可能提供不同的服务范围,包括申报、纳税、咨询等。你选择的服务范围可能会影响费用。   附加服务: 一些代理公司可能提供附加服务,如法律咨询、报告生成等,这些服务可能会增加费用。   复杂性: 如果的业务涉及复杂的税务情况或特殊需求,可能需要额外的费用。   3. 典型费用范围:   2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用范围因情况而异,但常常可以在几百英镑到数千英镑之间。对小规模企业,费用可能较低,而对大规模企业,费用可能较高。   4. 寻求报价:   如果计划在2023年注册代理英国VAT,建议与多家注册代理公司联系,获得费用报价。这样可以比较不同公司的费用和提供的服务,选择最适合你需求的代理公司。   5. 其他费用考虑:   除了注册代理VAT的费用,你还应考虑其他可能的费用,如VAT申报期限逾期罚款、税务咨询费用等。保持合规和及时申报可以避免这些额外费用。   6. 合理预算:   在注册代理英国VAT时,制定合理的预算非常重要。考虑到不同因素可能会影响费用,确保有足够的资金来支付这些费用是必要的。   2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用因多个因素而异。了解这些因素,与多家代理公司沟通,获取费用报价,制定合理的预算,会有助于在注册VAT时做出聪明的决策。确保业务合规,并寻求专业税务顾问的建议,以保障一切顺利进行。 本文转载自:https://www.ipaylinks.com/
广告投放
2021年B2B外贸跨境获客催化剂-行业案例之测控
2021年B2B外贸跨境获客催化剂-行业案例之测控
随着时间的推移,数字化已经在中国大量普及,越来越多的B2B企业意识到数字营销、内容营销、社交传播可以帮助业务加速推进。但是在和大量B2B出海企业的合作过程中,我们分析发现在实际的营销中存在诸多的瓶颈和痛点。 例如:传统B2B营销方式获客难度不断增大、获客受众局限、询盘成本高但质量不高、询盘数量增长不明显、线下展会覆盖客户的流失等,这些都是每天考验着B2B营销人的难题。 说到这些痛点和瓶颈,就不得不提到谷歌广告了,对比其他推广平台,Google是全球第一大搜索引擎,全球月活跃用户高达50亿人,覆盖80%全球互联网用户。受众覆盖足够的前提下,谷歌广告( Google Ads)还包括多种广告形式:搜索广告、展示广告(再营销展示广告、竞对广告)、视频广告、发现广告等全方位投放广告,关键字精准定位投放国家的相关客户,紧跟采购商的采购途径,增加获客。可以完美解决上面提到的痛点及瓶颈。 Google 360度获取优质流量: Google线上营销产品全方位助力: 营销网站+黄金账户诊断报告+定期报告=效果。 Google Ads为太多B2B出海企业带来了红利,这些红利也并不是简简单单就得来的,秘诀就是贵在坚持。多年推广经验总结:即使再好的平台,也有部分企业运营效果不好的时候,那应该怎么办?像正处在这种情况下的企业就应该放弃吗? 答案是:不,我们应该继续优化,那为什么这么说呢?就是最近遇到一个很典型的案例一家测控行业的企业,仅仅投放2个月的Google Ads,就因为询盘数量不多(日均150元,3-4封/月),投资回报率不成正比就打算放弃。 但其实2个月不足以说明什么,首先谷歌推广的探索期就是3个月,2个月基本处于平衡稳定的阶段。 其次对于刚刚做谷歌广告的新公司来说,国外客户是陌生的,即使看到广告进到网站也并不会第一时间就留言,货比三家,也会增加采购商的考虑时间,一直曝光在他的搜索结果页产生熟悉度,总会增加一些决定因素。 再有日预算150元,不足以支撑24小时点击,有时在搜索量较大的时候却没有了预算,导致了客户的流失。 最后不同的行业账户推广形式及效果也不一样,即使行业一样但是网站、公司实力等因素就不可能一模一样,即使一模一样也会因为流量竞争、推广时长等诸多因素导致效果不一样。 成功都是摸索尝试出来的,这个企业账户也一样,经过我们进一步的沟通分析决定再尝试一次, 这一次深度的分析及账户的优化后,最终效果翻了2-3倍,做到了从之前的高成本、低询盘量到现在低成本、高询盘的过渡。 这样的一个操作就是很好地开发了这个平台,通过充分利用达到了企业想要的一个效果。所以说啊,当谷歌广告做的不好的时候不应该放弃,那我们就来一起看一下这个企业是如何做到的。 2021年B2B外贸跨境获客催化剂-行业案例之测控(上) 一、主角篇-雷达液位测量仪 成立时间:2010年; 业务:微波原理的物料雷达液位测量与控制仪器生产、技术研发,雷达开发; 产业规模:客户分布在11个国家和地区,包括中国、巴西、马来西亚和沙特阿拉伯; 公司推广目标:低成本获得询盘,≤200元/封。 本次分享的主角是测控行业-雷达液位测量仪,目前预算250元/天,每周6-7封有效询盘,广告形式以:搜索广告+展示再营销为主。 过程中从一开始的控制预算150/天以搜索和展示再营销推广形式为主,1-2封询盘/周,询盘成本有时高达1000/封,客户预期是100-300的单个询盘成本,对于公司来说是能承受的价格。 以增加询盘数量为目的尝试过竞对广告和Gmail广告的推广,但投放过程中的转化不是很明显,一周的转化数据只有1-2个相比搜索广告1:5,每天都会花费,因为预算问题客户计划把重心及预算放在搜索广告上面,分析后更改账户广告结构还是以搜索+再营销为主,所以暂停这2种广告的推广。 账户调整后大约2周数据表现流量稳定,每周的点击、花费及转化基本稳定,平均为588:1213:24,询盘提升到了3-5封/周。 账户稳定后新流量的获取方法是现阶段的目标,YouTube视频广告,几万次的展示曝光几天就可以完成、单次观看价格只有几毛钱,传达给客户信息建议后,达成一致,因为这正是该客户一直所需要的低成本获取流量的途径; 另一个计划投放视频广告的原因是意识到想要增加网站访客进而增加获客只靠文字和图片已经没有太多的竞争力了,同时换位思考能够观看到视频也能提升采购商的购买几率。 所以就有了这样的后期的投放规划:搜索+展示再营销+视频广告300/天的推广形式,在谷歌浏览器的搜索端、B2B平台端、视频端都覆盖广告,实现尽可能多的客户数量。 关于具体的关于YouTube视频广告的介绍我也在另一篇案例里面有详细说明哦,指路《YouTube视频广告助力B2B突破瓶颈降低营销成本》,邀请大家去看看,干货满满,绝对让你不虚此行~ 二、方向转变篇-推广产品及国家重新定位 下面我就做一个账户实际转变前后的对比,这样大家能够更清楚一些: 最关键的来了,相信大家都想知道这个转变是怎么来的以及谷歌账户做了哪些调整把效果做上来的。抓住下面几点,相信你也会有所收获: 1. 产品投放新定位 因为企业是专门研发商用雷达,所以只投放这类的测量仪,其中大类主要分为各种物料、料位、液位测量仪器,其他的不做。根据关键字规划师查询的产品关键字在全球的搜索热度,一开始推广的只有雷达液位计/液位传感器/液位测量作为主推、无线液位变送器作为次推,产品及图片比较单一没有太多的竞争力。 后期根据全球商机洞察的行业产品搜索趋势、公司计划等结合统计结果又添加了超声波传感器、射频/电容/导纳、无线、制导雷达液位传感器、高频雷达液位变送器、无接触雷达液位计,同时增加了图片及详情的丰富性,做到了行业产品推广所需的多样性丰富性。像静压液位变送器、差压变送器没有他足够的搜索热度就没有推广。 2. 国家再筛选 转变前期的国家选取是根据海关编码查询的进口一直处在增长阶段的国家,也参考了谷歌趋势的国家参考。2018年全球进口(采购量)200.58亿美金。 采购国家排名:美国、德国、日本、英国、法国、韩国、加拿大、墨西哥、瑞典、荷兰、沙特阿拉伯。这些国家只能是参考切记跟风投放,疫情期间,实际的询盘国家还要靠数据和时间积累,做到及时止损即可。 投放过程不断摸索,经过推广数据总结,也根据实际询盘客户所在地暂停了部分国家,例如以色列、日本、老挝、摩纳哥、卡塔尔等国家和地区,加大力度投放巴西、秘鲁、智利、俄罗斯等国家即提高10%-20%的出价,主要推广地区还是在亚洲、南美、拉丁美洲、欧洲等地。 发达国家像英美加、墨西哥由于采购商的参考层面不同就单独拿出来给一小部分预算,让整体的预算花到发展中国家。通过后期每周的询盘反馈及时调整国家出价,有了现在的转变: 转变前的TOP10消耗国家: 转变后的TOP10消耗国家: 推广的产品及国家定下来之后,接下来就是做账户了,让我们继续往下看。 三、装备篇-账户投放策略 说到账户投放,前提是明确账户投放策略的宗旨:确保投资回报率。那影响投资回报率的效果指标有哪些呢?其中包含账户结构 、效果再提升(再营销、视频、智能优化等等)、网站着陆页。 那首先说明一下第一点:账户的结构,那账户结构怎么搭建呢?在以产品营销全球为目标的广告投放过程中,该客户在3个方面都有设置:预算、投放策略、搜索+再营销展示广告组合拳,缺一不可,也是上面转变后整体推广的总结。 账户结构:即推广的广告类型主要是搜索广告+再营销展示广告,如下图所示,下面来分别说明一下。 1、搜索广告结构: 1)广告系列 创建的重要性:我相信有很大一部分企业小伙伴在创建广告系列的时候都在考虑一个大方向上的问题:广告系列是针对所有国家投放吗?还是说不同的广告系列投放不同的国家呢? 实操规则:其实建议选择不同广告系列投放不同的国家,为什么呢?因为每个国家和每个国家的特点不一样,所以说在广告投放的时候应该区分开,就是着重性的投放。所以搜索广告系列的结构就是区分开国家,按照大洲划分(投放的国家比较多的情况下,这样分配可以观察不同大洲的推广数据以及方便对市场的考察)。 优化技巧:这样操作也方便按照不同大洲的上班时间调整广告投放时间,做到精准投放。 数据分析:在数据分析方面更方便观察不同大洲的数据效果,从而调整国家及其出价;进而能了解到不同大洲对于不同产品的不同需求,从而方便调整关键字。 这也引出了第二个重点调整对象—关键字,那关键字的选取是怎么去选择呢? 2)关键字 分为2部分品牌词+产品关键字,匹配形式可以采用广泛带+修饰符/词组/完全。 精准投放关键字: 品牌词:品牌词是一直推广的关键字,拓展品牌在海外的知名度应为企业首要的目的。 广告关键词:根据投放1个月数据发现:该行业里有一部分是大流量词(如Sensors、water level controller、Ultrasonic Sensor、meter、transmitter),即使是关键字做了完全匹配流量依然很大,但是实际带来的转化却很少也没有带来更多的询盘,这些词的调整过程是从修改匹配形式到降低出价再到暂停,这种就属于无效关键字了,我们要做到的是让预算花费到具体的产品关键字上。 其次流量比较大的词(如+ultrasound +sensor)修改成了词组匹配。还有一类词虽然搜索量不大但是有效性(转化次数/率)较高(例如:SENSOR DE NIVEL、level sensor、capacitive level sensor、level sensor fuel),针对这些关键字再去投放的时候出价可以相对高一些,1-3元即可。调整后的关键字花费前后对比,整体上有了大幅度的变化: 转变前的TOP10热力关键字: 转变后的TOP10热力关键字: PS: 关键字状态显示“有效”—可以采用第一种(防止错失账户投放关键字以外其他的也适合推广的该产品关键字)、如果投放一周后有花费失衡的状态可以把该关键字修改为词组匹配,观察一周还是失衡状态可改为完全匹配。 关键字状态显示“搜索量较低”—广泛匹配观察一个月,如果依然没有展示,建议暂停,否则会影响账户评级。 3)调整关键字出价 次推产品的出价都降低到了1-2元,主推产品也和实际咨询、平均每次点击费用做了对比调整到了3-4元左右(这些都是在之前高出价稳定排名基础后调整的)。 4)广告系列出价策略 基本包含尽可能争取更多点击次数/每次点击费用人工出价(智能)/目标每次转化费用3种,那分别什么时候用呢? 当账户刚刚开始投放的时候,可以选择第一/二种,用来获取更多的新客,当账户有了一定的转化数据的时候可以把其中转化次数相对少一些的1-2个广告系列的出价策略更改为“目标每次转化费用”出价,用来增加转化提升询盘数量。转化次数多的广告系列暂时可以不用更换,等更改出价策略的广告系列的转化次数有增加后,可以尝试再修改。 5)广告 1条自适应搜索广告+2条文字广告,尽可能把更多的信息展示客户,增加点击率。那具体的广告语的侧重点是什么呢? 除了产品本身的特点优势外,还是着重于企业的具体产品分类和能够为客户做到哪些服务,例如:专注于各种物体、料位、液位测量仪器生产与研发、为客户提供一体化测量解决方案等。这样进到网站的也基本是寻找相关产品的,从而也进一步提升了转化率。 6)搜索字词 建议日均花费≥200元每周筛选一次,<200元每2周筛选一次。不相关的排除、相关的加到账户中,减少无效点击和花费,这样行业关键字才会越来越精准,做到精准覆盖意向客户。 7)账户广告系列预算 充足的账户预算也至关重要,200-300/天的预算,为什么呢?预算多少其实也就代表着网站流量的多少,之前150/天的预算,账户到下午6点左右就花完了,这样每天就会流失很大一部分客户。广告系列预算可以根据大洲国家的数量分配。数量多的可以分配多一些比如亚洲,预算利用率不足时可以共享预算,把多余的预算放到花费高的系列中。 说完了搜索广告的结构后,接下来就是再营销展示广告了。 2、效果再提升-再营销展示广告结构 因为广告投放覆盖的是曾到达过网站的客户,所以搜索广告的引流精准了,再营销会再抓取并把广告覆盖到因某些原因没有选择我们的客户,做到二次营销。(详细的介绍及操作可以参考文章《精准投放再营销展示广告,就抓住了提升Google营销效果的一大步》) 1)广告组:根据在GA中创建的受众群体导入到账户中。 2)图片: 选择3种产品,每种产品的图片必须提供徽标、横向图片、纵向图片不同尺寸至少1张,最多5张,横向图片可以由多张图片合成一张、可以添加logo和产品名称。 图片设计:再营销展示广告的图片选取从之前的直接选用网站上的产品图,到客户根据我给出的建议设计了独特的产品图片,也提升了0.5%的点击率。 PS: 在广告推广过程中,该客户做过2次产品打折促销活动,信息在图片及描述中曝光,转化率上升1%,如果企业有这方面的计划,可以尝试一下。 YouTube视频链接:如果有YouTube视频的话,建议把视频放在不同的产品页面方便客户实时查看视频,增加真实性,促进询盘及成单,如果视频影响网站打开速度,只在网站标头和logo链接即可。 智能优化建议:谷歌账户会根据推广的数据及状态给出相应的智能优化建议,优化得分≥80分为健康账户分值,每条建议可根据实际情况采纳。 3、网站着陆页 这也是沟通次数很多的问题了,因为即使谷歌为网站引来再多的有质量的客户,如果到达网站后没有看到想要或更多的信息,也是无用功。网站也是企业的第二张脸,做好网站就等于成功一半了。 转变前产品图片模糊、数量少、缺少实物图、工厂库存等体现实力及真实性的图片;产品详情也不是很多,没有足够的竞争力。多次沟通积极配合修改调整后上面的问题全部解决了。网站打开速度保持在3s内、网站的跳出率从之前的80%降到了70%左右、平均页面停留时间也增加了30%。 FAQ:除了正常的网站布局外建议在关于我们或产品详情页添加FAQ,会减少采购商的考虑时间,也会减少因时差导致的与客户失联。如下图所示: 四、账户效果反馈分享篇 1、效果方面 之前每周只有1-2封询盘,现在达到了每周3-5封询盘,确实是提高了不少。 2、询盘成本 从当初的≥1000到现在控制在了100-300左右。 3、转化率 搜索广告+再营销展示广告让网站访客流量得到了充分的利用,增加了1.3%转化率。 就这样,该客户的谷歌账户推广效果有了新的转变,询盘稳定后,又开启了Facebook付费广告,多渠道推广产品,全域赢为目标,产品有市场,这样的模式肯定是如虎添翼。 到此,本次的测控案例就分享完了到这里了,其实部分行业的推广注意事项大方向上都是相通的。催化剂并不难得,找到适合自己的方法~谷歌广告贵在坚持,不是说在一个平台上做的不好就不做了,效果不理想可以改进,改进就能做好。 希望本次的测控案例分享能在某些方面起到帮助作用,在当今大环境下,助力企业增加网站流量及询盘数量,2021祝愿看到这篇文章的企业能够更上一层楼!
2022 年海外社交媒体15 个行业的热门标签
2022 年海外社交媒体15 个行业的热门标签
我们可以在社交媒体上看到不同行业,各种类型的品牌和企业,这些企业里有耳熟能详的大企业,也有刚建立的初创公司。 海外社交媒体也与国内一样是一个广阔的平台,作为跨境企业和卖家,如何让自己的品牌在海外社媒上更引人注意,让更多人看到呢? 在社交媒体上有一个功能,可能让我们的产品、内容被看到,也能吸引更多人关注,那就是标签。 2022年海外社交媒体中不同行业流行哪些标签呢?今天为大家介绍十五个行业超过140多个热门标签,让你找到自己行业的流量密码。 1、银行业、金融业 据 Forrester咨询称,银行业目前已经是一个数万亿的行业,估值正以惊人的速度飙升。银行业正在加速创新,准备加大技术、人才和金融科技方面的投资。 Z世代是金融行业的积极追随者,他们希望能够赶上投资机会。 案例: Shibtoken 是一种去中心化的加密货币,它在社交媒体上分享了一段关于诈骗的视频,受到了很大的关注度,视频告诉观众如何识别和避免陷入诈骗,在短短 20 小时内收到了 1.2K 条评论、3.6K 条转发和 1.14 万个赞。 银行和金融的流行标签 2、娱乐行业 娱乐行业一直都是有着高热度的行业,OTT (互联网电视)平台则进一步提升了娱乐行业的知名度,让每个家庭都能享受到娱乐。 案例: 仅 OTT 视频收入就达 246 亿美元。播客市场也在创造价值 10 亿美元的广告收入。 Netflix 在 YouTube 上的存在则非常有趣,Netflix会发布最新节目预告,进行炒作。即使是非 Netflix 用户也几乎可以立即登录该平台。在 YouTube 上,Netflix的订阅者数量已达到 2220 万。 3、新型微交通 目前,越来越多的人开始关注绿色出行,选择更环保的交通工具作为短距离的出行工具,微型交通是新兴行业,全球市场的复合年增长率为 17.4%,预计到2030 年将达到 195.42 美元。 Lime 是一项倡导游乐设施对人类和环境更安全的绿色倡议。他们会使用#RideGreen 的品牌标签来刺激用户发帖并推广Lime倡议。他们已经通过定期发帖吸引更多人加入微交通,并在社交媒体形成热潮。 4、时尚与美容 到 2025 年,时尚产业将是一个万亿美元的产业,数字化会持续加快这一进程。96% 的美容品牌也将获得更高的社交媒体声誉。 案例: Zepeto 在推特上发布了他们的人物风格,在短短六个小时内就有了自己的品牌人物。 5、旅游业 如果疫情能够有所缓解,酒店和旅游业很快就能从疫情的封闭影响下恢复,酒店业的行业收入可以超过 1900 亿美元,一旦疫情好转,将实现跨越式增长。 案例: Amalfiwhite 在ins上欢迎大家到英国选择他们的酒店, 精彩的Instagram 帖子吸引了很多的关注。 6.健康与健身 健康和健身品牌在社交媒体上发展迅速,其中包括来自全球行业博主的DIY 视频。到 2022 年底,健身行业的价值可以达到 1365.9 亿美元。 案例: Dan The Hinh在 Facebook 页面 发布了锻炼视频,这些健身视频在短短几个小时内就获得了 7300 次点赞和 11000 次分享。 健康和健身的热门标签 #health #healthylifestyle #stayhealthy #healthyskin #healthcoach #fitness #fitnessfreak #fitnessfood #bodyfitness #fitnessjourney 7.食品饮料业 在社交媒体上经常看到的内容类型就是食品和饮料,这一细分市场有着全网超过30% 的推文和60% 的 Facebook 帖子。 案例: Suerte BarGill 在社交媒体上分享调酒师制作饮品的视频,吸引人的视频让观看的人都很想品尝这种饮品。 食品和饮料的热门标签 #food #foodpics #foodies #goodfood #foodgram #beverages #drinks #beverage #drink #cocktails 8. 家居装饰 十年来,在线家居装饰迎来大幅增长,该利基市场的复合年增长率为4%。家居市场现在发展社交媒体也是最佳时机。 案例: Home Adore 在推特上发布家居装饰创意和灵感,目前已经有 220 万粉丝。 家居装饰的流行标签 #homedecor #myhomedecor #homedecorinspo #homedecors #luxuryhomedecor #homedecorlover #home #interiordesign #interiordecor #interiordesigner 9. 房地产 美国有超过200 万的房地产经纪人,其中70% 的人活跃在社交媒体上,加入社交媒体,是一个好机会。 案例: 房地产专家Sonoma County在推特上发布了一篇有关加州一所住宅的豪华图。房地产经纪人都开始利用社交媒体来提升销售额。 房地产的最佳标签 #realestate #realestatesales #realestateagents #realestatemarket #realestateforsale #realestategoals #realestateexperts #broker #luxuryrealestate #realestatelife 10. 牙科 到 2030年,牙科行业预计将飙升至6988 亿美元。 案例: Bridgewater NHS 在推特上发布了一条客户推荐,来建立患者对牙医服务的信任。突然之间,牙科似乎没有那么可怕了! 牙科的流行标签 #dental #dentist #dentistry #smile #teeth #dentalcare #dentalclinic #oralhealth #dentalhygiene #teethwhitening 11. 摄影 摄影在社交媒体中无处不在,持续上传作品可以增加作品集的可信度,当图片参与度增加一倍,覆盖范围增加三倍时,会获得更多的客户。 案例: 著名摄影师理查德·伯纳贝(Richard Bernabe)在推特上发布了他令人着迷的点击。这篇犹他州的帖子获得了 1900 次点赞和 238 次转发。 摄影的热门标签 #photography #photooftheday #photo #picoftheday #photoshoot #travelphotography #portraitphotography #photographylovers #iphonephotography #canonphotography 12. 技术 超过 55% 的 IT 买家会在社交媒体寻找品牌相关资料做出购买决定。这个数字足以说服这个利基市场中的任何人拥有活跃的社交媒体。 案例: The Hacker News是一个广受欢迎的平台,以分享直观的科技新闻而闻名。他们在 Twitter 上已经拥有 751K+ 的追随者。 最佳技术标签 #technology #tech #innovation #engineering #design #business #science #technew s #gadgets #smartphone 13.非政府组织 全球90% 的非政府组织会利用社交媒体向大众寻求支持。社交媒体会有捐赠、公益等组织。 案例: Mercy Ships 通过创造奇迹赢得了全世界的心。这是一篇关于他们的志愿麻醉师的帖子,他们在乌干达挽救了几条生命。 非政府组织的热门标签 #ngo #charity #nonprofit #support #fundraising #donation #socialgood #socialwork #philanthropy #nonprofitorganization 14. 教育 教育行业在过去十年蓬勃发展,借助社交媒体,教育行业有望达到新的高度。电子学习预计将在 6 年内达到万亿美元。 案例: Coursera 是一个领先的学习平台,平台会有很多世界一流大学额课程,它在社交媒体上的可以有效激励人们继续学习和提高技能。 最佳教育标签 #education #learning #school #motivation #students #study #student #children #knowledge #college 15. 医疗保健 疫情进一步证明了医疗保健行业的主导地位,以及挽救生命的力量。到 2022 年,该行业的价值将达到 10 万亿美元。 随着全球健康问题的加剧,医疗保健的兴起也将导致科技和制造业的增长。 案例: CVS Health 是美国领先的药房,积他们的官方账号在社交媒体上分享与健康相关的问题,甚至与知名运动员和著名人物合作,来提高对健康问题的关注度。 医疗保健的热门标签 #healthcare #health #covid #medical #medicine #doctor #hospital #nurse #wellness #healthylifestyle 大多数行业都开始尝试社交媒体,利用社交媒体可以获得更多的关注度和产品、服务的销量,在社交媒体企业和卖家,要关注标签的重要性,标签不仅能扩大帖子的覆盖范围,还能被更多人关注并熟知。 跨境企业和卖家可以通过使用流量高的标签了解当下人们词和竞争对手的受众都关注什么。 焦点LIKE.TG拥有丰富的B2C外贸商城建设经验,北京外贸商城建设、上海外贸商城建设、 广东外贸商城建设、深圳外贸商城建设、佛山外贸商城建设、福建外贸商城建设、 浙江外贸商城建设、山东外贸商城建设、江苏外贸商城建设...... 想要了解更多搜索引擎优化、外贸营销网站建设相关知识, 请拨打电话:400-6130-885。
2024年如何让谷歌快速收录网站页面?【全面指南】
2024年如何让谷歌快速收录网站页面?【全面指南】
什么是收录? 通常,一个网站的页面想要在谷歌上获得流量,需要经历如下三个步骤: 抓取:Google抓取你的页面,查看是否值得索引。 收录(索引):通过初步评估后,Google将你的网页纳入其分类数据库。 排名:这是最后一步,Google将查询结果显示出来。 这其中。收录(Google indexing)是指谷歌通过其网络爬虫(Googlebot)抓取网站上的页面,并将这些页面添加到其数据库中的过程。被收录的页面可以出现在谷歌搜索结果中,当用户进行相关搜索时,这些页面有机会被展示。收录的过程包括三个主要步骤:抓取(Crawling)、索引(Indexing)和排名(Ranking)。首先,谷歌爬虫会抓取网站的内容,然后将符合标准的页面加入索引库,最后根据多种因素对这些页面进行排名。 如何保障收录顺利进行? 确保页面有价值和独特性 确保页面内容对用户和Google有价值。 检查并更新旧内容,确保内容高质量且覆盖相关话题。 定期更新和重新优化内容 定期审查和更新内容,以保持竞争力。 删除低质量页面并创建内容删除计划 删除无流量或不相关的页面,提高网站整体质量。 确保robots.txt文件不阻止抓取 检查和更新robots.txt文件,确保不阻止Google抓取。 检查并修复无效的noindex标签和规范标签 修复导致页面无法索引的无效标签。 确保未索引的页面包含在站点地图中 将未索引的页面添加到XML站点地图中。 修复孤立页面和nofollow内部链接 确保所有页面通过站点地图、内部链接和导航被Google发现。 修复内部nofollow链接,确保正确引导Google抓取。 使用Rank Math Instant Indexing插件 利用Rank Math即时索引插件,快速通知Google抓取新发布的页面。 提高网站质量和索引过程 确保页面高质量、内容强大,并优化抓取预算,提高Google快速索引的可能性。 通过这些步骤,你可以确保Google更快地索引你的网站,提高搜索引擎排名。 如何加快谷歌收录你的网站页面? 1、提交站点地图 提交站点地图Sitemap到谷歌站长工具(Google Search Console)中,在此之前你需要安装SEO插件如Yoast SEO插件来生成Sitemap。通常当你的电脑有了SEO插件并开启Site Map功能后,你可以看到你的 www.你的域名.com/sitemap.xml的形式来访问你的Site Map地图 在谷歌站长工具中提交你的Sitemap 2、转发页面or文章至社交媒体或者论坛 谷歌对于高流量高权重的网站是会经常去爬取收录的,这也是为什么很多时候我们可以在搜索引擎上第一时间搜索到一些最新社媒帖文等。目前最适合转发的平台包括Facebook、Linkedin、Quora、Reddit等,在其他类型的论坛要注意转发文章的外链植入是否违背他们的规则。 3、使用搜索引擎通知工具 这里介绍几个搜索引擎通知工具,Pingler和Pingomatic它们都是免费的,其作用是告诉搜索引擎你提交的某个链接已经更新了,吸引前来爬取。是的,这相当于提交站点地图,只不过这次是提交给第三方。 4、在原有的高权重页面上设置内链 假设你有一些高质量的页面已经获得不错的排名和流量,那么可以在遵循相关性的前提下,适当的从这些页面做几个内链链接到新页面中去,这样可以快速让新页面获得排名
虚拟流量

                                 12个独立站增长黑客办法
12个独立站增长黑客办法
最近总听卖家朋友们聊起增长黑客,所以就给大家总结了一下增长黑客的一些方法。首先要知道,什么是增长黑客? 增长黑客(Growth Hacking)是营销人和程序员的混合体,其目标是产生巨大的增长—快速且经常在预算有限的情况下,是实现短时间内指数增长的最有效手段。增长黑客户和传统营销最大的区别在于: 传统营销重视认知和拉新获客增长黑客关注整个 AARRR 转换漏斗 那么,增长黑客方法有哪些呢?本文总结了12个经典增长黑客方法,对一些不是特别普遍的方法进行了延伸说明,建议收藏阅读。目 录1. SEO 2. 细分用户,低成本精准营销 3. PPC广告 4. Quora 流量黑客 5. 联合线上分享 6. 原生广告内容黑客 7. Google Ratings 8. 邮件营销 9. 调查问卷 10. 用户推荐 11. 比赛和赠送 12. 3000字文案营销1. SEO 查看 AdWords 中转化率最高的关键字,然后围绕这些关键字进行SEO策略的制定。也可以查看 Google Search Console 中的“搜索查询”报告,了解哪些关键字帮助你的网站获得了更多的点击,努力将关键词提升到第1页。用好免费的Google Search Console对于提升SEO有很大帮助。 使用Google Search Console可以在【Links】的部分看到哪个页面的反向连结 (Backlink)最多,从各个页面在建立反向连结上的优劣势。Backlink 的建立在 SEO 上来说是非常重要的! 在 【Coverage】 的部分你可以看到网站中是否有任何页面出现了错误,避免错误太多影响网站表现和排名。 如果担心Google 的爬虫程式漏掉一些页面,还可以在 Google Search Console 上提交网站的 Sitemap ,让 Google 的爬虫程式了解网站结构,避免遗漏页面。 可以使用XML-Sitemaps.com 等工具制作 sitemap,使用 WordPress建站的话还可以安装像Google XML Sitemaps、Yoast SEO 等插件去生成sitemap。2. 细分用户,低成本精准营销 针对那些看过你的产品的销售页面但是没有下单的用户进行精准营销,这样一来受众就会变得非常小,专门针对这些目标受众的打广告还可以提高点击率并大幅提高转化率,非常节约成本,每天经费可能都不到 10 美元。3. PPC广告PPC广告(Pay-per-Click):是根据点击广告或者电子邮件信息的用户数量来付费的一种网络广告定价模式。PPC采用点击付费制,在用户在搜索的同时,协助他们主动接近企业提供的产品及服务。例如Amazon和Facebook的PPC广告。4. Quora 流量黑客 Quora 是一个问答SNS网站,类似于国内的知乎。Quora的使用人群主要集中在美国,印度,英国,加拿大,和澳大利亚,每月有6亿多的访问量。大部分都是通过搜索词,比如品牌名和关键词来到Quora的。例如下图,Quora上对于痘痘肌修复的问题就排在Google搜索相关词的前列。 通过SEMrush + Quora 可以提高在 Google 上的自然搜索排名: 进入SEMrush > Domain Analytics > Organic Research> 搜索 quora.com点击高级过滤器,过滤包含你的目标关键字、位置在前10,搜索流量大于 100 的关键字去Quora在这些问题下发布回答5. 联合线上分享 与在你的领域中有一定知名度的影响者进行线上讲座合作(Webinar),在讲座中传递一些意义的内容,比如一些与你产品息息相关的干货知识,然后将你的产品应用到讲座内容提到的一些问题场景中,最后向用户搜集是否愿意了解你们产品的反馈。 但是,Webinar常见于B2B营销,在B2C领域还是应用的比较少的,而且成本较高。 所以大家在做海外营销的时候不妨灵活转换思维,和领域中有知名度的影响者合作YouTube视频,TikTok/Instagram等平台的直播,在各大社交媒体铺开宣传,是未来几年海外营销的重点趋势。6. 原生广告内容黑客 Native Advertising platform 原生广告是什么?从本质上讲,原生广告是放置在网页浏览量最多的区域中的内容小部件。 简单来说,就是融合了网站、App本身的广告,这种广告会成为网站、App内容的一部分,如Google搜索广告、Facebook的Sponsored Stories以及Twitter的tweet式广告都属于这一范畴。 它的形式不受标准限制,是随场景而变化的广告形式。有视频类、主题表情原生广告、游戏关卡原生广告、Launcher桌面原生广告、Feeds信息流、和手机导航类。7. Google Ratings 在 Google 搜索结果和 Google Ads 上显示产品评分。可以使用任何与Google能集成的电商产品评分应用,并将你网站上的所有评论导入Google系统中。每次有人在搜索结果中看到你的广告或产品页面时,他们都会在旁边看到评分数量。 8. 邮件营销 据外媒统计,80% 的零售行业人士表示电子邮件营销是留住用户的一个非常重要的媒介。一般来说,邮件营销有以下几种类型: 弃单挽回邮件产品补货通知折扣、刮刮卡和优惠券发放全年最优价格邮件通知9. 用户推荐 Refer激励现有用户推荐他人到你的独立站下单。举个例子,Paypal通过用户推荐使他们的业务每天有 7% 到 10%的增长。因此,用户推荐是不可忽视的增长办法。10. 调查问卷 调查问卷是一种快速有效的增长方式,不仅可以衡量用户满意度,还可以获得客户对你产品的期望和意见。调查问卷的内容包括产品体验、物流体验、UI/UX等任何用户购买产品过程中遇到的问题。调查问卷在AARRR模型的Refer层中起到重要的作用,只有搭建好和客户之间沟通的桥梁,才能巩固你的品牌在客户心中的地位,增加好感度。 11. 比赛和赠送 这个增长方式的成本相对较低。你可以让你的用户有机会只需要通过点击就可以赢得他们喜欢的东西,同时帮你你建立知名度并获得更多粉丝。许多电商品牌都以比赛和赠送礼物为特色,而这也是他们成功的一部分。赠送礼物是增加社交媒体帐户曝光和电子邮件列表的绝佳方式。如果您想增加 Instagram 粉丝、Facebook 页面点赞数或电子邮件订阅者,比赛和赠送会创造奇迹。在第一种情况下,你可以让你的受众“在 Instagram 上关注我们来参加比赛”。同样,您可以要求他们“输入电子邮件地址以获胜”。有许多内容可以用来作为赠送礼物的概念:新产品发布/预发售、摄影比赛、节假日活动和赞助活动。12. 3000字文案营销 就某一个主题撰写 3,000 字的有深度博客文章。在文章中引用行业影响者的名言并链接到他们的博文中,然后发邮件让他们知道你在文章中推荐了他们,促进你们之间的互动互推。这种增长办法广泛使用于B2B的服务类网站,比如Shopify和Moz。 DTC品牌可以用这样的增长办法吗?其实不管你卖什么,在哪个行业,展示你的专业知识,分享新闻和原创观点以吸引消费者的注意。虽然这可能不会产生直接的销售,但能在一定程度上影响他们购买的决定,不妨在你的独立站做出一个子页面或单独做一个博客,发布与你产品/服务相关主题的文章。 数据显示,在阅读了品牌网站上的原创博客内容后,60%的消费者对品牌的感觉更积极。如果在博客中能正确使用关键词,还可以提高搜索引擎优化及排名。 比如Cottonbabies.com就利用博文把自己的SEO做得很好。他们有一个针对“布料尿布基础知识”的页面,为用户提供有关“尿布:”主题的所有问题的答案。小贴士:记得要在博客文章末尾链接到“相关产品”哦~本文转载自:https://u-chuhai.com/?s=seo

                                 2021 Shopify独立站推广引流 获取免费流量方法
2021 Shopify独立站推广引流 获取免费流量方法
独立站的流量一般来自两个部分,一种是付费打广告,另外一种就是免费的自然流量,打广告带来的流量是最直接最有效的流量,免费流量可能效果不会那么直接,需要时间去积累和沉淀。但是免费的流量也不容忽视,第一,这些流量是免费的,第二,这些流量是长久有效的。下面分享几个免费流量的获取渠道和方法。 1.SNS 社交媒体营销 SNS 即 Social Network Services,国外最主流的 SNS 平台有 Facebook、Twitter、Linkedin、Instagram 等。SNS 营销就是通过运营这些社交平台,从而获得流量。 SNS 营销套路很多,但本质还是“眼球经济”,简单来说就是把足够“好”的内容,分享给足够“好”的人。好的内容就是足够吸引人的内容,而且这些内容确保不被人反感;好的人就是对你内容感兴趣的人,可能是你的粉丝,也可能是你潜在的粉丝。 如何把你想要发的内容发到需要的人呢?首先我们要确定自己的定位,根据不同的定位在社交媒体平台发布不同的内容,从而自己品牌的忠实粉丝。 1、如果你的定位是营销类的,一般要在社交媒体发布广告贴文、新品推送、优惠信息等。适合大多数电商产品,它的带货效果好,不过需要在短期内积累你的粉丝。如果想要在短期内积累粉丝就不可避免需要使用付费广告。 2、如果你的定位是服务类的,一般要在社交媒体分享售前售后的信息和服务,一般 B2B 企业使用的比较多。 3、如果你的定位是专业类科技产品,一般要在社交媒体分享产品开箱测评,竞品分析等。一般 3C 类的产品适合在社交媒体分享这些内容,像国内也有很多评测社区和网站,这类社区的粉丝一般购买力都比较强。 4、如果你的定位是热点类的,一般要在社交媒体分享行业热点、新闻资讯等内容。因为一般都是热点,所以会带来很多流量,利用这些流量可以快速引流,实现变现。 5、如果你的定位是娱乐类的:一般要在社交媒体分享泛娱乐内容,适合分享钓具、定制、改装类的内容。 2.EDM 邮件营销 很多人对邮件营销还是不太重视,国内一般都是使用在线沟通工具,像微信、qq 比较多,但是在国外,电子邮件则是主流的沟通工具,很多外国人每天使用邮箱的频率跟吃饭一样,所以通过电子邮件营销也是国外非常重要的营销方式。 定期制作精美有吸引力的邮件内容,发给客户,把邮件内容设置成跳转到网站,即可以给网站引流。 3.联盟营销 卖家在联盟平台上支付一定租金并发布商品,联盟平台的会员领取联盟平台分配的浏览等任务,如果会员对这个商品感兴趣,会领取优惠码购买商品,卖家根据优惠码支付给联盟平台一定的佣金。 二、网站SEO引流 SEO(Search Engine Optimization)搜索引擎优化,是指通过采用易于搜索引擎索引的合理手段,使网站各项基本要素适合搜索引擎的检索原则并且对用户更友好,从而更容易被搜索引擎收录及优先排序。 那 SEO 有什么作用嘛?简而言之分为两种,让更多的用户更快的找到他想要的东西;也能让有需求的客户首先找到你。作为卖家,更关心的是如何让有需求的客户首先找到你,那么你就要了解客户的需求,站在客户的角度去想问题。 1.SEO 标签书写规范 通常标签分为标题、关键词、描述这三个部分,首先你要在标题这个部分你要说清楚“你是谁,你干啥,有什么优势。”让人第一眼就了解你,这样才能在第一步就留住有效用户。标题一般不超过 80 个字符;其次,关键词要真实的涵盖你的产品、服务。一般不超过 100 个字符;最后在描述这里,补充标题为表达清楚的信息,一般不超过 200 个字符。 标题+描述 值得注意的是标题+描述,一般会成为搜索引擎检索结果的简介。所以标题和描述一定要完整表达你的产品和品牌的特点和优势。 关键词 关键词的设定也是非常重要的,因为大多数用户购买产品不会直接搜索你的商品,一般都会直接搜索想要购买产品的关键字。关键词一般分为以下四类。 建议目标关键词应该是品牌+产品,这样用户无论搜索品牌还是搜索产品,都能找到你的产品,从而提高命中率。 那如何选择关键词呢?拿我们最常使用的目标关键词举例。首先我们要挖掘出所有的相关关键词,并挑选出和网站自身直接相关的关键词,通过分析挑选出的关键词热度、竞争力,从而确定目标关键词。 注:一般我们都是通过关键词分析工具、搜索引擎引导词、搜索引擎相关搜索、权重指数以及分析同行网站的关键词去分析确定目标关键词。 几个比较常用的关键词分析工具: (免费)MozBar: https://moz.com (付费)SimilarWeb: https://www.similarweb.com/ 2.链接锚文本 什么是锚文本? 一个关键词,带上一个链接,就是一个链接锚文本。带链接的关键词就是锚文本。锚文本在 SEO 过程中起到本根性的作用。简单来说,SEO 就是不断的做锚文本。锚文本链接指向的页面,不仅是引导用户前来访问网站,而且告诉搜索引擎这个页面是“谁”的最佳途径。 站内锚文本 发布站内描文本有利于蜘蛛快速抓取网页、提高权重、增加用户体验减少跳出、有利搜索引擎判断原创内容。你在全网站的有效链接越多,你的排名就越靠前。 3 外部链接什么是外部链接? SEO 中的外部链接又叫导入链接,简称外链、反链。是由其他网站上指向你的网站的链接。 如何知道一个网站有多少外链? 1.Google Search Console 2.站长工具 3.MozBar 4.SimilarWeb 注:低权重、新上线的网站使用工具群发外链初期会得到排名的提升,但被搜索引擎发现后,会导致排名大幅度下滑、降权等。 如何发布外部链接? 通过友情链接 、自建博客 、软文 、论坛 、问答平台发布外链。以下几个注意事项: 1.一个 url 对应一个关键词 2.外链网站与自身相关,像鱼竿和鱼饵,假发和假发护理液,相关却不形成竞争是最好。 3.多找优质网站,大的门户网站(像纽约时报、BBC、WDN 新闻网) 4.内容多样性, 一篇帖子不要重复发 5.频率自然,一周两三篇就可以 6.不要作弊,不能使用隐藏链接、双向链接等方式发布外链 7.不要为了发外链去发外链,“好”的内容才能真正留住客户 4.ALT 标签(图片中的链接) 在产品或图片管理里去编辑 ALT 标签,当用户搜索相关图片时,就会看到图片来源和图片描述。这样能提高你网站关键词密度,从而提高你网站权重。 5.网页更新状态 网站如果经常更新内容的话,会加快这个页面被收录的进度。此外在网站上面还可以添加些“最新文章”版块及留言功能。不要只是为了卖产品而卖产品,这样一方面可以增加用户的粘性,另一方面也加快网站的收录速度。 6.搜索跳出率 跳出率越高,搜索引擎便越会认为你这是个垃圾网站。跳出率高一般有两个原因,用户体验差和广告效果差,用户体验差一般都是通过以下 5 个方面去提升用户体验: 1.优化网站打开速度 2.网站内容整洁、排版清晰合理 3.素材吸引眼球 4.引导功能完善 5.搜索逻辑正常、产品分类明确 广告效果差一般通过这两个方面改善,第一个就是真实宣传 ,确保你的产品是真实的,切勿挂羊头卖狗肉。第二个就是精准定位受众,你的产品再好,推给不需要的人,他也不会去看去买你的产品,这样跳出率肯定会高。本文转载自:https://u-chuhai.com/?s=seo

                                 2022,国际物流发展趋势如何?
2022,国际物流发展趋势如何?
受新冠疫情影响,从2020年下半年开始,国际物流市场出现大规模涨价、爆舱、缺柜等情况。中国出口集装箱运价综合指数去年12月末攀升至1658.58点,创近12年来新高。去年3月苏伊士运河“世纪大堵船”事件的突发,导致运力紧缺加剧,集运价格再创新高,全球经济受到影响,国际物流行业也由此成功出圈。 加之各国政策变化、地缘冲突等影响,国际物流、供应链更是成为近两年行业内关注的焦点。“拥堵、高价、缺箱、缺舱”是去年海运的关键词条,虽然各方也尝试做出了多种调整,但2022年“高价、拥堵”等国际物流特点仍影响着国际社会的发展。 总体上来看,由疫情带来的全球供应链困境会涉及到各行各业,国际物流业也不例外,将继续面对运价高位波动、运力结构调整等状况。在这一复杂的环境中,外贸人要掌握国际物流的发展趋势,着力解决当下难题,找到发展新方向。 国际物流发展趋势 由于内外部因素的影响,国际物流业的发展趋势主要表现为“运力供需矛盾依旧存在”“行业并购整合风起云涌”“新兴技术投入持续增长”“绿色物流加快发展”。 1.运力供需矛盾依旧存在 运力供需矛盾是国际物流业一直存在的问题,近两年这一矛盾不断加深。疫情的爆发更是成了运力矛盾激化、供需紧张加剧的助燃剂,使得国际物流的集散、运输、仓储等环节无法及时、高效地进行连接。各国先后实施的防疫政策,以及受情反弹和通胀压力加大影响,各国经济恢复程度不同,造成全球运力集中在部分线路与港口,船只、人员难以满足市场需求,缺箱、缺舱、缺人、运价飙升、拥堵等成为令物流人头疼的难题。 对物流人来说,自去年下半年开始,多国疫情管控政策有所放松,供应链结构加快调整,运价涨幅、拥堵等难题得到一定缓解,让他们再次看到了希望。2022年,全球多国采取的一系列经济恢复措施,更是缓解了国际物流压力。但由运力配置与现实需求之间的结构性错位导致的运力供需矛盾,基于纠正运力错配短期内无法完成,这一矛盾今年会继续存在。 2.行业并购整合风起云涌 过去两年,国际物流行业内的并购整合大大加快。小型企业间不断整合,大型企业和巨头则择机收购,如Easysent集团并购Goblin物流集团、马士基收购葡萄牙电商物流企业HUUB等,物流资源不断向头部靠拢。 国际物流企业间的并购提速,一方面,源于潜在的不确定性和现实压力,行业并购事件几乎成为必然;另一方面,源于部分企业积极准备上市,需要拓展产品线,优化服务能力,增强市场竞争力,提升物流服务的稳定性。与此同时,由疫情引发的供应链危机,面对供需矛盾严重,全球物流失控,企业需要打造自主可控的供应链。此外,全球航运企业近两年大幅增长的盈利也为企业发起并购增加了信心。 在经历两个年度的并购大战后,今年的国际物流行业并购会更加集中于垂直整合上下游以提升抗冲击能力方面。对国际物流行业而言,企业积极的意愿、充足的资本以及现实的诉求都将使并购整合成为今年行业发展的关键词。 3.新兴技术投入持续增长 受疫情影响,国际物流企业在业务开展、客户维护、人力成本、资金周转等方面的问题不断凸显。因而,部分中小微国际物流企业开始寻求改变,如借助数字化技术降低成本、实现转型,或与行业巨头、国际物流平台企业等合作,从而获得更好的业务赋能。电子商务、物联网、云计算、大数据、区块链、5G、人工智能等数字技术为突破这些困难提供了可能性。 国际物流数字化领域投融资热潮也不断涌现。经过近些年来的发展,处于细分赛道头部的国际物流数字化企业受到追捧,行业大额融资不断涌现,资本逐渐向头部聚集,如诞生于美国硅谷的Flexport在不到五年时间里总融资额高达13亿美元。另外,由于国际物流业并购整合的速度加快,新兴技术的应用就成了企业打造和维持核心竞争力的主要方式之一。因而,2022年行业内新技术的应用或将持续增长。 4.绿色物流加快发展 近年来全球气候变化显著,极端天气频繁出现。自1950年以来,全球气候变化的原因主要来自于温室气体排放等人类活动,其中,CO₂的影响约占三分之二。为应对气候变化,保护环境,各国政府积极开展工作,形成了以《巴黎协定》为代表的一系列重要协议。 而物流业作为国民经济发展的战略性、基础性、先导性产业,肩负着实现节能降碳的重要使命。根据罗兰贝格发布的报告,交通物流行业是全球二氧化碳排放的“大户”,占全球二氧化碳排放量的21%,当前,绿色低碳转型加速已成为物流业共识,“双碳目标”也成行业热议话题。 全球主要经济体已围绕“双碳”战略,不断深化碳定价、碳技术、能源结构调整等重点措施,如奥地利政府计划在2040年实现“碳中和/净零排放”;中国政府计划在2030年实现“碳达峰”,在2060年实现“碳中和/净零排放”。基于各国在落实“双碳”目标方面做出的努力,以及美国重返《巴黎协定》的积极态度,国际物流业近两年围绕“双碳”目标进行的适应性调整在今年将延续,绿色物流成为市场竞争的新赛道,行业内减少碳排放、推动绿色物流发展的步伐也会持续加快。 总之,在疫情反复、突发事件不断,运输物流链阶段性不畅的情况下,国际物流业仍会根据各国政府政策方针不断调整业务布局和发展方向。 运力供需矛盾、行业并购整合、新兴技术投入、物流绿色发展,将对国际物流行业的发展产生一定影响。对物流人来说,2022年仍是机遇与挑战并存的一年。本文转载自:https://u-chuhai.com/?s=seo
LIKE精选
LIKE.TG出海| 推荐出海人最好用的LINE营销系统-云控工具
LIKE.TG出海| 推荐出海人最好用的LINE营销系统-云控工具
在数字化营销的快速发展中,各种社交应用和浏览器为企业提供了丰富的营销系统。其中,LINE营销系统作为一种新兴的社交媒体营销手段,越来越受到企业的重视。同时,比特浏览器作为一种注重隐私和安全的浏览器,也为用户提供了更安全的上网体验。本文LIKE.TG将探讨这两者之间的相互作用,分析它们如何结合为企业带来更高效的营销效果。最好用的LINE营销系统:https://tool.like.tg/免费试用请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel一、LINE营销系统概述LINE营销系统是指通过LINE平台开展的一系列营销活动。它利用LINE的即时通讯功能,帮助企业与客户建立紧密的联系。LINE营销系统的核心要素包括:1.群组和频道管理:企业可以创建和管理LINE群组与频道,实时与用户互动,分享产品信息、促销活动和品牌故事。2.用户数据分析:通过分析用户在LINE上的行为,企业能够获取市场洞察,优化产品与服务。3.自动化工具:利用LINE的API,企业可以创建自动化聊天机器人,提供24小时客户服务,提升用户体验。这种系统的优势在于其高效的沟通方式,使品牌能够快速响应客户需求,并通过个性化服务增强客户忠诚度。二、比特浏览器的特点比特浏览器是一款强调用户隐私和安全的浏览器,它在保护用户数据和提供优质上网体验方面具有明显优势。其特点包括:1.隐私保护:比特浏览器通过多重加密保护用户的浏览数据,防止个人信息泄露。2.去中心化特性:用户可以更自由地访问内容,而不受传统浏览器的限制。3.扩展功能:比特浏览器支持多种扩展,能够满足用户个性化的需求,比如广告拦截和隐私保护工具。比特浏览器的设计理念使得它成为那些关注隐私和安全用户的理想选择,这对企业在进行线上营销时,尤其是在数据保护方面提出了更高的要求。三、LINE营销系统与比特浏览器的互补作用 1.用户体验的提升 LINE营销系统的目标是通过即时通讯与用户建立良好的互动关系,而比特浏览器则为用户提供了一个安全的上网环境。当企业通过LINE进行营销时,用户使用比特浏览器访问相关内容,能够享受到更加安全、流畅的体验。这样的组合使得企业能够更好地满足用户的需求,从而提高客户的满意度和忠诚度。 2.数据安全的保障 在数字营销中,数据安全至关重要。企业在使用LINE营销系统收集用户数据时,面临着数据泄露的风险。比特浏览器提供的隐私保护功能能够有效降低这一风险,确保用户在访问企业页面时,个人信息不会被泄露。通过结合这两者,企业不仅能够进行有效的营销,还能够在用户中建立起良好的信任感。 3.营销活动的有效性 LINE营销系统可以帮助企业精准定位目标受众,而比特浏览器则使得用户在浏览营销内容时感受到安全感,这样的结合有助于提升营销活动的有效性。当用户对品牌产生信任后,他们更可能参与活动、购买产品,并进行二次传播,形成良好的口碑效应。四、实际案例分析 为了更好地理解LINE营销系统与比特浏览器的结合效果,我们可以考虑一个成功的案例。一家新兴的电商平台决定通过LINE进行一项促销活动。他们在LINE频道中发布了一系列关于新产品的宣传信息,并引导用户访问专门为此次活动设置的页面。 为了提升用户体验,该平台鼓励用户使用比特浏览器访问这些页面。用户通过比特浏览器访问时,能够享受到更安全的浏览体验,从而更加放心地参与活动。此外,平台还利用LINE的自动化工具,为用户提供实时的咨询和支持。 这一策略取得了显著的效果。通过LIKE.TG官方云控大师,LINE营销系统,电商平台不仅成功吸引了大量用户参与活动,转化率也显著提升。同时,用户反馈表明,他们在使用比特浏览器时感到非常安心,愿意继续关注该品牌的后续活动。五、营销策略的优化建议 尽管LINE营销系统和比特浏览器的结合能够带来诸多优势,但在实际应用中,企业仍需注意以下几点:1.用户教育:许多用户可能对LINE和比特浏览器的结合使用不够了解,因此企业应提供必要的教育和培训,让用户了解如何使用这两种工具进行安全的在线互动。2.内容的多样性:为了吸引用户的兴趣,企业需要在LINE营销中提供多样化的内容,包括视频、图文和互动问答等,使用户在使用比特浏览器时有更丰富的体验。3.持续的效果评估:企业应定期对营销活动的效果进行评估,了解用户在使用LINE和比特浏览器时的反馈,及时调整策略以提升活动的有效性。六、未来展望 随着数字营销的不断演进,LINE营销系统和比特浏览器的结合将会变得越来越重要。企业需要不断探索如何更好地利用这两者的优势,以满足日益增长的用户需求。 在未来,随着技术的发展,LINE营销系统可能会集成更多智能化的功能,例如基于AI的个性化推荐和精准广告投放。而比特浏览器也可能会进一步加强其隐私保护机制,为用户提供更为安全的上网体验。这些发展将为企业带来更多的营销机会,也将改变用户与品牌之间的互动方式。 在数字化营销的新时代,LINE营销系统和比特浏览器的结合为企业提供了一个全新的营销视角。通过优化用户体验、保障数据安全和提升营销活动的有效性,企业能够在激烈的市场竞争中占据优势。尽管在实施过程中可能面临一些挑战,但通过合理的策略,企业将能够充分利用这一结合,最终实现可持续的发展。未来,随着技术的不断进步,这一领域将继续为企业提供更多的机会与挑战。免费使用LIKE.TG官方:各平台云控,住宅代理IP,翻译器,计数器,号段筛选等出海工具;请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel想要了解更多,还可以加入LIKE.TG官方社群 LIKE.TG生态链-全球资源互联社区。
LIKE.TG出海|kookeey:团队优选的住宅代理服务
LIKE.TG出海|kookeey
团队优选的住宅代理服务
在当今互联网时代, 住宅代理IP 已成为许多企业和团队绕不开的技术工具。为了确保这些代理的顺利运行,ISP白名单的设置显得尤为重要。通过将 住宅代理IP 添加至白名单,可以有效提升代理连接的稳定性,同时避免因网络限制而引发的不必要麻烦。isp whitelist ISP白名单(Internet Service Provider Whitelist)是指由网络服务提供商维护的一组信任列表,将信任的IP地址或域名标记为无需进一步检查或限制的对象。这对使用 住宅代理IP 的用户尤其重要,因为某些ISP可能对陌生或不常见的IP流量采取防护措施,从而影响网络访问的速度与体验。二、设置isp whitelist(ISP白名单)的重要性与优势将 住宅代理IP 添加到ISP白名单中,不仅能优化网络连接,还能带来以下显著优势:提升网络连接稳定性ISP白名单能够有效避免IP地址被错误标记为异常流量或潜在威胁,这对使用 住宅代理IP 的团队而言尤为重要。通过白名单设置,网络通信的中断率将显著降低,从而保证代理服务的连续性。避免验证环节在某些情况下,ISP可能会针对未知的IP地址触发额外的验证流程。这些验证可能导致操作延迟,甚至直接限制代理的功能。而通过将 住宅代理IP 纳入白名单,团队可以免除不必要的干扰,提升工作效率。增强数据传输的安全性白名单机制不仅可以优化性能,还能确保流量来源的可信度,从而降低网络攻击的风险。这对于依赖 住宅代理IP 处理敏感数据的企业来说,尤为重要。三、如何将住宅代理IP添加到ISP白名单添加 住宅代理IP 到ISP白名单通常需要以下步骤:确认代理IP的合法性在向ISP提交白名单申请前,确保代理IP来源合法,且服务商信誉良好。像 LIKE.TG 提供的住宅代理IP 就是一个值得信赖的选择,其IP资源丰富且稳定。联系ISP提供支持与ISP的技术支持团队联系,说明将特定 住宅代理IP 添加到白名单的需求。多数ISP会要求填写申请表格,并提供使用代理的具体场景。提交必要文档与信息通常需要提交代理服务的基本信息、IP范围,以及使用目的等细节。像 LIKE.TG 平台提供的服务,可以帮助用户快速获取所需的相关材料。等待审核并测试连接在ISP完成审核后,测试 住宅代理IP 的连接性能,确保其运行无异常。四、为何推荐LIKE.TG住宅代理IP服务当谈到住宅代理服务时, LIKE.TG 是业内的佼佼者,其提供的 住宅代理IP 不仅数量丰富,而且连接速度快、安全性高。以下是选择LIKE.TG的几大理由:全球覆盖范围广LIKE.TG的 住宅代理IP 覆盖全球多个国家和地区,无论是本地化业务需求,还是跨国访问,都能轻松满足。高效的客户支持无论在IP分配还是白名单设置中遇到问题,LIKE.TG都能提供及时的技术支持,帮助用户快速解决难题。灵活的定制服务用户可根据自身需求,选择合适的 住宅代理IP,并通过LIKE.TG的平台进行灵活配置。安全与隐私保障LIKE.TG对数据安全有严格的保护措施,其 住宅代理IP 服务采用先进的加密技术,确保传输过程中的隐私无忧。五、ISP白名单与住宅代理IP的完美结合将 住宅代理IP 纳入ISP白名单,是提升网络效率、保障数据安全的关键步骤。无论是出于业务需求还是隐私保护,选择优质的代理服务商至关重要。而 LIKE.TG 提供的住宅代理服务,以其卓越的性能和优质的用户体验,成为团队和企业的理想选择。如果您正在寻找稳定、安全的 住宅代理IP,并希望与ISP白名单功能完美结合,LIKE.TG无疑是值得信赖的合作伙伴。LIKE.TG海外住宅IP代理平台1.丰富的静/动态IP资源/双ISP资源提供大量可用的静态和动态IP,低延迟、独享使用,系统稳定性高达99%以上,确保您的网络体验流畅无忧。2.全球VPS服务器覆盖提供主要国家的VPS服务器,节点资源充足,支持低延迟的稳定云主机,为您的业务运行保驾护航。3.LIKE.TG全生态支持多平台多账号防关联管理。无论是海外营销还是账号运营,都能为您打造最可靠的网络环境。4.全天候技术支持真正的24小时人工服务,专业技术团队随时待命,为您的业务需求提供个性化咨询和技术解决方案。免费使用LIKE.TG官方:各平台云控,住宅代理IP,翻译器,计数器,号段筛选等出海工具;请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel想要了解更多,还可以加入LIKE.TG官方社群 LIKE.TG生态链-全球资源互联社区/联系客服进行咨询领取官方福利哦!
LIKE.TG出海|Line智能云控拓客营销系统   一站式营销平台助您实现海外推广
LIKE.TG出海|Line智能云控拓客营销系统 一站式营销平台助您实现海外推广
在数字时代,即时通讯应用已成为企业营销的重要工具之一。LINE,作为全球主流的即时通讯平台,不仅提供了一个安全的沟通环境,还因其开放性和灵活性,成为企业进行营销推广和客户开发的热门选择。为了帮助企业更高效地利用LINE进行营销推广,LIKE.TG--LINE云控应运而生,它是一款专门针对LINE开发的高效获客工具,旨在帮助用户实现客户流量的快速增长。Line智能云控拓客营销系统适用于台湾、日本、韩国、泰国、美国、英国等多个国家地区。它集批量注册、加粉、拉群、群发、客服等功能于一体,为您提供全方位的LINE海外营销解决方案。最好用的LINE云控系统:https://news.like.tg/免费试用请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel什么是云控?云控是一种智能化的管理方式,您只需要一台电脑作为控制端,即可通过发布控制指令,自动化完成营销工作,并且不受数量限制。一、Line智能云控拓客营销系统主要功能1、云控群控多开:允许用户在无需实体设备的情况下,通过网页云控群控大量LINE账号。这种方式不仅降低了设备成本,还能够在一个网页运营管理多个LINE账号,提高了操作的便捷性和效率。2、一键养号:系统通过互动话术的自动化处理,帮助用户快速养成老号,从而提高账号的活跃度和质量。这对于提升账号的信任度和营销效果尤为重要。3、员工聊天室:支持全球100多种语言的双向翻译功能,以及多账号聚合聊天,极大地方便了全球交流和团队协作。二、Line智能云控拓客营销系统优势:LINE养号:通过老号带动新号或降权号的权重提升,实现自动添加好友和对话功能;LINE加好友:设置添加好友的数量任务、间隔时间和添加好友的数据,批量增加好友;LINE群发:设定群发的时间周期和间隔频率,支持发送文本、图片和名片;LINE拉群:设置群上限数量,过滤已拉群,提供多种拉群模式选择;LINE筛选:支持对号码数据进行筛选,找到已开通LINE的用户号码;LINE批量注册:支持全球200多个国家和地区的卡商号码,一键选择在线批量注册;LINE坐席客服系统:支持单个客服绑定多个账号,实现对账号聊天记录的实时监控;LINE超级名片推送:支持以普通名片或超级名片的形式推送自定义内容,实现推广引流。 Line智能云控拓客营销系统提供了一个全面的解决方案,无论是快速涨粉还是提升频道活跃度,都能在短时间内达到显著效果。对于想要在LINE上推广产品、维护客户关系和提升品牌形象的企业来说,Line智能云控拓客营销系统无疑是一个值得考虑的强大工具。通过Line智能云控拓客营销系统,实现营销的快速、准确传递,让您的营销策略更加高效、有力。通过LIKE.TG,出海之路更轻松!免费试用请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel感兴趣的小伙伴,可以加入LIKE.TG官方社群 LIKE.TG生态链-全球资源互联社区/联系客服进行咨询领取官方福利哦!
加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈